Steel 1940-01-29: Vol 106 Iss 5

ADVERTISING PAGES » EMOVER

EDITORIAL STAFF

E. L. SHANER
Editor-in-Chief
E. C. KrREUTZBERG
Editor
A. J. Harn
Managing Editor
E. F. Ross
Engineering Editor
Guy HusBBarp
Machine Tool Editor

ie Bis ontents.

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

ESTABLISHED 1882

G. H. MANLOVE J. D. Knox
W. G. GuDE G. W. BrrpsaLyi
W. J. CAMPBELL Volume 106—No. 5 January 29, 1940
New York
I. H. Sucn B. K. Price
L. E. Browne ; READER COMMENTS \
Pittsburgh Chicago AGC lS gpa RRR po 7
RL. Harrroap J. F. Powe AS THE EDITOR VIEWS THE NEWS il
Detroit Washington NEWS
A. H. ALLEN L. M. Lamm fe A. : _
London U.S. Steel Presents Facts To Refute New Deal Price Theories 12
Vincent DELPoRT Steelworks Operations tor Week 19
ASSISTANT EDITORS Financial 19
A. R. FInvey Jay DrEu ts Men of Industry 20
j. G. epson” , sia Nock Obituaries as
New Yor A viati e
Aviation .
Joun H. CaLpweELL nage Opie? : ; a
Air Conditioning Manufacturers Confident Great Expansion Is Neat 20
BUSINESS STAFF What’s New at Pittsburgh 2]
G. O. Hays Activities of Steel Users, Makers 7 22
wears a Points to Important Economies in Preferred Number System 32
>. H. BaILtey begs ‘ ate “—f :
Advertising Service L nited States Increases Tungsten Ore Production; Can Fill All Needs 34
New York E. W. KreEuTZBERG Steelmen Expect 10 Per Cent Increase in Tin Plate Buying 67
| nen WINDOWS OF WASHINGTON -
Pittsburgh S. H. JasPEeR 3
Chicago ...... L. C. Pevorr MIRRORS OF MOTORDOM 27
Cleveland ....... R. C. JAENKE EPI
D. C. KrerFer EDITORIAL—-Former Questionmark Eliminated 26
ee eee THE BUSINESS TREND
Circulation Manager nat
MAIN OFFICE nde — Drifts to Lower Levels 2°
Penton Building, Cleveland /harts and otatistics 35-39
BRANCH OFFICES TECHNICAL
jared York N Ayia gen 1939 Developments in Industrial Heating 10
hicago 520 INorth Michigan /\ve, 7 . ° F
Pittsburgh . .. .Koppers Building Industrial Ilumination or I
Fuels _. : 6560 Cass Ave. Metals Sessions Feature Annual Meeting of A.I.M.E. in New York 61
Washing _..National Press Building ro . ’ ~
Vashington N ition il Press Building MA I ERIALS I [ANDI INC :
Cincinnati _.........200 Sinton Hotel ngs nak
San Francisco 1100 Norwood Ave. Shipyard Handling Units 43
Oakland, Calif., Tel. Glencourt 7559 et ‘ = ;
London ... ae Caxton House JOINING AND WELDING
Westminster, S.W. 1 Welded Oil Well Casing 46
Berlin. ... . Berlin, N.W. 40, Roonstrasse 10 ie Se ree oa
; ee PROGRESS IN STEELMAKING
e * ° . ) ° —_
Direct Rolling of Strip 18
Published by Tue Penton Pusuisnine Co., ;
Penton Building, Cleveland, Ohio. Jou A’ METAL FINISHING
tet aed . a of wg og . SHANI m, ; : |
resident anc reasurer; J. R. AWLEY an ‘ y ‘le 57
G. O. Hays, Vice Presidents; F. G. SrEINEBACH, lating le _ vility >
Secretary. ' ae . —
Member, Audit Bureau of Circulations: Asso- INDUSTRIAL EOL IPMENT 62
= yg saci Papers Inc., and National Pub- NEW METAL PRODUCTS
ishers’ Association. JEW S11 AL Pl 6
falter g > every isias. Subscription in the wig : ‘ t
Jnite States, Cuba, Mexico and Cz 1ada, one 7 es Die he me % T ) . .
year $4, pene vanes Oa European and “od tase MARKET REPORTS AND PRICES 69
aa ee The Market Week - 70
Entered as second class matter at the postoffice . . a ones qlee )
at Cleveland. under the Act of March 3, 1879. BEHIND TI IE SCENES 54
Copyright 1940 by the Penton Publishing Co
CONSTRUCTION AND ENTERPRISE 58
INDEX TO ADVERTISERS 94

Oc

PRODUCTION - PROCESSING - DISTRIBUTION - USE

January 29, 1940 g

MODERN Yeadleninigd YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT

i

The new Stay-On Lock Nut keeps assemblies tight Dardelet Self-Locking Screw Threads may be applied
which are subject to severe vibration. Slotted crown to any type of bolt. Dardelet bolts are unaffected
section, eliptical in shape after heat treatment, by vibration, loss of initial bolt tension or wear.
grips bolt thread like a vise. One-piece design. They have higher tensile and impact strength,
and greater endurance limit than standard threads.

Can be used repeatedly.

The Weather-tight Bolt is for wood construction. Twin Thread Lag Bolts penetrate wood twice as fast
Head of this bolt sets flush with surface of wood as old-style single thread lag bolts. Hold tighter;
without counter-boring. Prevents moisture seepage self-centering; long tapered point permits starting
beneath head and from nut end as well. Tapered by hand. And they sell at standard lag bolt prices.

splined shanks prevent turning when nut is applied.

@ With this advertisement The Lamson & Sessions and nut products made in this country by Lamson &
Company begins a service to industry intended to Sessions. Ask for samples of any of these fastenings
which interest you and we will gladly place them on
your desk with quotations on any quantities you
might consider using. For special fastenings
made to blueprint specifications we maintain 75th
a complete engineering staff at your disposal. ANNIVERSARY

supplement the personal calls of our representatives.
It is a method of acquainting you with certain
fastenings developed during the recent past which
have real significance to industry. Some are old

fastenings with improvements. Others are entirely
new. All are part of the most complete line of bolt THE LAMSON & SESSIONS CO., Cleveland, Ohio | 1965-1940 |

}
Ce

LAMSON & SESSIONS

BOLTS ©-> NUTS - «© COTTERS © «© CAP SCREWS « + SPECIALS

STEEL

PRODUCTION « PROCESSING ¢ DISTRIBUTION ¢ USE

As the Editor Views

@ STEEL production last week (p. 19) declined 3
points to 81.5 per cent of ingot capacity. Consump-
tion at metalworking plants is at a much higher level
than that of present mill bookings, but an enlarge-
ment in orders awaits absorption of a larger share
of steel now on hand or due on previous commit-
ments (p. 69). Pipe demand, the exception, is brisk.
More automotive steel buying is expected shortly. In-
dications point to a moderate upturn in new steel
buying within another 30 days. Export business
continues to improve mildly. Domestic tin plate
consumption in 1940 should compare favorably with
the 1939 volume (p. 67) and there should be a 10
per cent increase in exports.

First large steel company to report on fourth quar-
ter financial returns is Bethlehem Steel Corp. (p. 19) ;
it earned a net profit of $13,028,928 in that period.

At Pittsburgh, the weather
(p. 31) is the dominating sub-
ject. Deeply frozen ground and
thick blankets of snow generate
fears of disastrous floods in event
of a sudden thaw. . . . United States (p. 34) now is
producing about 75 per cent of its normal tungsten
ore requirements. ... Automobile manufacturers
(p. 23) believe the reciprocal trade treaties contrib-
ute to our domestic prosperity. . . . Air conditioning
(p. 30) has vast potentialities, of widespread signifi-
cance to metals and metalworking.

Pittsburgh
Fears Flood

Following elaborate research, Dr. Yntema last week
(p. 13) reported to TNEC that “demand for steel is
determined primarily by general business activity,
consumers’ income and industrial
profits, and to only a minor ex-
tent by the price of steel. Elas-
ticity of demand for steel is so
low that a reduction in steel prices
does not provide an effective means of increasing
production and employment in the industry.” New

Determines
4
Demand

January 29, 1940

Deal economists opposed his contentions. . . . In the
development stage (p. 28) is a process for making
wire from strands slit from strip. ... Newly or-
ganized Anglo-French purchasing board (p. 25) has
headquarters at 15 Broad street, New York.

y a +

A new control system that automatically regulates
power input to electrically heated furnaces (p. 40),
is particularly suitable in treatment of materials

that require a constant tempera-
Weld Oil ture. ... Exposed parts of ball

bearing transmissions (p. 42) are
Well Casings made corrosion resistant by chemi-

cal treatment. ... Wider use of
welding in ship construction (p. 43) has resulted
in large prefabricated subassemblies; a new screw-
luffing full-revolving tower crane simplifies the prob-
lem of handling them. . . . Joining of oil well casing
by welding (p. 46) proves economical. ... Thirty-
gage wire is enameled in a new oven (p. 41) at speeds
as high as approximately 1000 feet per minute.

a e ca

Considerable progress is reported in direct rolling
of strip from molten metal. Thin gages (p. 48) are
being produced at speeds up to 500 feet per minute

with higher speeds a probability.
Roll Molten Trend in industry is to place
less reliance on natural light and
Metal (p. 51) utilize artificial illumina-
tion which is more dependable. .
A new mechanical parts plant (p. 57) is featured
by an exceptionally versatile and efficient depart-
ment for polishing and plating in small lots...
New subdivision of American Institute of Mining
and Metallurgical Engineers is a Bessemer Steel com-
mittee. It will hold a luncheon meeting Feb. 15 (p.
61) during the institute’s annual meeting in New
York.

Cec ner sae

RYERSON any time... for any amount... or any kind of steel.
Your order will get Immediate Action. The steel is in stock, and will be
delivered promptly — where and when you need it.

W hen steel inventories are low, when you need unusual sizes or analyses,
when non-uniform quality steel hinders production, call Ryerson. Over
10,000 sizes, shapes, and kinds of steel and allied products — from structurals
to stainless, from heat treated alloys to nuts and bolts — are included in
Ryerson Certified Steel products. All are closely controlled as to analysis,
accuracy, finish, ete. and each represents the highest quality in that par-
ticular class and type of material.

‘Ten strategically located plants assure prompt, dependable service.
Draw on the one nearest you. We'll gladly send a Stock List.

Joseph 'T. Ryerson & Son, Inc., Chicago, Milwaukee, St. Louis, Detroit,

Cincinnati, Cleveland, Buffalo, Boston, Philadelphia, Jersey City.

Ryerson Products Include:

Beams, Structurals
Channels, Angles, Tees, Zees
Hot Rolled Bars
Bands and Hoops
Floor Plate
Plates (over 15 kinds)
Sheets (over 25 kinds)
Alloy and Tool Steels
Heat Treated Alloy Bars
Stainless Steel
Cold Finished Shafting
Strip Steel, Flat Wire
Mechanical Tubing
Boiler Tubes and Fittings
Welding Rod
Rivets, Bolts, Nuts, Washers
Concrete Reinforcing
Babbit Metal and Solder

Write for Stock List

U. 8. Steel Presents Facts To

Refute New Deal Price Theories

WASHINGTON
@ UNPRECEDENTED challenge to
the New Deal theory that lower
steel prices would automatically in-
crease demand, reduce unit costs
and maintain profits was presented
to the temporary national economic
committee last week by the United
States Steel Corp.

An elaborate and _ exhaustive
analysis, supported by statistical
data, showed the inter-relationship
between prices, costs and steel de-
mand. Prepared by Dr. Theodore O.
Yntema, University of Chicago, the
study concluded that demand for
steel is so inelastic and so depend-
ent on a multitude of factors that
price reductions provide no effective
means for increasing production
and employment in the industry. It
also showed that as result of cost
factors, price reductions in periods

of low industrial activity would
greatly increase steel company

losses and, if continued, bankrupt
the industry.

“New, Vital Information”

In introducing Dr. Yntema, Ben-
jamin F. Fairless, U. S. Steel presi-
dent, said the Corporation’s records
had been thrown open to the pro-
fessor and his staff to aid the com-
mittee in its study.

The analysis, it is generally
agreed, is probably the most com-
prehensive ever made of the opera-
tions of U. S. Steel, or any other
steel producer. Dr. Theodore Kreps,
TNEC economic consultant, char-
acterized it as “new and vital in-
formation” long sought by the com-
mittee. Any disagreement with the
study would be with its conclusions
and not with factual data, he said.

Analysis includes a survey of all
cost, demand, and profit factors.

“Our studies,’ Professor Yntema

@ “Substantially lower price levels for
steel during the past ten years would
have brought general bankruptcy in the
industry’”—Dr. Theodore O. Yntema, be-
fore TNEC. NEA photo

January 29, 1940

Shows reductions fail to increase output or employ-

ment; would mean bankruptcy in slack times.

Volum-

inous report presented at TNEC hearing

told the committee, “show that the
demand for steel is determined
primarily by general business ac-
tivity, consumers’ income and _in-
dustrial profits, and to only a minor
extent by the price of steel. The
elasticity of demand for steel is so
low that a reduction in steel prices
does not provide an effective means
of increasing production and em-
ployment in the industry.

“Because of this inelastic demand
and the character of costs in the in-
dustry, a moderate decrease in
price results in a great decrease in
profits or increase in losses.

“Since margins of profit in the
steel industry during the past ten
years have been and still are ex-
tremely low, no substantial reduc-
tion in steel prices could have been
borne or could now be borne by the
industry without corresponding re-

ductions in costs. This could not be
effected without great reductions in
wage rates.”

Recognizing TNEC’s interest in re-
lation of steel prices to production
and employment, Dr. Yntema said:
“These studies do not, of course,
answer all the questions relating to
price flexibility in durable goods,
but they do, we believe, present
factual evidence illuminating some
aspects of the problem.

“The basic questions to which our
studies were addressed are these:

“1. To what extent will the pro-
duction and sale of steel respond
to changes in the price of steel?

“2. To what extent do costs vary
with volume of production?

“3. How far, if at all, is it feasible
for the steel industry to achieve ad-
ditional production and em-
ployment in depression by reduction
of prices?

sales,

“In other words, is it possible for
the steel industry to achieve fuller
utilization of its productive facili-
ties and thus greater employment
by means of price reductions in
periods of low demand?

Steel Demand Inelastic

“An analysis of the evidence avail-
able to us leads to these conclusions:

“1. The quantity of steel that can
be sold is relatively unresponsive to
changes in the level of steel prices.
In other words, the demand for
steel is inelastic. A reduction in the
price of steel, therefore, will bring
only a small increase in its consump-

tion. The fluctuations in the pro-
duction of steel have been due
primarily to shifts in demand

caused by changes in general busi-
ness activity, consumers’ income and
industrial profits. In comparison
with these factors, the price of steel
has been a minor influence on the
quantity of steel sold.

“2. The reduction in average costs
resulting from increased output is
much less than the reduction in
prices which is necessary to induce
such increase in output. All but a

13

TOTAL TAXES AND EARNINGS AVAILABLE FOR DIVIDENDS
U.S. STEEL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

200 r-— ri 200
160 -—— 160
EARNINGS
“ |AVAILABLE FOR m4
DIVIDENDS
<x oe es ae
~ \ 120 fe
ond and
o) \ ©
a
aed 80
o TAXES \ o
7 Se tt et en a 4 \ -
; Reais os 40 4
o °
ond
- 0 0 =)
= | A) =
-40 |- a \ / -40
4 . -80
SaKXRaARKEKRKRSFEBSBKRRSBHKRHBBBS
DADA HDAAHAAAGAAARAAGHGRAAABDHA AHA AH
Com com Com om! Conn Cm Comm re [om [ml com) a _ et ml co Co) fom ome ~ [ oon}

@ From 1930 through 1938, U. S. Steel’s total tax bill amounted

to about $410,-

615,000 whereas during this period earnings available for dividends to stock-
holders were about $127,072,000, or less than one-third the tax bill

small percentage of the costs of pro-
ducing steel, in good times and bad,
are cash out-of-pocket expenditures.
Unless wages and other costs could
have been further reduced in depres-
sion, a substantially lower price
level for steel during the past ten
years would have brought general
bankruptcy in the industry.

“In view of these facts, full pro-
duction and employment cannot be
maintained in the steel industry
during depression by means of re-
duction in steel prices.”

Dr. Yntema told the committee
that during the last 15 years the
automobile, railroad and container

industries have consumed almost 40
per cent of the steel produced.
These industries represent three dif-
ferent types of steel consumers, one
using steel as a raw material in the
manufacture of a consumers’ dur-
able goods, another using steel in
the form of plant and equipment,
and the third using steel as a raw
material in the manufacture of a
consumers’ perishable goods.

“The automobile industry has
been the largest single consumer of
steel for five of the last six years,
taking between one-fourth and one-
sixth of the total of all hot-rolled
steel products. Although it has had

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO NET ASSETS
(EARNINGS BEFORE INTEREST - TOTAL ASSETS LESS CURRENT LIABILITIES)
U.S. STEEL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Tot adr

PER CENT

be
z
lu
oO
ox
lu
a.
| |
} | |
om
ee Li}
Ont WO WONT KDWAONtTHWOWAONtHO WO
eo oD Oo OGY = = = = a ON NN NS © MéO mo mM OM st
Oo) OOo Aa oH AO oa ov An OEenoagadn= na .an ad
4 ms ml ct a et col 4 Cm ce Lom co a oa - a eo ot com on Cm)
@ Since its organization, the ratio of earnings of, Us S. Steel to the combined

investment of stockholders and bondholders has ‘averaged 5.1 per cent: since
1920, the ratio has been about 3.4 per cent; for the past ten years the ratio has
been slightly less than 2 per cent

14

a long-term upward trend, automo-
bile production has been subject to
severe cyclical fluctuations. In 1929,
approximately 5.6 million cars were
produced. In 1932, production
slumped to about 1.4 million, only
25 per cent of the 1929 production.
By 1937, production had risen to ap-
proximately 5 million cars, more
than three times that of 1932.”

For many years, said the witness.
“the railroad industry ranked first
as a consumer of steel. In 1926, rail-
roads consumed approximately 7.6
million tons of hot-rolled finished
products, which represented about
21.6 per cent of total output.

“The cyclical fluctuations in rail-
road purchases of steel are particu-
larly marked. In 1932, the railroads
took approximately 1 million tons
of steel, while in 1937, a relatively
good year, they purchased 4.1 mil-
lion tons, still much less than their
pre-depression consumption.

“The serious plight of the rail-
roads is common knowledge. They
have suffered both from a down-
ward trend in operations and from
the severity of the recent depres-
sion. As a consequence, the need
for new equipment has declined and
the revenues in many cases have
been inadequate for maintenance
and replacement of existing facili-
ties.”

Tin Plate Demand Increases

Consumption of steel by the con-
tainer industry, whose _ principal
products are consumers’ perishable
goods, has shown a substantial up-
ward trend since 1923. Dr. Yntema
explained “in that year the con-
tainer industry took 3.6 per cent of
the total finished rolled steel, but
since 1932 it has taken on the aver-
age more than 8 per cent of the total
output. In 1938, it ranked third
among consuming industries, ac-
counting for 9.9 per cent of the
total output of steel.

“While the annual average con-
sumption of steel by the container
industry was 1.4 million gross tons
curing the period from 1923 to 1929,
in the period from 1932 to 1938 its
annual consumption averaged about
1.9 million gross tons, which is
roughly an increase of 36 per cent.

“This relative stability of the con-
tainer industry during depression
periods is further shown by the
fact that tin plate production
ranged from about 60 to 90 per cent
cf capacity during the depression,
while total steel production varied
from 15 per cent to 60 per cent of
capacity.”

Other steel consuming industries
were not examined in the same de-
tail. “In .mearly all cases,” Dr.
Yntema said, “the products of these
industries are durable goods sub-
ject to great cyclical fluctuations.

“Many are producers’ goods, which

STEEL

are utilized in the production of
other goods and services. In such
cases, the cost of the product made
from steel is not usually a large
proportion of the value of the goods
and services produced by the in-
dustries using these products made
from steel. Consequently, there is
good reason to believe that the de-
mand for the products of these in-
dustries is generally not very elastic
and in many cases is inelastic.”

The witness explained relation of
the cost of stee] to the price of the
finished product. “The demand for
steel,” he said, “is derived from the
demand for the services rendered by
steel products, or, more directly,
from the demand for the finished
products themselves. A reduction in
the price of steel, if passed on, will
reduce the price of the finished
product.

“In greater or less degree, this
will increase the consumption of the
product and, thus, the consumption
of steel used in its manufacture.
Furthermore, a reduction in the
price of steel may perhaps increase
the use of steel per unit of finished
product. In each of these cases, how-
ever, the critical question is, how
much ?

“The percentage decrease in the
price of a finished product made

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN SALES AND COSTS
EFFECT OF REDUCTION FROM AVERAGE 1938 PRICES
U.S. STEEL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

possible by a reduction in the price
of steel depends upon the proportion
of the cost of steel to the value of
the finished product. What is this
proportion?

“In the case of low-priced automo-
biles, the cost of steel is about 10
per cent of the delivered price. This
percentage would be lower for a
more expensive automobile. For a
representative list of canned food
products, the cost of tin plate per
can varied from 3.4 per cent to 13.9
per cent of the retail price of such
food products.

Steel Not Large Cost Factor

“The cost of steel consumed by the
railroads is estimated to average
only about 5 per cent of the value
of transportation services furnished
by them. In the construction in-
dustry, steel costs range from 4 per
cent of the total cost of a frame
house to as much as 30 per cent of
the total expenditure for a_ steel
bridge.

“For a modern automatic packag-
ing machine, the steel cost com-
ponent was found to be less than 2
per cent of the selling price. Ex-
treme examples may be cited show-
ing a very high or very low ratio of
the cost of steel to the price of the
finished product, but 10 per cent ap-

pears to be a reasonably
proportion.

“On this basis, a 10 per cent re:
duction in the price of steel would
correspond to a 1 per cent reduction
in the price of the finished product.

Since the elasticity of demand for
the finished products of most steel
consuming industries is low, prob-
ably less than 1 or 2, a 1 per cent
decrease in the price of the product
would not increase the quantity sold
by more than 1 or 2 per cent. If
other conditions affecting demand
and costs remain the same, a 10
per cent reduction in the price of
steel would not increase the con-
sumption of steel by more than 1 or
2 per cent through its effect upon
the price of the finished product.”

Dr. Yntema told the committee
what he had found as result of
studies of effects of price reductions
in steel,

“From the relationship between
costs and volume it is possible to
determine the increase in volume
necessary to compensate for a
given price reduction. Although our
estimates of the elasticity of demand
for steel are less than 1, it will be
assumed in the following calcula-
tions that a given percentage reduc-
tion in price will cause an equal rela-
tive increase in the volume of steel

typical

ESTIMATED ADDITIONS TO 1938 DEFICIT

HOW DEFICIT WOULD HAVE INCREASED IF PRICES HAD BEEN REDUCED
AND VOLUME HAD INCREASED TO SAME RELATIVE EXTENT

1200 oi a a eS y 1200 U. S. STEEL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
nme - 87.2
= SALES AND REVENUES | ye 9% -
1100 a (1938 PRICES) A 110) Ng
(1938 voces Less on 3s -—— 7) % 79.2
1000 eee. k Ed 712
MEE wn
900 4 «
2 2 oy tit a ey 63.2 0— SS
- ~~ oS 64 HT ys
2 700 3 1EIEITIELE o
a a ae Pt ed ey 472,
S % 5
S a
© 600 ~ 48 —F FA EL EA ED EA Ed Td Ta 390 =
” = '
a. j w
S 500 a i= = be Para tl el td oa ae z 31.2 6
=! rs) J ESTIMATED ADDITIONS TO uv
= 400 “ 32- F1+4-44+ DEFICIT IF PRICES HAD BEEN} 232 =<
= 2 REDUCED AS INDICATED =
E : 4 Es -
300 = 24- 152 6
<
72
200 16 : =
100 8 Saeee
ACTUAL 1938 DEFICIT

612345 6 7 8 8 Wil 2 13:4 15 16 17 16

MILLIONS OF WEIGHTED TONS OF ALL

0
123 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
PERCENTAGE REDUCTION IN 1938 AVERAGE PRICE

TONNAGE PRODUCTS SHIPPED

— Ten per cent reduction from the average 1938 prices would

have required 48.8 per cent increase in volume, a much

greater increase than could result from such a price reduction.

Note: Costs in above chart are based on 1927-38 experience,
adjusted to 1938 conditions

@ Any further decrease in prices in 1938 would have served

but to increase the year’s deficit; the greater the reduction,

the more the deficit would have increased. Note: Actual

1938 deficit is after bond interest but before federal income
and profit taxes; nonoperating data excluded

January 29, 1940 15

sold, so that the dollar amount of
sales will remain the same. In other
words, the elasticity of demand will
be assumed equal to 1.

“The sales and revenues of United
States Steel Corp. subsidiaries in
1938 amounted to $77.66 per weight-
ed ton of products shipped. Of this
amount $71.86 represented’ the
amount received from the sale of
steel and other products, and $5.80
represented income from transporta-
tion and miscellaneous operations.

“On the assumption of unitary
elasticity of demand and no increase
in transportation and miscellaneous
operating revenues, a 10 per cent
decrease from the average price
level in 1938 would require an in-
crease of 48.8 per cent in volume of
shipments to avoid loss from price
reduction.

Increase Not Commensurate

“But the maximum increase in
volume to be expected from the
price reduction is only 11 per cent.
Thus it is clear that a price decrease
would induce only a small propor-
tion of the tonnage increase which
would be necessary to compensate
for it.”

Discussing the price situation in
greater detail, Dr. Yntema said that
“in 1938 the subsidiaries of the
United States Steel Corp. shipped
7,800,000 weighted tons, while in
1937 they shipped 13,200,000 tons.
To bring the 1938 weighted tonnage
up to the 1937 level, a 69.23 per cent
increase would have been necessary.
On the assumption of a _ unitary
elasticity of demand, this would
have required a price decrease of
40.9 per cent.

“After such a_ price reduction,
revenue per weighted ton would
have been $48.26, or $5.10 less than

PAYMENTS TO EMPLOYEES AND INVESTORS PER DOLLAR OF SALES

the additional cost per ton of prod-
ucts shipped. On the assumption
(contrary to our previous findings)
that the price reduction of 40.9 per
cent would have been sufficient to
restore the 1937 volume, 13,200,000
weighted tons would have been sold.
The Corporation and its subsidiaries
would then have had a cash loss of
$152,600,000 out-of-pocket fixed costs
plus a further loss of $5.10 per ton,
or a total cash loss of $219,920;000.

“If depreciation and depletion of
assets at this rate of operations.
amounting to $60,784,000, were added
to the cash loss, the total loss would
have been $280,704,000. In one year
this would have wiped out more
than half the current assets of the
Corporation.

“The 1938 price level used in the
foregoing calculations is the aver-
age of price in effect both before
and after the June, 1938, reduction
of approximately 10 per cent in the
published prices. The relationship
between annual sales and revenues
and annual costs at various levels
of production has also been com-
puted on the basis of prices pre-
vailing during the second half of
1938. At this lower price level the
break-even point (under 1938 costs
conditions, without any allowance
for dividends on preferred stock)
would have been at about 10,500,000
weighted tons, which is equivalent
to an operating rate of 50 to 55 per
cent of capacity.

“A 10 per cent reduction in prices
from this level would have raised
the break-even point to about 90
per cent of capacity. If the break-
even point were this high, the Corpo-
ration would have to operate at the
impossible annual rate of 130 per
cent of capacity to earn a return be-
fore income taxes of only 5 per cent

U. S. STEEL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

PTT TT TTT
LTT | EET] geceee
gee pe
50 TTT TH 5 | | ! 777 50
| | i | 1 |
1 |
| | | To EMPLOYEES ||
40 |4 ehvchpaliedbelelce Lam PAYROLL) | ft | 40
i
es | | N"\ "
— be
Lacan ae ae abana \/
= wd | 7 | X 30 z
2) oO
20 ' tet 4-4-t4- t 20
= TO INVEST!
na i AA ba A on gpm
bf CASH DIVIDENDS)
10 L] = / LA 10
r — 7 i Vi ——"
OU! 0
~ ontwowmwontwowon wo ©
SRFRP SSSR TTL ESR RRS ESS
@ From 1902 to 1938, payroll payments to employes absorbed an increasing pro-

portion of the sales dollar, while interest and cash dividend payments to investors
have absorbed a decreasing proportion

16

on its investment in tangible assets.”
After Dr. Yntema presented his

analysis, New Deal _ economists
opened a broad attack on the study.
Attacking forces were led by Mor-
decai Ezekiel, New Deal adviser to
the secretary of agriculture, Mar-
tin Taitel, WPA consultant, Louis
Bean, of the bureau of agricultural
economics, and Prof. Melvin D. de
Chazeau, University of Virginia,
who has been employed by the jus-
tice department to assist in prepar-
ing the steel case before TNEC.
Professor de Chazeau followed Dr.

Yntema to the stand, disagreed
with many of the latter’s state-
ments.

“If the conclusion reached by the
United States Steel Corp. with re-
gard to demand for steel and the
variation of cost with changes in
volume are accepted as valid,” he
said, “the possibility of price re-
duction without ‘out-of-pocket’ loss
is of negligible significance.

Indicates Possible Errors

“In fact, the high level of the vari-
able costs so ‘demonstrated,’ $55.73
per weighted ton, relative to the
fixed cost, and the constant charac-
ter of these variable costs with
changes in output practically ren-
der a discussion of demand elas-
ticity academic. That is, the elas-
ticity of demand (i. e., the propor-
tionate change in volume with a
given change in price) would have
to be between 3 and 4—an amount
far beyond any conceivable actual
elasticity for steel products—be-
fore it would pay the corporation to
reduce price. Attention will be di-
rected, then, first to the analysis
of cost and then to that of demand.

“With the exception of payroll
and ‘other expense’ items’ which
were adjusted for time trend to
correct for changes in efficiency,
the fixed and variable components
in each of the corporation’s expense
categories were ascertained by plot-
ting annual adjusted expense
against weighted tonnage sold in a
scatter diagram, fitting a regres-
sion line, and extrapolating that
line to the base line.

“There is always possible error
in the projection of a total expense
function derived from an analysis
of historical cost data. The shape
of the cost function at levels of
output below those actually expe-
rienced may be different from that
within the range of observations.

“A relatively slight change in the
slope of the regression line can
make a substantial change in the
apparent size of fixed and variable
costs. It is possible, therefore, that
the actual overhead expense of the
Corporation is greater than that
calculated by the statistical method
employed.

“Neglecting this possibility, how-
ever, it is apparent that the char-
acter of the total cost function and

STEEL

the relative magnitude of fixed and
variable components of cost de-
pend on (a) the dependence of
actual expenses in a given year on
the volume of sales in that year;
(b) the reasonableness of the ad-
justment to 1938 conditions; and
(c) the adequacy of the weights em-
ployed to obtain a homogeneous
single output series.

“Finally, the significance of the
result for pricing policy depends
on the applicability of this method
of cost analysis to a situation in
which multiple plants are employed,
multiple products manufactured,
and dynamic conditions of technol-
ogy and capacity obtained. Criti-
cisms of the data analyzed, the
adjustment of data and_ espe-
cially the weighting of tons are
important primarily because of
their cumulative rather than their
individual effect. Because of the
limited number of observations a
relatively slight change in the loca-
tion of points in the scatter dia-
grams might render the cost func-
tion curvilinear rather than linear.
The most important limitation on
this study, however, is the narrow
significance that may rightly be
accorded it for the purposes of pric-
ing policy.”

May Reflect Managerial Policy

The professor told the commit-
tee that the relation of recorded
expense to volume of sales may re-
flect managerial policy rather than
actual cost and thereby exaggerate
the apparent magnitude of variable
costs.

The witness said that the assump-
tions that must be made to justify
the weighted tons employed in the
Yntema analysis are so improbable
as to throw doubt on the conclu
sions derived.

“Assuming the propriety’ of
the mill-cost averages, however, it
is necessary to assume that the
ratio of the average mill-cost of
each product to the average mill-
cost of all rolled and finished steel
products during the sample period
1935-37, was constant throughout
the period analyzed, 1927-38, inclu-
sive. This is equivalent to an
assumption that no_ technological
improvements took place in one de-
partment or geographic area that
did not take place in all depart-
ments or geographic areas.

“That this was not true, especial-
ly for hot and cold-rolled light steel
products like strip, sheet and tin
plate which constituted a substan-
tial and apparently increasing per-
centage of the total tonnage of
rolled and finished steel shipped
during the period, seems likely.”

If the contentions of the Corpo-
ration with regard to cost and de-
mand are admitted, Dr. de Chazeau
told the committee, one is forced
to conclude that from any break-
even point a price reduction will

January 29, 1940

bring losses and an upward price
movement will bring continuous and
increasing profits.

Discussing this, the witness said
“the Corporation concerns itself ex-
clusively with results which might
be expected with a price reduction.
But demand elasticity is equally
applicable to price increases with a
corresponding decline in volume.
The conclusion of the Corporation’s
analysis would indicate that it
would be increasingly profitable to
lower

raise prices, disastrous to
them. The theoretical monopoly
price would be at a point which

allowed the sale of a single ton.”

Following the statement made by
Dr. de Chazeau, Professor Yntema
resumed the stand with two of his
assistants, Richard H. Appert, a for-
mer instructor at the University of
Chicago, and Harold Gregg Lewis,
instruc‘or of economics at the Uni-
versity of Chicago. Both of the lat-
ter had assisted Professor Yntema
in his studies.

“We are glad to have the criti-
cisms of our studies offered by Dr.
de Chazeau in his testimony,” said
Dr. Yntema, “and we appreciate
particularly the courtesy extended
to us by Dr. Kreps and committee.

“First of all, I should like to
clear up any misunderstanding
which may exist as to the _ pur-
poses for which these studies were
prepared. They were not made
with any idea of providing the
United States Steel Corp. or the
steel industry with a formula which
could be used as a basis for price
policy.

“As a matter of fact, steel men
were well aware of the character-
istics of the demand for steel and
the behavior of costs long before
we began this study. We have mere-

ly applied the methods of statistical
and economic analysis to the facts
and presented our findings to the
committee in the simplest way we
could,” Dr. Yntema continued.

“Near the conclusion of his testi-
mony, Dr. de Chazeau said that if
our ‘analysis of demand reflects
faithfully the businessman’s cri-
terion of desirable price he has
dramatized the conflict of private
and social interest in pricing policy,
which is the fundamental issue be-
fore the temporary economic com-
mittee.’

“In the first place, there was
never any implication on our part
that our analysis reflected or had
anything to do with the business
man’s criterion of desirable price.
In the second place, and more im-
portant, the phrase ‘conflicts of
private and social interest in pricing
policy’ requires further clarification.
In an economic system of private
enterprise, each business seeks, and
ought to seek, to make the largest
possible profit in the long run,

Cites Steel Competition

“T suppose that most businessmen
would like to get a higher price for
their products than they do, and I
think it is probably safe to say that
it would not be in the general social
interest for them to obtain as high a
price as they would like to get. If
this is merely what is meant by the
conflict of private and social inter-
est in pricing policy, it is an empty
phrase. The real question is whether
the price level in a particular in-
dustry is such as to warrant con-
cern for the social interest.

“There seemed to be some ques-
tion yesterday as to why the steel

PAYROLL AND EARNINGS PER DOLLAR OF SALES

U. S. STEEL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

+$—+—4-—4— 4.4 —4-4-+

CENTS
™~
°

$—+—_}_ + __

+-—}+-—_+—_ ++ + —+—_ ++ 4-4 4 4 5 4 4 ff 4 fy

| (AFTER INTEREST)

CENTS

EARNINGS

-———_-—_

£

1900
1902 |

'
Nh
Oo

@ Proportion of sales dollar going to employes in form of wages and salaries has
had an upward trend, increasing from about 30 cents in 1901 to about 45 cents

in 1938.

Portion remaining as earnings available for dividends to stockholders

has declined, even more than the portion going to employes has increased

ty 3

industry did not charge higher
prices for their products if they
could thereby so obviously reduce
their losses and increase their
profits. Certainly it is not because
the steel companies do not want to
raise their profits from the levels
which have prevailed over the past
ten years. The situation can only be
explained by the fact that the forces
of competition are great enough to
keep individual companies from
raising their prices.”

During the course of the hearings,
Benjamin F. Fairless, president,
United States Steel Corp., told the
committee his corporation had done
everything that it could to co-
operate with the committee in its
desire to learn about the steel in-
dustry.

Named 30 To Aid TNEC

He stated that a special TNEC
group had been appointed to see that
the committee got what it asked.
The group consisted of 30 persons,
including executives, lawyers and
economists. Studies, he said, had
been carried on by the group for
the past year and a half.

Mr. Taitel said he regarded Dr.
Yntema’s study “as highly interest-
ing applications of refined econo-
metrics, but of little use to the com-
mittee as a description of the actual
conditions upon which steel price
decisions are based.”

Mr. Taitel said “the steel industry
has rather generally been regarded
as an industry with high ‘fixed’
costs, that is, one of those industries
in which unit costs of production
decline as output increases.

pricing policy would tend to be one
that provides for declining prices
as the volume of output increases.
Prices in the steel industry, how-
ever, have not followed this pattern.
They have tended to remain rela-
tively fixed. The typical practice has
been to increase prices with in-
creased volume rather than to de-
crease prices as sales expand. Such
price behavior is much more con-
sistent with a situation in which in-
creasing output is associated with
constant or rising costs.

“The statistical analysis of costs
presented to this committee by the
United States Steel Corp. is designed
to defend the pricing system prac-
ticed by the Corporation.”

Mr. Ezekiel told the committee
that the material presented by
Dr. Yntema may be summarized
in three broad statements:

“1. If the steel industry were to
reduce its prices at any time, the
percentage gain in sales (due solely
to the reduction in price) would be
at most no greater than the per-
centage reduction in price, so that
the gross income of the steel in-
dustry would show no increase.

“2. If the sales of steel were to in-
crease at any time, the larger out-
put would lead to a reduction in
production costs per ton. Costs per
unit, however, would fall as rapidly
as output rose, so that total costs
would increase as sales rose.

“3. A reduction in price would al-
ways reduce the profits or increase
the deficits of the corporation. This
result would follow, it is argued,
since total income would not in-
crease with the increased sales,
whereas total costs would increase.

“So far as prices in such an in-
dustry are based upon costs, the “There are many weaknesses in
CAPITAL, SURPLUS AND LIABILITIES
U. S. STEEL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
3.0 > ooo ooo T ‘ - '
TTT TT TTT TTT TTT TTT heeded | THT TI
| [| Soe ||| 111
BESSESRLES Jota | LIABILITIES tegaer
2.5| | | | - “Tt $+—{—+-—}— Naan r TTT i
7) | ft MIT iid ”
a | | + v ene |
S oot HULL SSN Rall li lioo 6S
i 1 | | | | QASSFUNDED DEBTS wi720 a
= WY TAM | | | 4
~ 18] Uys yf llisg &
o i ZSURPLUS AND yy i ©
Y | t Gif RESERVES Yt Yi Yy | | no
5 awl LEER, | 5
— ad : *S ssesese im a =
= : Steen =
a | 3 sees : | w
5} pate Beare || 5
| |
0 Lo
N oN +t OO OO NN © © 2 2 we ww oo
SRRRRFARRRSLSRARRR RRS

@ Corporation has sound financial structure, with relatively small amount of

liabilities and a comparatively large amount of surplus and reserves, and capital

stock. Present capitalization is represented entirely by tangible assets. Goodwill
and intangibles now are carried at one dollar

18

both the accounting methods and
the statistical techniques used in
reaching the first two statements, as
other witnesses have already
shown.”

Dr. Bean criticized the Corpora-
tion’s statements on analysis of de-

mand for steel in the container,
automobile, and railroad industries
as presented by Dr. Yntema.

He said examination of the state-
ments reveals grave statistical de-
fects. “These are,” he said, “defects
in methods of analysis as well as in
assumptions and in data. In the first
three of these studies, the important
objective was to reveal the effect of
price on consumption, but the meth-
ods and data used were inadequate,
with the result that the quantitative
conclusions arrived at are unreli-
able, and so generally recognized
by the authors. In some cases ade-
quate data were not fully utilized
and important price-volume relation-
ships remained undetected.

Calls Analysis “Unreliable”

“In the study dealing with total
steel consumption by all industries,
several of the quantitative analyses
presented are statistically unreli-
able because of the wide range with-
in which the ‘true’ relationships
between price and volume may lie.
No account was taken of the extent
to which one or two extreme ob-
servations influenced the results ob-
tained. In certain cases where the
analyses show little influence of
price on volume, a close examina-
tion of the data used reveals sub-
stantial price influence; and in cases
where low prices were found to be
associated with low volume, the un-
derlying relationships can be shown
to be just the opposite.”

Dr. Bean told the committee that
“in general, it may be said that all
of the analyses give such unreliable
results that the authors themselves
discard their showings as to the
nature of elasticity of demand for
steel and resort to the assumption
of unit elasticity as a basis for the
further analyses of costs in rela-
tion to volume and of losses in re-
lation to price reductions.

“In their conclusions as to the
effect of a given price reduction on
the volume of steel, the authors of
these studies fail to take into ac-
count the effect that such a price re-
duction would have on the general
average of price of goods directly
and indirectly affected by steel
prices. They also fail to take into
account the additional effect of the
increased volume of steel due to a
price reduction on business in gen-
eral and therefore on steel.

“That there is a positive relation
between steel activity and general
activity is well known and demon-
strated in these demand studies.

(Please turn to Page 68)

STEEL

FINANCIAL

BETHLEHEM’S 1939 BOOKINGS
NEW PEACE-TIME RECORD

@ BETHLEHEM STEEL CORP.,
Wilmington, Del., first large steel
producer to release fourth quarter
earnings statement, reports net in-
come of $13,028,928, equal to $3.74
per common share, compared to
$3,658,160 or 56 cents a share for
corresponding 1938 quarter. Third
quarter profit totaled $5,377,470,
equal to $1.10 per share.

Total net income for 1939 was
$24,638,384, equal to $5.75 a share
on common stock outstanding at
year’s end, compared to $5,250,239
for previous year. Net income in
1938 was equal to 70.3 per cent of
the year’s dividends on outstanding
preferred stock. In 1937 it was
equal to $7.64 per common share.

Eugene G. Grace, president, an-
nounced Bethlehem will call its en-
tire issue of 5 per cent preferred
stock totaling $18,677,740 April 1.
It will be called at par and out of
cash, he stated, the directors feel-
ing justified in so doing with the
company’s liquid assets at present
exceeding $75,0C0,000, compared
with about $37,000,000 a year ago.
In announcing a dividend of $1 per
share on common, payable March 1
to record of Feb. 9, in addition to
preferred dividend payments, he
also intimated the company would
pay another dividend on common
for the first quarter, 1940.

Shipbuilding Profits Decrease

New business booked in 1939 to-
taled more than $538,000,000, estab-
lished a new peace-time record for
the company, according to Mr. Grace.
It was exceeded only by the all-
time high of about $559,000,000 in
the World war year of 1917.

Mr. Grace pointed out that despite
the volume of ship work let, Beth-
lehem actually made less money
from its shipbuilding and _ repair
operations last year than in 1938.
One reason, he indicated, was that
fewer ships were completed on
which the company could definitely
compute profits. He further ex-
plained that profit on a shipbuilding
project was not determined until
the unit was completed, and was
then applied to the year the vessel
was finished, even though it may
have required two or three years to
build.

In the fourth quarter last year
110,824 men were employed, com-
pared with 96,947 in third quarter
and 86,352 in final 1938 period. Pay-
roll last quarter totaled $49,167,235,
said Mr. Grace, against $39,453,382
for period ending Sept. 30, and $32,-
955,204 in fourth quarter of the
preceding year.

Average hourly wage was 92.4
cents for the fourth quarter and

January 29, 1940

District Steel Rates

Percentage of Ingot Capacity Engaged
in Leading Districts

Week
ended Same week
Jan. 27 Change 1939 1938
Pittsburgh .... 78 —4 46 30
CRIMERS «6. ss. 91 —1 45.5, 27
Eastern Pa. ... 80 None 34 31
Youngstown .. 68 — 6 45 St
Wheeling ..... 80 —16 64 46
Cleveland ..... 74 — 85 60 31
job: 67 — 3 44 18.5
Birmingham .. 94 None 77 60
New England... 75 — 8 70 20
Cincinnati .... 74.5 None 52 40
St DAs SS None 40 21
Detroit «2... ae. <9 — 4 88 $2
Average .... 815 —3 51:5 33
91.6 cents for the year, against
91.2 for 1938. In last period hours

per week averaged 37.2; in third
quarter, 34.5. Average for the year
was 35 hours per week compared
with 29.9 in previous year.
Current steel production, accord-
ing to Mr. Grace, is at 91 per cent;
in fourth quarter it was 98.6 per
cent, and average for the year was
70.8 per cent. Average rate of op-
erations in 1937 was 77.7 per cent.

LUKENS STEEL CO.

Lukens Steel Co., Coatesville, Pa.,
reports net income of $83,127, equal
to 26 cents per common share for
fiscal year ended Oct. 14, 1939, com-
pared with a deficit of $288,505 or 91
cents a share in previous year. Net
profit in 1937 was $158,218 or 50
cents a common share.

GREAT NORTHERN ORE

Great Northern Iron Ore Proper-
ties, St. Paul, reports consolidated
net profit for 1939 as $1,198,726,
equal to 80 cents a share on 1,500,-
000 shares of beneficial interest. This
compares with net income of $784,-
924, or 52 cents a share in 1938. Iron
ore shipments last year totaled 7,-
421,000 tens, against 3,411,000 tons
in 1938 and 10,466,000 in 1937.

BLAW-KNOX TO ISSUE BONDS

Blaw-Knox Co., Pittsburgh, will
issue $3,000,000 first mortgage
bonds, 3% per cent series, due Feb.
1, 1950. Proceeds will be used for
paying off $2,500,000 in short term
bank loans and to provide addi-
tional working capital.

Bar Mill Wages Steady

@ Monthly settlement of bar mill
wage base by Western Bar Iron
association and Amalgamated Asso-
ciation of Iron, Steel and Tin Work-
ers last week developed a card rate
for February on boiling, bar and
12-inch mills at 2.15c; and on guide
and 10-inch mills, 2.25c. The rates
are unchanged from those which
have prevailed since last June.

PRODUCTION

STEEL RATE DOWN TO 81.5;
EIGHT DISTRICTS REDUCED

@ STEELWORKS operations last
week declined 3 points to 81.5 per
cent. Eight districts curtailed pro-
duction and four were unchanged.
Last year the rate was 51.5 per
cent; two years ago it was 33 per
cent.

Youngstown, O.—-Receded 6 points
to 68 per cent, Youngstown Sheet
& Tube Co. taking off three open
hearths and Carnegie-Illinois Steel
Corp. and Republic Steel Corp. one
each. Schedule for next week is
about 66 per cent.

Chicago—Off 1 point to 91 per
cent, only one of principal pro
ducers’ curtailing. Two smaller
mills made slight gains and one a
loss. Four mills continue produc-
tion above the theoretical capacity.

St. Louis—Unchanged at 83 per
cent, with probability the same
rate will continue this week.

Detroit—Down 4 points to 87 per
cent, four open hearths being taken
off for roof repairs. Little current
output is going into inventory but
backlogs are sharply reduced.

Birmingham, Ala.—Steady at 94
per cent, which has _ prevailed
since late Octcber, except during
Christmas week.

Pittsburgh—Declined 4 points to
78 per cent, with possibility of
slight advance this week.

Wheeling—Dropped 16 points to
80 per cent, two plants going down
completely. One may resume this
week.

Central eastern seaboard—Held at
80 per cent, addition of one open
hearth being offset by other
changes.

New England—Lost 8 points to 75
per cent. The same schedule is
probably due this week.

Buffalo—Off 3 points to 67 per
cent as Republic Steel Corp. with-
drew an open hearth for repairs.

Cincinnati—Held at 74.5 per cent
for third week.
Cleveland—Reduced 8.5 points to

74 per cent, four open hearths be-
ing taken off. Indications are for a
higher rate this week.

Rolls 902.8 Tons Strip
Steel in Eight Hours

@ Ford Motor Co. reports a world
record for an eight-hour run of
cold-rolled steel at its Rouge plant,
Dearborn, Mich. The day shift on
the 66-inch three-stand tandem mill
recently rolled 902.8 tons. The steel
was 19-gage stock, 58% inches wide
for use in pressing body quarter
panels. This, the company says,
beats the previous record of 855
tons in a similar period, established
last fall by a Pittsburgh mill.

19

MEN of INDUSTRY

@W. BELTRAN DU MONT, for-
merly vice president in charge of
sales, Greenfield Tap & Die Corp.,
Greenfield, Mass., has been elected
vice president and a_ director,
Threadwell Tap & Die Co., Green-
field. He has been associated with
the small tool industry 27 years.
Other new directors of the Thread-
well company are: Philip Rogers,
president, Millers Falls Co., and
George C. Lunt, treasurer, Rogers,
Lunt & Bowlen Co., both of Green-

field.
ry

Harold R. Smallman, in charge of
the Chicago district office, Hanson-
Van Winkle-Munning Co., Matawan,
N. J., maker of electroplating equip-
ment and supplies, has been made
western manager.

o

Charles E. Sloan has been appoint-
ed engineer of bridges, Baltimore &
Ohio railroad, with headquarters in
Baltimore.

¢

©. C. Hartig has resigned as
secretary-treasurer and factory
manager, Atlas Drop Forge Co.,
Lansing, Mich. He had been with
the company since 1915.

+

David S. Youngholm, vice presi-
dent, Westinghouse Electric & Mfg.
Co., East Pittsburgh, Pa., has been
elected president, Electrical and Gas
Association of New York Inc.

°

Francis B. Davis Jr., president
and chairman of the board, United
States Rubber Co., New York, will
head the industry division in the
1940 campaign of the Greater New
York fund.

.

Raymond F. Heasley, the past five
years superintendent, Cleveland
branch of Crane Co., Chicago, has
resigned to take charge of the ware-
house of Edward W. Duffy & Co.,
Detroit.

e

George C. Floyd, formerly super-
intendent, alloy strip department,
has been appointed assistant general
superintendent, West Leechburg di-

vision, Allegheny Ludlum Steel
Corp., Brackenridge, Pa.
+

Gustavo Sommer, S. A., Mexico
City, D. F., has been appointed to
represent American Nickeloid Co.,
Peru, Ill., in the sale of American

bonded pre-finished metals’ in
Mexico.
Sd
Leo C. Pelkus, 665 Atlantic ave-

nue, Boston, has been appointed rep-
resentative in Maine, Vermont,
Massachusetts, Rhode Island and

20

H. R. Smallman

New Hampshire by Ajax Electric
Co. Inc., Philadelphia.
¢

Joseph Kaye Wood is resuming
active duty as chief engineer, Gen-
eral Spring Corp., New York, after
temporary association with the
Grinnell Co. Inc., Providence, R. L.,
and the Babcock & Wilcox Co. Ltd.,
London, for a period of three years.

*

H. Wilbur Paret Jr. has been
named Pittsburgh district sales man-
ager, Standard Arch Co., with head-
quarters at 418 Bessemer building.

¢

H. E. Ryker, heretofore assistant
works manager, Lockheed Aircraft
Corp., Burbank, Calif., has been ap-
pointed general manager in charge
of all operations, Vega Airplane Co.,
Burbank, a subsidiary of Lockheed.

7

Bertram G. Parker, president,
Youngstown Foundry & Machine
Co., Youngstown, O., has been re-

Sidney D. Williams

Who has been named vice president and

in charge of sales of Copperweld Steel

Co.’s new steel division at Warren, O.,
as noted in STEEL, Jan, 22, page 20

elected president, Youngstown cham-
ber of commerce. W. B. Gillies,
vice president, Youngstown Sheet
& Tube Co., has been re-elected vice
president of the chamber.

+
John O. Ostergren, vice _presi-
dent and general manager, Lakey
Foundry & Machine Co., Muskegon,
Mich., has been elected president
and general manager, succeeding
Herman A. Becker, who continues
as a director.
+
Charles M. Kearns Jr., research
engineer, Hamilton Standard Pro-
pellers division of United Aircraft
Corp., East Hartford, Conn., was
presented with the 1939 Lawrence
Sperry award by the Institute of
Aeronautical Sciences for a device
to test aircraft propellers in flight,
at the institute’s “honors night” din-
ner Jan. 26 at the Hotel Biltmore.

+2
Ronald F. Walker, formerly sales
manager, Barnes Drill Co., Rock-
ford, Ill., has joined Wilson-Brown
Co., New York, machine tool dealer,
which will represent the Barnes
company in the metropolitan area.
He will cover the northern New
Jersey area for Wilson-Brown.
+
Louis C. Melzow, associated with
McCord Radiator & Mfg. Co. since
1909, recently as superintendent of
the company’s Detroit plant, has
been named assistant works man-
ager, with supervision over all
branch plants. Ray Hawkins suc-
ceeds Mr. Melzow as superintendent
of the Detroit plant.
+
John I. Yellott has been appointed
professor and director of mechanical
engineering, Armour Institute of
Technology, Chicago. The appoint-
ment will become effective Sept. 1,
concurrent with the beginning of
operation of the new Illinois Insti-
tute of Technology, new engineer-
ing school representing a merger
of Armour and Lewis institutes.

+
Walter B. Leishman, formerly vice
president, Gardner Machine Co., Be-
loit, Wis., has been elected president.
He succeeds L. Waldo Thompson,who
has become chairman of the board.
Ingle R. Shue has been made vice
president in charge of abrasive
manufacture and research; Robert
W. Roth, vice president and super-
intendent; C. Winslow Thompson,

secretary-treasurer.

7
Elmer T. Ripley has been pro-

moted from vice president to execu-
tive vice president, Cleveland Quar-

STEEL

ries Co., Cleveland. Paul A. Mori,
formerly works manager for the
company at Amherst, O., has been
elevated to vice president in charge
of mechanical operations and prop-
erties. E. A. Burr, vice president in
charge of the company’s Firestone
division, has been elected a director.
o

Walter E. Mackley has been ap-
pointed manager of the Buffalo
office, American Steel & Wire Co.
He started with the company in
1912. He succeeds F. O. Howard,
who has been transferred to New

York.
7

C. A. Smith, formerly superin-
tendent, switchgear division, West-
inghouse Electric & Mfg. Co., East
Pittsburgh, Pa., has been named
manager, East Pittsburgh factory
service division, succeeding the late
F. J. Shiring. He has been with
Westinghouse since 1892.

+

L. R. Westbrook, formerly assist-
ant director of the Cleveland experi-
mental laboratory, Grasselli Chem-
icals department, E. I. du Pont de
Nemours & Co., Wilmington, Del.,
has been made research manager
of the company’s electroplating di-
vision. He will continue residence

in Cleveland.
+

H. Wilson Ryno, engaged in tool
engineering and selling the past 15
years, is now acting as agent in the
metropolitan New York and New
Jersey territory for Charles L.
Jarvis Co., Middletown, Conn.; Swed-
ish Gage Co. of America, Detroit,
and National Tool Co., Cleveland.
His office is at 1060 Broad street,
Newark, N. J.

Leon A. Beeghly has been re-
elected chairman of the board, Cold
Metal Process Co., Youngstown, O.
Mr. Beeghly is also president of
Standard Slag Co. Other officers
re-elected include: President, Venice
J. Lamb; vice president in charge
of operations, Howard Lamb; gen-
eral manager, W. B. Lockwood;
secretary-treasurer, W. H. Kilcaw-
ley; assistant secretary and assist-
ant treasurer, W. E. Bliss.

+

Claude E. Shannon, Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, Cambridge,
Mass., has been awarded the Alfred
Noble prize of the American So-
ciety of Civil Engineers, American
Institute of Mining and Metallur-
gical Engineers, American Society
of Mechanical Engineers, American
Institute of Electrical Engineers
and Western Society of Engineers,
for his paper, “A Symbolic Analy-
sis of Relay and Switching Cir-
cuits” as the best published paper
by an engineer not more than 30
years of age. Mr. Shannon is 23.
Presentation was made at the win-

January 29, 1940

ter meeting of the Electrical Engi-
neers in New York, Jan. 22-26.
7

Bertram M. Ainesworth has been
appointed eastern sales manager,
Designers for Industry Inc., Cleve-
land, with headquarters in New
York. He will continue as head of
the merchandising counsel division.
Charles L. Bennett has been named
western sales manager, with head-
quarters in Chicago. The follow-
ing have been appointed account
executives: John Badami, Brook-
lyn, N. Y.; A. E. Hartman, Pitts-
burgh, covering western Pennsyl-
vania and West Virginia, succeed-
ing Robert Zeidman transferred to
the Cleveland office; Charles Ells-
worth, Cleveland and _ northern
Ohio; A. A. Platt, Norristown, Pa.,
eastern Pennsylvania, southern New
Jersey and Delaware.

Died:

@ EDWARD E. HUGHES, 77, for-
merly vice president, Franklin Steel
Co., Franklin, Pa., in West Orange,
N. J., Jan 19. At time of his death
he was president emeritus, Rail Steel
Bar association which he founded and
served as president 25 years. Prior
to 1900, when he was appointed re-
ceiver for the Franklin Rolling Mills,
he practiced law in Franklin. He
retired in 1930.
+
William C. Hood, 62, general su-
perintendent, H. C. Frick Coke Co.,
Pittsburgh, a subsidiary of United
States Steel Corp., Jan. 22, in
Uniontown, Pa. He had been with
Frick and affiliated companies since
1897.
+
Walter M. Schnabel, president,
Schnabel Co., Pittsburgh, auto body
builder, Jan. 20 in that city.
+
Frank A. Reuther, 76, vice presi-
dent and treasurer, Reuther Found-

ry Co., Harrison, N. J., Jan. 14,
in Newark, N. J.
¢

Alvin J. Fuelling, 52, assistant

manager, order department, Ameri-
can Steel & Wire Co., Cleveland,
Jan. 21 in Cleveland.
4
D. Clinton McKee, 51, vice presi-
dent in charge of operations, Bes-
semer Limestone & Cement Co., Bes-
semer, Pa., Jan. 8.
+
Hugh Clifford Colville, retired ex-
ecutive, Newark Steel Drum Co.,
Linden, N. J., Jan. 21 at his home
in Plainfield, N. J.
’
Albert D. Wade, 65, chief wire
salesman, Philadelphia district, Beth-
lehem Steel Co., Jan. 23 in Glenside,

a Suburb of Philadelphia. He had
long been associated with the steel
industry, and had been with Beth-
lehem in Philadelphia since 1912,
originally through the Cambria
Steel Co.

°

G. F. Elliott, 47, chairman, Elliott
Co., Jeannette, Pa., power plant
equipment manufacturer, recently
at his home in Ridgway, Pa.

7

James Skinner, 76, secretary and
a director, E. W. Bliss Co., Brook-
lyn, N. Y., Jan. 18 in that city.
He joined the Bliss company in
1915 as office manager.

+

Charles McNicholl, former traffic
manager, American Bridge Co.,
Pittsburgh, and former president of
the Traffic club, Jan. 12 at his home
in Pittsburgh.

*

Willoughby C. Bigelow, 74, spe-
cialty sales manager, Yale & Towne
Mfg. Co., Stamford, Conn., Jan. 21
in New Rochelle, N. Y. He was
an executive of Yale & Towne 47
years.

+

J. C. Weisenbach, 44, in Cleve-
land, Jan. 19. He was employed
by the City Foundry Co., Cleveland,
the past 16 years, ten years as
maintenance engineer and six years
as superintendent.

+

Frank W. Pitman, 59, owner,
LaCrosse Electric Supply Co., and
a director, LaCrosse Iron Products
Co. and of several other business
and financial institutions in La
Crosse, Wis., in that city, recently.

+

Thomas H. Heacock, 72, one of

the organizers of Superior Sheet
Steel Co., Canton, O., Jan. 8. When

Roemer and other Canton
steel leaders formed the Superior
company, he assisted in construc-
tion of the plant, and in 1929 went
to Kokomo, Ind., to supervise work
of rebuilding the Continental Steel
Co. plant.

Henry

o

Samuel M. D. Clapper, chairman
of the board, General Refractories
Co., Philadelphia, and vice _presi-
dent, Cannon Mills Inc., Philadel-
phia, Jan. 19 in Philadelphia. He
was a director, Birdsboro Steel
Foundry & Machine Co., Birdsboro,
Pa.

¢

Guy L. Sintz, 64, active in the de-
velopment of the gasoline engine
throughout his life, Jan. 18 at his
home in Detroit. He lived in Detroit
17 years and had been employed as
factory manager for Claude Sintz,
his brother, an automobile parts
maker.

ye 4 STANDARD TOOLS ON

JONES & LAMSON UNIVERSAL TURRET LATHES

cae Santhiniees OF: Baha "i UNIVERSAL TURRET LATAES “FAY AUTOMATIC. E
# GeAUTOMATIC DOUBLEY END: MILLING. &: CEN NSS. a CHINES ; C AUTOMATE THR «AD G 1G:
2 MACINES COMPARATORS. ‘TANGHNE OND RADIAL, S7AHLQNARY. AND.ABVOLVING DIES AND CRASERS

22 STEEL

Windows of WASHINGTON

By L. M. LAMM
Washington Editor, STEEL

WASHINGTON
@ INTEREST in trade between
United States and Japan has risen
sharply dué to abrogation, Jan. 26,
of the 1911 commercial treaty be
tween the two countries.

In recent months, orders from
Japan, especially for iron and steel
products, scrap iron, machinery and
tools have been increasing. Gov-
ernment officals state the increases
have been due in part to anxiety
regarding uncertainties engendered
by termination of the treaty. They
also indicate Japan’s increased de
pendence on United States as a
source of supply. Recognition that
with increasing volume of domestic
orders for our defense program,
and of orders from Europe, filling
of new orders will become more
difficult is likewise probable.

Reports indicate United States sup-
plies Japan with approximately 56
per cent of its essential requirements
for heavy industries. According to
the American commercial attache
at Tokyo, Japan normally depends
upon United States for 40 per cent
of its total metal imports, 70 per
cent of its scrap iron, and 50 per
cent of its machinery imports.

Exports to Japan Increas-

United States export figures show
that in 1938 $22,061,000 worth of
scrap iron was exported to Japan
compared with $30,032,000 in the first
eleven months of 1939. Value of
machinery exported to Japan in
1938 was $27,815,000, compared with
$30,720,000 for the eleven months in
1939. Generally Germany and United
Kingdom were Japan’s secondary
sources of supply for machinery and
iron and steel products.

Japan has of late ranked third in
United States trade, behind Canada
and United Kingdom, both as cus-
tomer and as a source of -supplies.
United States, however, is by far
Japan’s best customer—with the ex-
ception of Manchuria—and the larg-

January 29, 1940

est supplier of equipment and raw
materials needed for her industries.
Japan, in recent years, has supplied
about 7 per cent of United States’
annual import trade, and 8 per cent
of our exports. The latter, however,
regularly supplies Japan with 34
per cent of her total imports, and
buys 16 to 20 per cent of her exports.

Considering only trade with for-
eign currency countries, United
States’ share in Japan’s trade is
considerably greater than the above
percentages indicate. In 1938, and
during the first 10 months of 1939,
United States supplied nearly 44 per
cent of Japan’s imports from for-
eign currency countries, while we
bought 27.9 per cent of her exports
to those areas in 1938 and 33.7 per
cent in the 10-month period of 1939.

SUMMARY OF WALSH-HEALEY
PURCHASES IS ISSUED

Labor department has issued a
compilation of government pur-
chases under the Walsh-Healey act
from the time the act went into
effect in September, 1936, through
1939.

Compilation shows 2078 contracts
were let under the act for iron and
steel products, totaling approximate-
ly $121,000,000, equal to 7.93 per
cent of total contracts let by the
government during that period. Un-
der the heading “Other Machinery”
2044 contracts were let, totaling
nearly $107,000,000 or 7.01 per cent
of the total.

AUTO MANUFACTURERS URGE

| TRADE AGREEMENTS RENEWAL

Renewal of the reciprocal trade
agreements act, because of its im-
portance as a contributor to domes-
tic prosperity as well as foreign
sales, was urged in a statement sub-
mitted to the house ways and means
committee on behalf of the Automo-
bile Manufacturers’ association.

Addressed to the committee by B.

C. Budd, chairman of the associa-
tion’s export committee, and vice
president of Packard Motors Ex-
port Corp., the statement emphas-
ized that while trade agreements
have contributed to an expansion in
automobile exports, between 85 and
90 per cent of United States’ mo-
tor vehicle production is for domes-
tic consumption.

“We would not endorse trade
agreements if it were thought they
jeopardized or adversely affected
the home market, where such a pre-
ponderance of our production is
sold,” Mr. Budd pointed out.

LUKENS STEEL CO. OPPOSES
LABOR DEPARTMENT’S APPEAL

Counsel for Lukens Steel Co. and
seven smaller eastern steel mills last
week filed a brief with United States
Supreme Court in opposition to the
request of the secretary of labor
that the court grant a writ of cer-
tiorari in connection with minimum
steel wages set under the Walsh-
Healey act. Court is expected to
decide within two or three weeks
whether it will grant a review of the
lower court in this case.

When Secretary of Labor Perkins
refused to postpone the effective
date of her minimum wage order
under the Walsh-Healey act, Lukens
Co. and seven others went into the
courts with the result that Secre-
tary Perkins was enjoined from
enforcing the minimum wages.

The labor department asked Su-
preme Court for a writ of certiorari
in connection with a decision last
autumn in the United States court
of appeals for the District of Co-
lumbia. Question presented to the
Supreme Court is whether it should
exercise its discretion to review
judgment of the court below.

Lukens’ brief contends decision
of the lower court holding the wage
determination invalid because such
procedure is beyond authority of

bdo
oO

the secretary of labor “plainly con-
forms with both the letter and spir-
it of the statute involved.”

In arguing against granting of
the writ by the Supreme Court,
Lukens counsel contends the govern-
ment has already had two hearings
in court before an appellate tri-
bunal. Attention is also called to
the fact the court of appeals char-
acterized the Perkins minimum
wage decision as a palpable evasion
of the law “in the teeth of the stat-
ute,”

BOARD CHARGES STRATEGIC
MATERIALS ARE EXPORTED

Army and navy munitions board
is not satisfied with the voluntary
co-operation accorded it in connec-
tion with exports of essential raw
materials. Last week, Secretary of
the Navy Edison and Assistant Sec-
retary of War Johnson authorized
the board to state that if voluntary
co-operation does not “operate with
complete effectiveness” with special
regard to exports of tin and crude
rubber “it will become necessary
to use other means to deal with
the situation.”

Referring to this matter, the
munitions board stated:

“While there has been a cessa-
tion of abnormal exports of some
deficiency materials ... the situ-
ation in regard to others has be-
come more difficult.

“The war and navy departments
believe that unless the method of
voluntary co-operation can be
counted upon to operate with com-
plete effectiveness it will become
necessary to use other means to
deal with the situation which has
developed with respect to the ex-
port of crude rubber and tin.”

LIST EXECUTIVES WHOSE
SALARIES EXCEED $75,000

Secretary of Treasury Morgen-
thau has published a list of individ-
uals receiving compensation from
corporations for personal services
in excess of $75,000 for calendar
year 1938 or fiscal year ending in
1939. This action is in accordance
with a new provision of the internal
revenue code.

Among those listed are: Midland
Steel Products Co., Cleveland: E. J.
Kulas, salary $96,150; Gordon Ston-
er, salary $76,150.

Bethlehem Steel Co. (Delaware):
Paul Mackall, salary $90,000. bonus
$59,610, total $149,610. Bethlehem
Steel Co. (Pennsylvania): E. G.
Grace, salary $180,000, bonus $198,-
698, total $378,698; R. E. McMath,
salary $60,000, bonus $52,986, total
$112,986; F. A. Shick, salary $60,000,
bonus $52,986, total $112,986; C. R.
Holton, salary $50,000, bonus $32,116,

24

total $83,116; Q. Bent, salary $90,-
000, bonus $59,610, total $149,610;
C. A. Buck, salary $90,000, bonus
$59,610, total $149,610. Bethlehem
Steel Corp.: C. M. Schwab, salary
$180,000.

Copperweld Steel Co., Glassport,
Pa.: S. E. Bramer, salary $25,000,
bonus $1,041.66, other compensation
$67,188.57, total $93,230.23.

Jones & Laughlin Steel Corp.,
Pittsburgh: H. E. Lewis, salary
$92,013.85.

McKeesport Tin Plate Corp., Mc-
Keesport, Pa.: G. V. Parkins, sal-
ary $83,333.42.

National Steel Corp., Pittsburgh:
George R. Fink, salary $50,000,
bonus $50,000, other compensation
$400, total $100,400.

Weirton Steel Co., Weirton, W.
Va., E. T. Weir, salary $75,000, bonus
$47,500, other compensation $400,
total $122,900.

Hughes Tool Co., Houston, Tex.:
R. C. Kuldell, salary $30,000, bonus
$142,849.54, total $172,849.54; S. P.
Brown, salary $24,000, bonus $60,-
716.15, total $84,716.15.

WALSH-HEALEY IRON, STEEL
AWARDS TOTAL $2,414,682

During the week ended Jan. 13,
the government purchased $2,414,-
682.68 worth of iron and steel prod-
ucts under the Walsh-Healey act as
follows: Pollak Mfg. Co., Arling-
ton, N. J., $58,865.40; Bethlehem
Steel Co., Bethlehem, Pa., $20,745
(estimated); Jessop Steel Co., Wash-
ington, Pa., $26,075.96; Elastic Stop
Nut Corp., Elizabeth, N. J., $11,-

458.09.

Allegheny Ludlum Steel Corp.,
Watervliet, N. Y., $11,700 (esti-
mated); Bethlehem Steel Export

Corp., New York, $291,547.90; United
States Steel Export Co., Washing-
ton, $110,189.74; Sheffield Steel
Corp., Kansas City, Mo., $31,375.32;
Carpenter Steel Co., Reading, Pa.,
$11,700 (estimated).

Crucible Steel Co. of America,
New York, $11,520 (estimated);
American Steel Foundries, Chicago,
$30,169.22; York Safe & Lock Co.,
York, Pa., $604,188; Baldwin Locomo-
tive Works, Philadelphia, $1,114,454;
Frank M. Weaver & Co. Inc., Lans-
dale, Pa., $18,099; Lancaster Iron
Works Inc., Lancaster, Pa., $17,-
380 (estimated).

National Cast Iron Pipe A Divi-
sion of James B. Clow & Sons, Kan-
sas City, Mo., $11,939.40; Koppers
Co., Bartlett Hayward division, Bal-
timore, $15,621.65; and American
Welding Co., New York, $17.654.

COURT INTERPRETS
WAGE-HOUR LAW

United States district court, as a
result of action to compel adher-
ence to provisions of the fair labor
standards act, has directed a Chi-

cago firm to re-employ a worker al-
legedly discharged because he com-
plained to the wage and hour divi-
sion, United States department of
labor, that his employer was violat-
ing the act.

Announcement of this ruling, re-
garded as of primary significance
in proper enforcement of the law,
has been made by the wage and
hour division upon receipt of notice
from Chicago that Federal Judge
Charles E. Woodward, in United
States district court there, had
signed an injunction restraining the
G. & G. Genuine Majestic Refriger-
ator & Radio Parts Co., Chicago, from
further violations of the fair labor
standards act. Notice further di-
rected the company to rehire John
Gary, a former employe discharged
because he supplied wage and hour
inspectors with information concern-
ing his employer’s failure to com-
ply with the act. Injunction also
directed payment of $854.35 to twen-
ty-nine employes in restitution of
unpaid overtime due under the act.

Complaint, filed by the wage and
hour division, charged failure to pay
time and half for overtime, failure to
keep proper records, and discharge
of an employe for filing a complaint
with wage and hour division.

ENGLAND TO LICENSE
ALUMINUM IMPORTS

Department of commerce last
week received a cablegram from
London stating that effective Feb. 1
imports into England of aluminum
and its alloys are prohibited except
under license.

Amendment of Wagner
Act Declared Essential

@ Industry has “about worn out
the olive branch” in its efforts to
maintain labor peace, asserted Wil-
liam Frew Long, manager, Asso-
ciated Industries of Cleveland, at
the twentieth anniversary meeting
of that organization in Cleveland,
Jan. 24.

Charging “closed shop tyranny”
was responsible for much labor un-
rest, Mr. Long declared amendment
of the Wagner act is essential for
stable employer-employe relations.
Referring to a recent speech by J.
Warren Madden, chairman, national
labor relations board, he charged
Madden’s attitude was an expres-
sion of “downright intellectual dis-
honesty.”

George S. Case, president of the
association and chairman of the
board, Lamson & Sessions Co., Cleve-
land, presided. E. J. Gleason, resi-
dent manager, Fisher Body division,
Cleveland, was elected a_ director.
a. 2D..Cox: dr. DT. 8, Deen, As B.
Norton and S. W. Rolph were re-
elected to the board.

STEEL

AVIATION

REVENUES OF DOMESTIC AIR
LINES MAY INCREASE 20%

@ ACCORDING to estimates by the
civil aeronautics authority, domestic
air lines will increase aggregate net
revenues this year by 20 to 25 per
cent over 1939. The gain in passen-
ger revenue is expected to be 30 to
35 per cent; express, 15 to 20 per
cent; airmail, 15 per cent.

Carriers fiew 65,024,044 revenue
passenger miles in December, Col.
E. S. Gorrell, president, Air Trans-
pert association, reported. This is
an increase of 72.1 per cent over the
mileage in November, and 74 per
cent over December, 1938. In 1939,
the industry flew a record of 677,-
325,511 miles against 476,039,896
miles in 1938, a gain of approximate-
ly 42.28 per cent.

Preliminary figures from _ Lock-
heed Aircraft Corp., Burbank, Calif.,
show a net profit of approximately
$3,140,000 for 1939. Backlog Jan. 15
this year, exceeded $40,000,000, of
which 20 per cent represents com-
mercial business.

More than 4000 planes have been
ordered in the United States and
Canada, in connection with the air
training plan now under way in the
dominion, according to Transport
Minister Howe. These are separate
from contracts being negotiated di-
rectly between the British govern-
ment and Canadian Associated Air-
craft Ltd. for fighting planes. The
fighting planes will go directly to

the military services in England.

Because of rapid aviation develop-
ment, the United States must accel-
erate its own research to keep
abreast of foreign countries, Van-
nevar Bush, chairman, National Ad-
visory Committee for Aeronautics
told a house appropriations sub-
committee.

“Airplanes have now _ reached
speeds of 400 miles per hour, with
500 miles per hour considered likely
within the next two years,” he said.

He told the committee Germany
has five research centers, in con-
trast to our one at Langley Field,
Va., and a second one being con-
structed at Moffett Field, Calif. Re-
search activities at the latter field

probably will start Aug. 1, with a
force of 77.
Secretary of the Treasury Mor-

genthau indicated a program is be-
ing worked out for co-ordination of
military aircraft purchases in this
country by the government and al-
lied powers. Procurement division
of the treasury department appar-
ently is to be the central co-ordinat-
ing agency.

At Detrcit preparations are under
way for launching “The Capital
Feet,” as the new Pennsylvania
Central Airlines’ group of 1940
Douglas DC-3s are known. ‘The
ships are scheduled to go into serv-
ice between Detroit and Norfolk
Feb. 1.

The war department last week
announced award of a contract to-
taling $3,005,600 to Pratt & Whit-
ney division, United Aircraft Corp.,
for engines to be installed in pur-
suit and observation planes.

Along the Flying Fortress Production Line

@ After being assembled in a series of steel jigs in another section of Boeing
Aircraft Co.'s plant at Seattle, these B-17B bomber bodies take their place at the

start of final assembly line.

As each body receives its wings, on which landing

gear has already been installed, it is rolled forward in the line. Body in middle of
picture is just being lowered by overhead cranes to its place on assembly floor

January 29, 1940

British, French To
Co-ordinate War Buying

@ ESTABLISHMENT of a joint An
glo-French purchasing board in this
country was announced last week by
Arthur B. Purvis, head of the Brit-
ish purchasing commission, who will
be chairman of the new board. J.
Frederick Bloch-Laine, head of the
French purchasing commission, will
be vice chairman. Headquarters will
be at 15 Broad street, New York,
where the French commission al
ready is located, and soon to be
headquarters for the British com
mission.

Board will be composed of mem
bers of the two purchasing com
missions and will direct all major
policies of both commissions. While
the new board will conduct certain
negotiations directly with producers
and manufacturers, the general
routine of purchasing, tenders, speci
fications and inspections will con
tinue to be handled by the British
and French missions.

Contemplates Liaison With U. S.

Mr. Purvis declared “every en
deavor would be made by the board
to insure that its purchasing policies
and practices do not conflict in any
way with the best interests of Amer-
ican economy.” Board will main
tain an office at 725 Fifteenth street
N. W., Washington, to provide a
“liaison with the United States gov
ernment in matters which may arise
out of the purchasing of war mate
rials and supplies at the same time
as the United States is itself en
gaged in its own preparedness pro
gram.”

Department heads in the British
commission: Frederick Johnson, di
rector of administration; Edgar S.
Bloom, director of purchasing; Sir
Ashley Sparks, representative of the
British shipping ministry; Air Vice
Marshal H. M. Cave-Brown-Cave,
British air ministry representative.
G. Miller Hyde, Montreal, Que., is
secretary general at the Washington
office.

French commission officials: Eu
gene Gentil, assistant to the director
general; Col. Jean Francois de
Curieres de Castelnau, director of
armaments; Henri Morin de Lin
clays, director of shipping; Lieut.
Col. Paul Jacquin, director of avia
tion; Andre Forget, assistant sec
retary in Washington office.

Mr. Purvis said the missions like-
ly will continue in the market for a
wide variety of goods as long as war
continues.

As yet the missions
purchased any semifinished
since the war began, although other
buyers placed orders just before hos
tilities started and deliveries of these
contracts now are being made.

have not
steel

Machines of this type, designed by G. T. D. Greenfield’s own engi-
neers, grind threads with minimum lead error and to extremely close
size tolerances.

Even cut-thread carbon taps are threaded by machines that auto-
matically feed, thread and size.

ACCURATE TAPS REDUCE COSTS

How G. T. D. Greenfield’s modern machinery makes closer tolerances possible

More taps wear out (i. e. wear undersize) than ever
break. In terms of tap tolerances, this means that a tap
near the “‘low”’ limit may produce only a fraction of the
finished holes tapped by one near the high limit. To give
users a greater average production per tap, Greenfield
has developed super-accurate machinery which permits
a closer size control than required by standard tap

tolerances.

Heat treatment is vital, too. Typical of Greenfield
research and leadership here is ‘‘Maxi’’ heat treatment,
performance in threading

responsible for amazing

abrasive or stringy metals.

Right) The right shape and depth of flute are very important in
developing fine cutting qualities and reducing tap breakage.

Below ) This comparator helps to insure correct thread form, which
contributes to both accuracy and long tap life.

As the world’s largest manufacturer of threading tools,
G. T. D. Greenfield has outstanding opportunities to
study performance and give its many thousands of cus-
tomers all over the world the benefit of that wide expe-
rience. Call in the Greenfield engineer.

Greenfield Tap & Die Corporation - Greenfield, Mass.

Detroit Plant: 2102 West Fort St.
Warehouses in New York, Chicago, Los Angeles and San Francisco
In Canada: Greenfield Tap & Die Corp. of Canada, Ltd., Galt, Ont.

APS = DIES - GAGES - TWIST DRILLS - REAMERS -: SCREW PLATES - PIPE TOOLS

By A. H. ALLEN
Detroit Editor, STEEL

DETROIT

@ INQUIRIES on parts for 1941
models are being fed out at an ac-
celerated pace, the smaller or inde-
pendent manufacturers as usual be-
ing ahead of their larger brethren.
Nash, Packard, Studebaker and
Hudson all are taking figures on a
wide variety of material, such as
hardware, upholstery, moldings and
the like. Nash and Studebaker will
have completely new bodies next
year inasmuch as_ present body
styles have had only minor refine-
ments in two years.

The early start being made on
1941 requirements suggests new
models again will be introduced in
the late summer or early fall, de-
spite widespread preference among
dealers to move introduction dates
back to January. Even some sup-
pliers would like to see new model
activity deferred a few months,
since it conflicts with similar work
from domestic appliance manufac-
turers who put their tool and die
programs through in the spring
and start manufacturing in the
summer to have dealers stocked in
ample time for Christmas trade.
If automotive programs could be
deferred until the appliance pro-
grams were out of the way, a more
even pace could be maintained over
the year by a number of suppliers
concentrating on these industries.

The small Nash car which has
been in process of design for the
past two or three years now is in
the active stage, although it will
not be introduced probably until the
1940 model run is nearly through.
It will be recalled four sample jobs
were built up some time ago, three
by Briggs and one by Budd. How-
ever, a complete redesign has been
made, the proposal now being for
Nash to build its own bodies.

The car will be on 113-inch wheel-

Material appearing in this department
is fully protected by copyright, and its
use in any form whatsoever without
permission is prohibited.

January 29, 1940

base, it is understood, powered by a
6-cylinder engine. The chassis is
nearing the manufacturing stage,
but a number of decisions remain
to be made on body design. As late
as last week it was not definitely
known whether the job would have
a “trunk” back or the_ so-called
“fast” back. The latter is the type
used by Chrysler and Ford lines
and is claimed to give the impres-
sion of greater size and roominess
to a small, light car such as Nash
is planning.

Originally the price set on the
little Nash was $550, but it is be-
lieved that when final costs are de-
termined, the retail price will be
considerably above this figure. De-
signers are still at work on details
such as the instrument panels, door

handles, window regulators, seat
cushions and other interior ap-
pointments. As far as possible an

attempt is being made to adapt tools

and dies used for parts in the larger
models to similar parts in the small
model.

Complete redesign is indicated for
the large Nash and Lafayette series,
with the probability they will be
patterned along the lines of the new
bodies introduced by General Mo-
tors this year for Buick, Pontiac,
Olds and Cadillac—known in auto-
mobile trade circles as the Torpedo
bodies.

So successful has this body style
been that General Motors likely will
adopt it as standard for its 1941
lines, and develop an altogether new
style to replace the Torpedo body
next year as the “style bellwether.”
Designers in fact are reported to
be putting finishing touches on a
new body concept which will appear
in a limited way as the Torpedo
body did this year. Lines are lower
and the trunk back has been elim-
inated in favor of a smooth, unin-

Automatic Broom Sweeps Mold Conveyor Line

@ Automatic broom designed by Buick engineers to sweep sand from mold con-
veyor line in foundry. Referred to in STEEL, Jan. 15, p. 36, the handle is mounted

in an air cylinder arranged to reciprocate the width of the conveyor.

Side bars

move in rollers and support the broom rigidly

terrupted general body _ contour.

Gossip has it that several models
will appear with periscopes instead
of rearview mirrors, in the effort to
overcome rear quarter blindspots
which are practically unavoidable
with the streamlined roofs now pop-
ular. Use of a periscope with a
curved mirror would give the driver
a full sweep of the rear vista, and
would prove undoubtedly quite a
novelty or fad, particularly in view
of the frequency with which sub-
marines and periscopes make the
news columns these days.

The periscopes probably would be
streamlined some way into the roof
contour and would have to be high
enough to clear the roof crown.
Manufacturing costs would be _ in-
creased appreciably but, being used
on more expensive models, this
would not be a serious problem.

A simpler way to clear up blind-
spots at the rear of bodies would be
to use curved glass all the way
around the rear quarters. Several
bodies with this type of rear window
design have been drawn up, but
managements are inclined to think
them too radical for present-day
consumption. The cost of curved
glass pieces of this size, too, is a
serious drawback, but against this
would be a slight saving in Steel.
When glass company technicians
have made available a curved glass
of this size at a reasonable cost and
capable of absorbing average im-
pacts, you may see some rear win-
dows in automobiles instead of the
“slits” which designers dub the win-
dows now in use.

Retain Running Boards

The subject of running boards
still comes up for a lot of discus-
sion. At one time it appeared
running boards were doomed to ex-
tinction by virtue of expanding
bodies and lowering of floor levels.
But there are many arguments in
favor of their retention. In the first
place, persons of short stature find
difficulty in hoisting themselves into
cars with no step to mount first.
Complaints have been heard from
women who have ruined silk stock-
ings, or barked shins 2gainst sills
of cars with no running boards. A
third deficiency is that, without a
tread on which to wipe shoes, car
interiors are being tracked up with
much more dirt than otherwise.

Hudson has found more buyers
are specifying running boards than
not this ‘year, and other manufac-
turers offering running’ boards
state’ there are still many drivers
who prefer them. :
@ POSSIBILITY that continuous
strip-sheet mills may find a new out-
let for their enormous tonnage is
seen in the development of a process

28

MIRRORS OF MOTORDOM—Continued

for making wire out of narrow
sheet continuously. Nearing the
pilot mill stage, the process essen-
tially is as follows: A 6-inch hot
rolled strip is fed through grooving
rolis in a four-high mill which
marks off 24 or 48 strands on the
strip, depending on whether %-inch
or ‘%-inch wire strands are wanted.
The grooved strip then is passed
through rotary shears which simul-
taneously and continuously cut off
the strands through the grooves.
The resulting strands, approxi-
mately octagonal in shape, are then
pulled through a die which shaves
off corners to make approximately
a 16-sided section of wire, or nearly

Automobile Production

Passenger Cars and Trucks—United
States and Canada

By Department of Commerce

1937 1938 1939
Jan. 399,186 226,952 356,950
Feb. 383,900 202,597 317,517
March 519,022 238,447 389,489
April 553,231 237,929 354,263
May 540,377 210,174 313,214
June 521,153 189,402 324,235
July 456,909 150,450 218,478
Aug. 405,072 96,946 103,343
Sept. 175,630 89,623 192,672
Oct..:....° S3rterw 215,286 * 324,673
Nov. ; 376,629 390,405 *368,538
Dec... . 347,349 406,960 469,002
Year 5,016,437 2,655,171 3,732,374

* Revised.
Estimated by Ward’s Reports

Week ended: 1940 19394
Dec. 30 89,365 75,215
Jan. 6 87,510 76.685
Jan, 13 111,330 86,925
Jan, 20 108,545 90,205
gan. 27 i ....- 106,400 89,200

+Comparable week.
Week Ended

Jan. 27 Jan. 20
General Motors 42,155 45,140
Chrysler 27,535 27,105
Ford .. — eee 25,650
All Others 10,460 10, 650

round. The wire may be used in this
form, or it may be further reduced
by drawbenches to smaller diame-
ters.

Preliminary estimates indicate
about $10 per ton can be saved on
the price of wire made by this meth-
od, but this presupposes a slight
“chiseling” on the price of the hot
rolled _ strip.

A point to be considered is that
hot-rolled strip is made from _ so-
called “wild” steel and always will
have some segregation of impuri-
ties or pipe at the center. Wire
sheared from this center section
might be too inferior in quality for
subsequent use. Of course, it still
might be suitable for core wire in
foundries or similar applications,
and by the same token strands
sheared from the outer edges of
the strip would be of high quality

with practically no segregation. The
problem of guiding the strip accu-
rately during grooving and shearing
also would appear to be a major
consideration. Further, if it be-
comes necessary to pickle or anneal
the strip in the processing a large
amount of the cost saving might be
dissipated.

Patents on the process are owned
by a large equipment manufactur-
ing company. License has been
granted to an independent group
for perfection of the process and
marketing the product, the patent
owner reserving the right to build
necessary machinery and probably
receive a royalty on sales of the
product. An _ experimental plant
may be set up shortly in the Detroit
district.

Manufacturing plant and miscel-
laneous properties of Continental
Motors Corp. here was placed on
the auction block last Monday and
over 500 attended the ceremonies.
Reproductive value of the plant
alorie was estimated several years
ago as $5,314,000.

Bids received were so “unrepre-
sentative of true values” that
Wednesday the company rejected
all of them and refunded deposits.
Future course of action is not yet
indicated.

Building Programs Continue

Continental has moved all its op-
erations to Muskegon, Mich., and
under supervision of the RFC is dis-
posing of its Detroit properties
which are adjacent to plants of Hud-
son and Chrysler. They cover 758,-
000 square feet and include a “mil-
lion dollar” lawn whnch has been
awarded two national prizes. Ap-
proximately $35,000 worth of ma-
chine tools and miscellaneous equip-
ment also was offered at the auction.

New building programs continue
to attract attention in the automo-
tive and allied fields here. Includ-
ed in the substantial program now
being shaped up by Buick is a new
and modern forge shop. Considera-
tion is being given to a foundry
plant for the Olds division of GM,
now supplied with castings from the
Buick foundry.

Vickers Inc., manufacturer of hy-
draulic equipment and controls, is
contemplating plant expansion here.

Hayes Industries Inc., is drawing
up plans for a 200,000 square foot
manufacturing space at Jackson,
Mich.

Bundy Tubing Co. here is renew-
ing sketches for a new plant on the
outskirts of the city.

New auto parts plant, Portland
Mfg. Co., Portland, Mich., involv-
ing expenditure of $150,000, has
been started by the parent company,
Holley Carburetor Co. here. Punch
presses, plating equipment and heat
treating furnaces will be installed.

STEEL

PERFORMANCE .. PRECISION

®

precision

y—when you flood
YNOCO Emulsifying

ping uP production and
|most unlimited variety

has aided in steP
es on an 4

; mirror-like

ressing —
ste

PHOTOGRAPH C
OURTESY OF
sted in close tolerances - -

CINCIN
NATI GRINDERS, INC.
more pieces per wheel d
ical Representative get intere

oblems. Write

ANY, philadelphia, Pa.

SUN OIL COMP

PETROLE
UM P
RODUCTS FOR ALL IND
USTRIES

January 29, 1940

Air Conditioning Manufacturers

Confident Great Expansion Is Near

@ AUTOMATIC heating and air con-
ditioning are on the threshold of an
impressive expansion. That was
the consensus of the more than 300
exhibitors at the sixth International
Heating and Ventilating exposition
in Cleveland last week.

The show, held in conjunction with
the annual meetings of the American
Society of Heating and Ventilating
Engineers and the National Warm
Air Heating and Air Conditioning
association, brought out a large dis-
play of oil, gas and coal heating
units, air conditioning equipment
and refrigerating apparatus to be
used in connection, hundreds of
precision and automatic controls,
electrical machinery, motors, elec-
trostatic air cleaners and other mod-
ern equipment.

Manufacturers revealed 1939 gen-
erally had been a much better year
than 1938, especially for oil burners,
gas heating and air conditioning.
Many expect 1940 to be the biggest
year in their history. Some, figuring
on the increase at the beginning of
the year, are planning for up to 40
per cent larger sales, an expansion
in which the steel and metalworking
industries will share.

Automatic heating and air condi-
tioning, winter and summer, is in
a favorable position for growth. The
market is far from saturation. New,
improved equipment is offered a
lower first costs than formerly, and
its increased efficiency is making for
economy of operation that augurs
well for sales.

One air conditioning manufacturer
estimates sales during the next five
years will total $2,000,000,000. Of
this, at least $600,000,000, he believes,
will be spent for portable air con-
ditioners for home and office use.

Growth Impressive, but Slow

Summer air conditioning builders,
of course, have been ready to dress
the industry in long trousers for the
past several years, but the infant
has been slow to grow to anticipated
proportions. Its growth has been
impressive percentage-wise — from
$1,000,000 (installed cost) in 1920 to
$17,000,000 in 1930 and to more than
$80,000,000 in 1937.

Its market, however, hardly has
been scratched yet. Most reliable
surveys indicate residential summer
air conditioning is less than one-half
of 1 per cent of saturation; estimates
of industrial process and commer-
cial saturation are difficult, but it is
known to be low.

The industry believes it rapidly is
approaching a solution to the major

30

problems which have retarded its
public acceptance. From earlier
basic but crude apparatus, engineer-
ing progress has developed efficient,
compact and reliable equipment for
year round air conditioning of any
insulated building. Safe refriger-
ants have been developed. Costs—
first and operating—have been low-
ered. Distribution channels have
been improved. The industry is con-
fident about the future.

Self-Contained Units for Homes

Potentially the largest, but at
present the smallest, outlet for air
conditioning is in residences. Manu-
facturers recognize this field may
be the last to be exploited and that
most profits for the next few years
will be in commercial and industrial
process installations.

That progress toward home air
conditioning is being made was
clearly indicated by the Cleveland
show exhibits. Most pronounced
trend was toward self-contained
units, big brothers to the room cool-
ers introduced several years ago.
These now come in sizes up to 15
tons capacity, sufficient for the av-

erage house, suite of offices or small
shop. In some cases these can be
installed without duct work, or ex-
tensive engineering or surveying.
They may be moved easily if a ten-
ant desires. They are made in stand-
ard sizes by mass production meth-
ods, resulting in substantially lower
costs.

Artisically the modern units are
highly advanced. Industrial design-
ers were consulted in styling ex-
teriors with the result the smaller
models are well proportioned and
attractively finished. When desired,
cabinet exteriors may be finished to
harmonize with buyer’s particular
color scheme.

Units of more than 10 tons capaci-
ty generally are placed in closet or
basement, and exterior styling is
not so important.

Winter air conditioning has made
better progress in residential instal-
lations. Coal, gas and oil-burning
units exhibited at the exposition cost
very little more to install than the
older type heating plants. Effi-
ciency, manufacturers claim, has
been so improved that operating
costs are comparable to those for
heating alone. Many of these instal-
lations make provision for later in-

‘stallation of summer air condition-

ing.

The self-contained or packaged
unit also is expected to tap a new
commercial outlet, that of the small

Modern Plant Cuts Air Conditioning Costs 40 Per Cent

@ Air conditioning operating costs were reduced 40 per cent by this battery of

four 40-ton Westinghouse hermetically-sealed condensing units, installed at State

Lake theater, Chicago, by Kroeschell Engineering Co., Chicago. Units are au-

tomatically controlled, use suction gas to cool the driving motor. They require

only one-fifth the floor space used by the 15-year-old, less powerful plant
they replaced

STEEL

shop or store. A few years ago, the
corner drug store owner would have
had to expend about $10,000 and hire
an engineer or two to run the plant;
today, for $3000 he can buy a fool-
proof unit that requires practically
no attention.

The commercial market in the past
has been the most important, ac-
counting roughly for 60 per cent of
total installations and about 80 per
cent of the total horsepower in-
stalled. It probably will continue to
hold its lead for some years to come.
Despite the wide acceptance of year
round air conditioning few classes
of commercial outlets are near the
saturation point.

Department store installations are
relatively few in number but large
in size. Only about 10 per cent of
the country’s 3500 are equipped with
year round air conditioning. Office
buildings present a problem akin to
residential field. Some utility and
privately owned offices are equipped.
The federal government is one of
the largest users of air conditioning.
Among year round air conditioned
buildings are the department of in-
terior, interstate commerce and la-
bor, post office, justice, archives,
federal trade commission, federal
home loan bank, the Capitol, senate
and house office, federal reserve,
treasury and social security.

E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Co.
recently spent $1,000,000 for air con-
ditioning its headquarters building
at Wilmington, Del.

Restaurants, hotels and miscel-
laneous small shops are estimated
to be from 15 to 20 per cent air
conditioned, at least in part. Com-
petitive considerations are forcing
more installations.

Boon to Railroads

Railroads were among the first to
capitalize on air conditioning’s ad-
vantages. At midsummer, 11,351
passenger cars were equipped; 6327
were owned by the railroads and
5024 by the Pullman Co. Total pas-
senger car ownership by the rail-
roads is approximately 39,000. Ship-
ping companies are installing cool-
ing equipment in important liners,
while the navy has ordered it for
some of its new vessels.

The industrial processing field was
the first to adopt air conditioning,
is still far from saturated. During
the past year, dehumidifying equip-
ment was installed in southern blast
furnaces. The Tata Iron & Steel Co.
Ltd., Jamshedpur, India, formerly
had to cease operations during the
monsoon season, installed an air
conditioning system, now operates
continuously.

Air conditioning plays an impor-
tant part in the manufacture of such
ordnance as high explosive shells,
depth bombs, mines, time fuses, star

January 29, 1940

shells. In time fuses, for instance,
which are set before the shell leaves
the gun to a predetermined time of
bursting, the moisture content of
the powder affects burning time.

The rayon industry is dependent
on air conditioning for its existence.
Other textile manufacturers were
quick to perceive its advantages. To-
bacco plants, candy manufacturers,
flour mills and bakeries, many pre-
cision machinery manufacturers,
breweries, food processing, deep min-
ing, safety glass, and dozens of
other industries have improved their
product, increased output by install-
ing air conditioning.

In other applications such equip-
ment is used to create extreme con-
ditions, hot or cold, for test purposes.
The duralium for Russia’s airplanes
is aged at 15 degrees Fahr. by tailor-
made cold.

Steel, of course, is used for a great
variety of purposes in air condition-
ing installations. In the field, con-
tractors use pipe, valves and fitting.

Whats New at

Then there are the grilles, dampers,
cooling towers, and other accessories,
as well as a tremendous amount of
sheet steel for air distributing and
air return ducts.

At the factory, steel is used for
motors, compressors, pumps, fans,
blowers, mountings, framework and
casings, shells for water coolers and
condensers, and steel tubing for
coils of evaporators, condensers and
water coolers. There is a trend to-
ward use of finned steel coils, provid-
ing a new market for sheets.

Air conditioning manufacturers
are unable to estimate with accu-
racy the total tonnage of steel con-
sumed by their industry annually.
The total, while considerable, would
not be impressive, on a tonnage
basis, compared with the major
steel users.

The manufacture of air condition-
ing equipment involves practically
all the operations of a metalworking
plant: Machining, finishing, welding,
cutting, forming and fabricating.

Pittsbursh ...

By R. L. HARTFORD, Pittsburgh Editor, STEEL

@ CHIEF interest in Pittsburgh last
week was the weather. Conditions
were almost ideal for a repetition of
the 1936 disaster, with rivers run-
ning so low that water supplies were
endangered in some towns and most
of the surface covered with ice.

The freeze is the worst in 22 years,
according to river authorities, with
ice gorges jamming the Ohio for
more than 100 miles. United States
Army engineers found evidence in
the Cincinnati section that the river
was cutting new channels around
the ice, which in many places
reached 4 feet above the water level.
The river is below pool stage over
its entire length.

To add to the potentialities of the
situation, heavy snowfall began on
Tuesday in the upper reaches of the
Monongahela and at the week’s end
had blanketed almost the entire
western half of Pennsylvania. The
ground underneath had already been
hardened by two weeks of near-zero
weather, and government observers
stated a sudden thaw would bring
certain floods to the tri-state area.
In the office of Public Safety Direc-
tor George E. A. Fairley last week
the Pittsburgh Flood Menace and
Disaster committee met to bring up
to date plans to meet an emergency.

Although an extensive flood con-
trol program was mapped out after
the St. Patrick’s day flood of 1936,
the work has not yet progressed far
enough to be of much help. Four
dams are under construction but
none of these is far enough along to

have any considerable effect should
warm weather bring on a sudden
thaw.

Rivermen stated that under nor-
mal conditions it will take at least
30 days to clear the rivers sufficient-
ly to resume traffic. Meanwhile, all
shipping is paralyzed with the excep-
tion of some short hauls in the Mo-
nongahela above Pittsburgh, where
warm water discharged from indus-
trial plants have prevented heavy ice
formation.

+

Ask for Checkoff

Last week a union labor commit-
tee called on Jones & Laughlin Steel
Corp. in an effort to discuss the
checkoff. Committee presented de-
mands and was told to go home and
present them through the national
offices.

The committee was composed of
representatives of the three lodges
at Aliquippa, Hazelwood and South-
side plants, without power to open
contract negotiations. In order to
bring up the closed shop-checkoff
question, it is necessary to give ten
days’ notice to the company. The
men indicated this would be recom-
mended to the national office by the
judges, but there is no assurance
the matter will go farther than that.

According to them it is “the open-
ing gun” in a nation-wide campaign
to secure closed shop and checkoff
for all steelworkers. Only a few
small plants in the district have con-
tracts of this kind.

Activities of Steel Users. Makers

@® KOPPERS CoO., engineering and
construction division, Pittsburgh,
has been awarded a contract by J.
M. Huber Corp., Borger, Tex., man-
ufacturer of gasoline and carbon
black, for a seaboard process type
of liquid purification plant. This is
stated to be the largest plant ever
built for purification of natural gas,
having capacity of 70,000,000 cubic
feet of gas daily.

Koppers-Rheolaveur Co., Pitts-
burgh, an affiliate of Koppers Co.,
has been awarded contract by Ameri-
can Rolling Mill Co., Middletown, O.,
for installing a Koppers Battelle
launder at its Nellis, W. Va., coal
mine. Koppers-Rheolaveur also has
been awarded contract by Jones &
Laughlin Steel Corp., Pittsburgh,
for installing a coal washing plant
and extensions to present convey-
ing, crushing and storage system
at its Hazelwood by-product plant
in Pittsburgh.

SJ

Pittsburgh Crucible Steel Co.,
Pittsburgh, with mills at Midland,
Pa., has appointed William & Kils-
by, Standard Oil building, Los An-
geles, a newly-formed partnership,
as exclusive Pacific coast representa-
tives for the sale of its products in
California, Oregon and Washington.

SJ

Automatic Gas-Steam Radiator
Co., Pittsburgh, has changed _ its
name to Automatic Gas Equipment
Co. Broadening of the company’s
line of products to include many
types of heating units made the
change necessary.

°

Union Metal Mfg. Co., Canton, O.,
has acquired the Corrugated Steel
Sheet Piling Corp., Chicago. Alex-
ander Mayer, former president of
the Chicago corporation, will be
placed in charge of sales of sheet
pilings which will be manufactured
in Canton.

+

Robins Conveying Belt Co., 15
Park Row, New York, will move its
executive offices to Passaic, N. J.,
effective May 1, where a three-story
office building is being constructed
adjacent to its plant. A sales office
will be maintained in New York.

¢

Rex Cutlery Co., Newark, N. J.,
has purchased the former Tylocase
factory at 16-20 Cordier street, Irv-
ington, N. J., containing approxi-
mately 18,000 square feet of floor
space. The new facilities will pro
vide the Rex company with about
twice its present space.

.

Earle M. Jorgensen Co., Los An-

geles, steel distributor, has erected

32

a new warehouse on a 3*-acre
site at Oakland, Calif., to serve the
Oakland-San Francisco bay district.
Company also has warehouses at
Los Angeles and Houston, Tex.
¢
American Scrap Iron Co., Cam-
bridge, O., has been organized by
Max Wein, until recently engaged
in business at Akron, O., under the
firm name of Akron Junk Co. He
has taken over the business in
Cambridge conducted by H. Rosen-
berg the past 40 years and property
is being modernized.
o
Deli-Atjeh Trading society, gen-
eral exporting firm, Amsterdam,
The Netherlands, has terminated its

arrangement with Adolphe Hurst &
Co. Ine., New York, and has named
H. E. Voegeli its agent in the United
States and Canada, with headquar-
ters at 303 West Forty-second street,
New York. H. A. Wolter, of the
Amsterdam head office, will continue
to make his headquarters at Mr.
Voegeli’s office to supervise pur-
chases.
°

Rock Island Railroad Co. recently
decided to put 55 main line steam
locomotives on Timken roller bear-
ings. Forty of these are freight
locomotives, type 4-8-4, and 15 are
passenger locomotives, type 4-8-2.
Rock Island equipped ten other loco-
motives with Timken bearings two
years ago. Maintenance savings
shown for these locomotives over
the two-year period are reported as
8.2 cents per mile per locomotive.

Amphibian Tractor Has Fabricated Duralumin Hull

@ In the 1940 model Alligator am-
phibian tractor built by Donald Roe-
bling, Clearwater, Fla., for work in
flooded areas, both land and water
propulsion are obtained from an
endless chain on either side fitted
with curved cleats 6 inches high.
On land, top speed is 25 miles per
hour; in water, 8.6 miles per hour.
Tractor draws less than 3 feet of wa-
ter without cargo. Hull, 20 feet long,
is duralumin, Alcoa 17 ST and has
bottom plate of Alcoa 24 ST. Motor

Br
Bar 4

is a Mercury V-8, 95-horsepower en-
gine. Two 50-gallon tanks hold fuel,
and two radiators mounted against
rear underside of motor compart-
ment deck cool motor. For heavy
towing on land or water, two rings
are provided at lower rear corners
of hull. Clearance under hull is 22
inches. Sealed-beam headlights, pro-
tected by Plexiglass windows, are
mounted on front below bumper.
Tractor accommodates 40 persons
standing or a cargo of 7000 pounds.

STEEL

Points to Important Economies in

Preferred Number System

@ ADOPTION of the system of
Preferred Numbers as the basis for
simplified standardization of sizes
of materials and manufactured ar-
ticles would result in real econ-
omies for industry, according to H.
W. Tenney, manager, engineering
laboratories and standards depart-
ment, Westinghouse Electric &
Mfg. Co., East Pittsburgh, Pa.

Speaking recently before the in-
dustrial standards group, Industrial
Management’ council, Rochester,
N. Y., Mr. Tenney cited some of the
unrelated sizes and ratings cur-
rently employed.

“For instance,” he said, “sheet
steel thicknesses are produced ac-
cording to one system and _ strip
steel according to another. For the
sake of economy, sheet steel is
often slit into strips. Strip material,
produced as such, cannot be substi-
tuted because it is produced to
another gage system.

“Because of the development of
many independent gage systems we
find ourselves in a very serious
situation. We not only have one
gage system for copper wires and
another for steel wires, but worse
than that we have eight well known
systems for steel wires alone. This
situation is not one of recent devel-
opment, for as early as 1887 there
were over 30 gage systems, 19 of
which were wire gages. Further-
more, there were at that time a
number of additional proposed sys-
tems under consideration.

Creation of the present confused
situation is attributed by Mr. Ten-
ney to the absence of any general-
ly accepted system for the selection
of sizes. “In the range between 10
and 100, there are 90 integral num-
bers to choose from,” he _ pointed
out. “If I arbitrarily select certain
sizes in this range of numbers for
standardization of a certain dimen-
sion of a product and each of you
independently established a_ series
of your own, we will arrive at a
situation not unlike that which ex-
ists today.

Must Standardize System

“Suppose I am a motor manufac-
turer and I decide to make a line
of motors having the following rat-
ings—20, 25, 35, 50 and 75 horse-
power, and some one else decides
to establish a line of motors, rated
at 20, 30, 50, 60 and 75 horsepower,
soon I find I must include the rat-
ings my competitor has, which I do
not have, and he finds he must in-
clude the sizes in my line which he
does not have, and we will both
be asked to include ratings not con-

January 29, 1940

tained in either. If we are going
to have any semblance of order, of
system of standardization, both of
us must select sizes according to
the same system. It was to fill
this need that the Preferred Num-
ber system was developed.”

Simply stated, Preferred Num-
bers are certain numbers that have
been selected which should be used
for standardizing purposes in pref-
erence to any other numbers. They
should be used wherever possible
for individual sizes and ratings or
for series of these.

Tracing the history of the selec-
tion of these numbers, Mr. Tenney
stated that years ago it was recog-
nized the most satisfactory system
would be one in which each suc-
ceeding number in a series was a
fixed percentage larger than the
preceding number. This is_ the
plan that has been adopted.

Four Series in System

“The present Preferred Number
system, approved by the American
Standards association, consists of
four series, Known as the 5, 10, 20
and 40 series,” the speaker contin-
ued. “This simply means that
there are 5, 10, 20 or 40 steps with-
in the same limits. The percentage
difference between successive steps
is obtained by taking various roots
of ten.

“For example: For the five series
the fifth root of ten gives us a fac-
tor of 1.5849, or for practical pur-
poses this is called 1.60. In the
range of 10 to 100, we will have five
successive steps in a geometrical
series, varying by a constant factor
1.6. In a like manner, the ten series
is based on the tenth root of ten,
or a factor of 1.2589, which for prac-
tical purposes is called 1.25; for the
twenty series, the factor is obtain-
able by the twentieth root of ten,
or 1.1220, which for practical pur-
poses is called 1.12: and for the forty
series the factor is obtained by the
fortieth root of ten, or 1.0593, which
for practical purposes is called 1.06.

“The use of factors obtained from
the roots of ten have the advantage
that numbers above 100 can be ob-
tained by multiplying the numbers
between 10 and 100 by 10, 100, etc.,
and numbers below ten can be ob-
tained by dividing by 10, 100, etc.

“Between any limits an _ infinite
number of geometrical progressions
can be developed, and unless specific
series are accepted for general use
little progress toward standardiza-
tion has been accomplished. With
the general acceptance of the ap-

proved series, or Preferred Num-
bers, a tremendous stride will be
made in standardization.”

An important reason why Pre-
ferred Numbers have not been
adopted more rapidly, according to
Mr. Tenney, is because their long
term economies are obscured by im-
mediate economic considerations.
For example, a manufacturer tooled
up to make a certain product accord-
ing to accepted standards in effect
for an extended period possibly can-
not afford to discard and start over.

In discussing reasons why Pre
ferred Numbers should be adopted.
it was pointed out that when new
articles are to be manufactured, it
is usually impossible to delay ac-
tion until national standardization
can be brought about. “If, there-
fore, the individual manufacturers
proceed with Preferred Numbers as
the basis of their work, the chances
are that the standards of the vari-
ous manufacturers will already coin-
cide to a great extent, if not com-
pletely, when later on national stand
ardization is attempted.

“At times the use of these num-
bers will naturally result in national
standardization without any further
time-consuming and costly commit-
tee activities. Not only will stand-
ardization of certain articles come
about through the use of this sys-
tem, but it will also bring with it a
standardization of tools and many
other interrelated parts or articles.

Eliminates Irregular Steps

“In cases where national stand-
ardization may never be involved,
similar advantages will accrue from
their use because it will tend to-
ward standardization within an in-
dividual company, through auto-
matic co-operation of the work of
different departments, sections, or
individuals. Even with successive
designs brought out by the same in-
dividual, adherence to the use of
Preferred Numbers will have the
advantage of counteracting the use
of too many or irregular steps in a
line or unnecessary differences be-
tween such sucessive designs. There
is quite frequently an urge in prac-
tice for small and irregular steps or
sizes because of some temporary ad-
vantage which can be secured either
from a design or commercial point
of view. However, such temporary
advantages are afterwards nearly
always paid for rather dearly by the
expense and complications caused
by additional tools, stock, spare
parts, etc.

“Finally, the fact these numbers
represent a geometric series facili-
tates many calculations and elimi-
nates a repetition of complicated cal-
culations because many results will
bear the proper relation to one an-
other in a line of devices based on
these numbers.”

ww

United States Increases Tungsten

Ore Production: Can Fill All Needs

NEW YORK
@ TUNGSTEN ore output has been
increased to a point where this coun-
try now is producing approximately
75 per cent of normal requirements,
and where in emergency, by disre-
garding cost, could produce within
six months sufficient tonnage to
meet all requirements.

In 1938, United States produced
3500 net tons of 60 per cent WO,,
equivalent to 3000 net tons of 70 per
cent WO,. While figures are not
yet available for 1939, output should
at least equal 1938 production, due
to the increase in demand and pro-
duction during the last quarter.

If present conditions continue, it
is believed 1940 will be a banner
year for tungsten production; many
new properties have been opened
and production is being increased
by some older producing properties.

Demand for tungsten ore in the
past four months has been active,
but the supply has been equal to the
demand. The navy department pur-
chased a tonnage of domestic ore in
September at $25 per net ton unit,
the year’s high price. Procurement
division of the treasury also pur-
chased 425 tons of Chinese ore in
October at $23.75 per net ton unit.
yovernment purchases increased
market prices temporarily, but for
the past 60 days the market has been
stable. Material for prompt ship-
ment from New York stocks is avail-
able at from $23.75 to $24 for ma-
terial of standard analysis.

Whatever improvement in demand
for tungsten develops this year it is
believed that production will be
stepped up to meet it. Present prices
should continue fairly steady, unless
Chinese shipments are cut off, and
this seems improbable as there are
many roads out of China.

Price Well in Hand

Behavior of prices over recent
months, or since the outbreak of the
European war, has contrasted sharp-
ly with that in 1914. At the begin-
ning of the World war, when known
production was small, tungsten ore
soared to $100 per net ton unit. To-
day, despite a major war in Europe,
and continued hostilities in China,
prices have held within reasonable
bounds. Not only has tungsten pro-
duction expanded, but Europe has
been accumulating stocks since 1937,
and last fall, England, to forestall
possibility of a run-away market,
fixed the prices it was willing to
pay (this also applied to France) for
a period of several weeks.

As a result, producers throughout

34

the world wanted to sell in the United
States. Bolivia, Portugal, Australia,
Africa, Argentina, and many others
wanted to take advantage of higher
prices prevailing here.

However, they found ore specifica-
tions in the United States market
stringent and because of impurities
(high copper, phosphorus, arsenic
and combined tin) little, if any, was
sold even at the lower prices, be-
cause of the beneficiation and chemi-
cal treatment necessary to produce
ferrotungsten to specification.

Taking these costs and recovery
loss into consideration, the price per
unit, even with these lower prices,
actually works out higher than if
ores produced here or standard
Chinese ores were used.

Situation Has Eased

As Europe in recent weeks has
increased its price, pressure of
South American ore, in _ particu-
lar, has lessened; with a _ better
movement to the normal European
market and with Japan having pur-
chased a considerable tonnage for
prompt shipment

Incidentally, at the beginning of
the Japanese-Chinese war, tungsten
ore sold as high as $37 per net ton
unit, because of the inability of the
Chinese to ship. This lasted only for
a few months, when the various
truck routes in China and Burma
were opened, enabling the Chinese
to deliver every yound of ore under
contract.

The market had overbought, and
when the demand came to a stand-
still in the last two months of 1937,
high priced ore continued to arrive
in this country, only to be exported
to Europe to take advantage of a
differential of as much as $4 to $6
per net ton unit. Even as late as
the spring and summer of 1939 some
steel manufacturers were still us-
ing material purchased in 1937.

Demand for tungsten took its first
sharp spurt at the turn of the cen-
tury, when Messrs. Taylor and White
discovered high-speed steel, that is,
tungsten high-speed steel contain-
ing about 18 per cent tungsten, 4 per
cent chromium, and 1 per cent vana-
dium. This steel, it is pointed out,
has maintained its supremacy for
production work in the machine tool
industry for the past three decades
and survived through the discovery
of “stellite’ and numerous other
metals of this type as well as all
of the carbide tool developments.

“Stellite,” in spite of costing eight
to 10 times as much as high-speed
steel, is highly economical in certain

fields and has found its particular
niche. Tungsten carbide, a later dis-
covery, selling for 50 times as much
as 184-1 also came along to find
its particular function in the high-
speed tool field where it is more
economical to use than ordinary high
speed.

So-called ‘‘super-high-speed steels”
have come into the market, all a
variation of the original yet pri-
marily maintaining at all times the
same or even higher tungsten con-
tent. Tungsten high-speed steel has
been the yardstick for the machine
tool industry for production work
practically ever since its discovery.

After the World war, development
of molybdenum high-speed steel was
undertaken. Since molybdenum was
plentiful in the United States, it was
thought that, if high speed steel of
this type were developed, American
consumers would not have to worry
about the source of tungsten sup-
ply. Great strides have been made
and practically every steel manufac-
turer produces a molybdenum high
speed steel, which sells for approxi-
mately 25 per cent less than 18-4-1.

This, too, will find its niche and
when the results are in, molybde-
num high-speed steel may cut into
the tungsten high-speed steel ton-
nage for as much as 10 per cent, it
is said. On the other hand, due to
the character of the molybdenum
producing industry, with its three
or four companies with large sources
of molybdenum and with virtually
unlimited capital and plenty of
vision, concentrated development re-
search is possible and therefore an
ideal high-speed steel may be de-
veloped. Because tungsten ores
come from many small and varied
sources, little money has been ex-
pended in direct research work.

Tariff Saves U. S. Industry

At the outset of the World war,
production of tungsten ore was
small, most of it coming from the
western part of the United States
and Portugal. Late in 1914, wol-
framite was discovered in China in
large quantities and due largely to
the fact that it came in outcroppings
and surface ores the cost of mining
was low, and Chinese labor is cheap.

On the other hand, mine costs in
the United States have increased.
This is particularly true where op-
erations have been forced deeper in-
to the ground. Some mines today
are operating on 1500 to 2500-foot
levels. Increased costs in this coun-
try have been more or less offset
by the tariff protection given tungs-
ten to encourage development and
production. Without this protec.
tion, it is pointed out, not one mine
in the United States could operate,
and in such times as the present this
country would be at the mercy of
the rest of the world for its supply.

STEEL

States Seek To Prevent
Loss of Industries

@ Franklin Machine & Foundry Co,.
Providence, R. I., has been formed
as successor to Franklin Machine
Co., which, after nearly 150 years of
existence, was threatened with liqui-
dation because of dwindling busi-
ness. Consolidated Products Co.
Inc., New York, purchased the prop-
erty on request of the Rhode Island
rehabilitation commission, holding
it until new capital could be ob-
tained. The new company is head-
ed by Robert S. Holding, president
and general manager; Albert L.
Smith, vice president and director
of sales.

Gov. Raymond E. Baldwin, Con-
necticut, has called the state’s de-
velopment commission to intervene
in a proposal by Eagle Lock Co.,
Terryville, Conn., that the company
be authorized to purchase its own
stock up to amount of $800,000. Re-
portedly the governor feared pro-
posed action might be first step in

liquidation.
Editor’s Note: The _ foregoing
paragraphs are significant when

considered in the light that most

states now are making special ef-
forts to hold their industries and
to attract others. Pennsylvania and
Minnesota, as recently noted in
STEEL, are outstanding examples.
A more comprehensive survey of
what is being done by other states
will be presented in an early issue
of STEEL.

Millions of USS Labels
On Consumer Goods

@ United States Steel Corp., which
for a number of years has been
identifying its steel for industrial
buyers by a label bearing its trade
mark, USS, more recently extend-
ed its use to consumer goods. In

1939 more than _ 6,000,000 labels
were placed on such goods by
manufacturers.

Color distinguishes various forms
of steel. The basic label is red and
gray, for any product using steel
made by corporation subsidiaries.
A green label on enameled ware
identifies the underlying steel as a
corporation product, a blue label
indicates stainless steel and orange
and blue identifies its springs in
mattresses, beds and upholstery.

Crucible Steel Opens New St. Louis Warehouse

@ Crucible Steel Co. of America,
New York, celebrated the opening of
its enlarged warehouse facilities in
St. Louis with an “open house” Jan.
20, attended by more than 400. R. E.
Desvernine, president, A. T. Gal-
braith, vice president in charge
of sales, and J. P. Woodlock, direct-
or of warehouse sales, were present
to assist R. C. Oram, St. Louis dis-
trict manager, in welcoming visi-
tors.

Following the reception at the
warehouse, Mr. Desvernine pre-
sented a dinner to employes in the
evening at the Missouri Athletic
club.

January 29, 1940

The new quarters are located at
1021-27 Cheuteau avenue, and more
than triples the company’s former
space at 1518-22 North Ninth street.

A substantial amount was spent
on alterations. The warehouse, 60 x
189 feet, is one of 27 branches and
warehouses maintained by Crucible
in key industrial centers.

The St. Louis district comprises
Texas, Missouri, Louisiana, Arkan-
sas, Kansas and part of Illinois.

On his way to St. Louis Mr. Des-
vernine also attended branch meet-
ings in Cincinnati and Indianapolis,
reporting success of the company’s
new cast cutting material, Rexalloy.

Estimate 12.1 Per Cent
Increase in Carloadings

@ Freight carloadings for first 1940
quarter will be 12.1 per cent higher
than in the same period last year,
for a total of 5,123,227, according
to estimates by regional shippers’
advisory boards, furnished to the
American Association of Railroads.

Iron and steel carloadings in the
quarter are estimated at 447,293, an
increase of 45.3 per cent over the
corresponding 1939 period; automo-
biles, trucks and parts, 193,238 cars,
up 18.8 per cent; machinery and
boilers, 26,931 cars, 24.8 per cent
higher; and agricultural imple-
ments and vehicles, other than auto-
mobiles, 25,855 cars, an increase of
21.4 per cent.

‘Ships’ Earning Power
Raised 5% by Welding’’

@ An increase of more than 5 per
cent in the earning power of ships
has been achieved by the use of
welding, according to a report by
the welding research committee,
Engineering Foundation, New York.

“The saving in weight has
reached about 1000 tons in 6000
tons, which represents about 16

per cent,” it states. ‘“Approximate-
ly 800 tons of this weight decrease
may be attributed to the use of
welding and 200 tons to the im-
proved machinery weights. The
amount due to welding represents
about 13 per cent in saving in hull
rate.

“In other words, this means an
increase of about 1000 tons in about
15,000 dead weight tons carrying
capacity. There is available, then,
an increase of more than 6 per
cent in earning power, more than
5 per cent of which is the result
of welding.”

Ryerson Building Large
Addition to Chicago Plant

@ A modern all-steel building is
nearing completion at the Chicago
plant of Joseph T. Ryerson & Son
Inc., already reported to be the larg-
est steel service plant in the world.
The new building 75 x 555 feet will
increase the total floor space to well
over 650,000 square feet, a remark-
able growth from the two-story iron
and steel store built in 1842.

The new span with its 46,000
square feet of floor space will be
used for storing hot rolled steel bars,
shapes and plates. It will be served
by two new 15-ton cranes and direct
railroad sidings. In addition to this
new unit, an extension has been
erected on a 100-foot span in the
concrete reinforcing steel section, in-
creasing facilities for handling and
racking extra long length stock.

EDITORIAL

Former Questionmark Eliminated

@ STEEL deeply appreciates the co-opera-
tion of several hundreds of manufacturing
companies in enabling it again to report
(STEEL, Jan. 22, p. 13) on steel inventories
at consuming plants. Results of the survey
showed steel inventories, after increasing
12.2 per cent during September and Oc-
tober, moved up an additional 8.6 per cent
in November and December, or a total in-
crease, in the four months immediately
following the outbreak of the war in Eu-
rope, of 21.8 per cent.

Seventy-seven per cent of the companies
reporting estimated that their steel inven-
tories at the turn of the year would last
less than 90 days at the then existing and
anticipated rate of consumption. Satisfied
that the steel industry is and will continue
to be in a better position to make deliveries,
a number of large consumers signified that
they would reduce their inventories during
the first quarter. In general, results of the
survey showed that fears of last fall that
an undue proportion of the buying repre-
sented inventory replenishment were un-
founded.

Careful Sampling Assures Accuracy;

Most Companies Give Data Freely

The companies whose figures were in-
cluded comprise a representative sample of
some 8500 companies that commonly are
believed to consume approximately 90 per
cent of the steel used in this country. They
included large and small companies in sub-
stantially the right proportion. Hence, re-
sults of the survey can be regarded as ac-
curately indicative of the trend. It is unlike-
ly, for example, that the increase in steel
inventories during November and Decem-
ber was exactly 8.6 per cent. It is certain,

however, that the real increase was quite
close to 8.6 per cent.

One of the gratifying features of these
surveys was the liberality of manufacturers
in supplying the needed information. Great
progress has been made in recent years in
releasing data which at one time would
have been considered a business secret. In
fact, only four manufacturers question-
naired replied that they were opposed to
giving out such information. One manufac-
turer, for instance, explained how the gov-
ernment crop forecasts affected farm com-
modity prices, and he did not want to be
a party to anything that might influence
steel quotations. Another said he never re-
plies to questionnaires.

STEEL’S Study Valuable Contribution

To Knowledge of Industrial Trends

STEEL’S survey results indicate that it
never will be feasible to measure steel in-
ventory monthly or quarterly fluctuations
in exact percentages. That is because a ma-
jority of companies do not maintain records
necessary for accurate reports.

STEEL believes that its studies of steel
inventory trends provide valuable new in-
formation to the field that it serves. This
information provides a definite answer to a
question which heretofore has been largely
a matter of guess. With it businessmen will
be in a better position to study trends and
establish policies.

Future surveys of steel inventories at
consuming plants will be made when it
appears that inventory information will be
timely. The next questionnaire is slated for
March 31 and will be aimed at obtaining
data as to what happened to steel inven-
tories during the first quarter.

STEEL

The BUSINESS TREND

Activity Index Drifts
To Lower Levels i

@ RATE of industrial activity is shipment in the near future. More through most of this quarter. But
holding at encouraging high levels prompt deliveries now available and the absence of new demand, particu-
in view of the disappointing volume the probability that prices of raw larly in the durable goods indus-
of new business that has developed material and finished products wili tries, has resulted in a moderate re-
since the first of the year. not record sharp increases in the cession in activity of this group, the
Influences tending to retard addi- near future also tend to induce pur- duration and extent of which cannot
tional forward purchases at this chasing agents to follow a more con- be determined at this time.
time are that manufacturers have servative course. There is little statistical informa
now built up inventories in line Large order backlogs accumulated tion to indicate an important re-
with the higher level of operations during the closing months of last trenchment in industrial production.
and in most instances have addi- year are expected to support a Most business indicators, while de-
tional commitments scheduled for high level of industrial output clining moderately in recent weeks,
WY Tye YT yey bd Akl A dk ol lk A UA dd y ITT T TTTT T TT Tr TT
a r t——+ | | | ee eee Eh a
, 1 ry
120 H#-+—4 JYTBELY INDEX OF ACTIVITY : }____} +1} bass fannint v1 120
IN IRON. STEEL AND METALWORKING INDUSTRIES ie Oe
W5 + BASED UPON FREIGHT CAR LOADINGSELECTRIC { —— —+t+—+r— 4 IIS
| POWER OUTPUT, AUTOMOBILE ASSEMBLIES (WARDS ¢ " i
REPORTS) AND STEELWORKS OPERATING RATE | i ' : 0
ane) + (STEEL) AVERAGE FOR 1926 EQUALS 100, WEIGHED t es ’ f y IA
| AS FOLLOWS: STEEL RATE 40, AND CARLOADINGS | 4 '
105 ; ____ POWER OUTPUT AND AUTO ASSEMBLIES EACH 20 | - | AI 4 105
100 : t : — 400
a 95
mas ais a. hes ' ¢
OT a ee a ee a a St
i 85 ptt ON 85
O /~1939 Sa Ne a O
80 tet 80
x v u" o
& 75 b HL * 75 o
70 + 70
65 65
60 60
2S) =
30 950
45 45
40 + + T T t 40
h | | AN FEE MAF APR | MAY NE V AUG EPT 7 NO 3 } O |
| '929 1930 | ISBl | 1932 | 1933 | 1934 | 1935 | 1936 | 1937 | 1938) 1989 | 1940 ; — 1
STEEL’S index of activity declined 1.9 points to 117.3 in the week ended Jan. 20:
Week ending 1939 =: 1938 Mo. Data 1939 = 1938 1937 1936 1935 1934 1933 1932 1931 1930 1929
Nov. 18....... 117.3 100.4 OR barca 91.1 73.3 102.9 85.9 74.2 58.8 48.6 54.6 69.1 87.6 104.1
OV. Zo.....+. 114 93.9 i ee 90.8 424 106.8 84.3 82.0 73.9 48.2 55.3 75.5 99.2 1143.2
Pe Skea 117.9 100.1 March..... 92.6 tae 114.4 88.7 83.1 78.9 44.5 54.2 80.4 98.6 114.0
Dec. 9....... 1239 100.7 i) 89.8 70.8 116.6 100.8 85.0 83.6 52.4 52.8 81.0 101.7 122.5
ga eae 424.2 99'8 eee 83.4 67.4 194,77 101.8 81.8 83.7 63.5 54.8 78.6 101.2 122.9
fan a 1234 948 5 ee 90.9 634 1099 1003 774 806 703 514 +4°.721 £958 £1203
Ree Os six sis Ss 104.0 79.9 SUS on inicc sy, ee 66.2 110.4 100.1 75.3 63.7 rer! 47.1 67. 79.9 115.2
4 Aug....... 83.9 68.7 110.0 97.1 76.7 63.0 74.1 45.0 67.4 85.4 116.9
Week ending 1940 1939 OE 98.0 72.5 96.8 86.7 69.7 56.9 68.0 46.5 64.3 83.7 110.8
Jan. 6....... 110.3 86.5 re 114.0 33.6 98.1 94.8 77.0 56.4 63.1 48.4 59.2 78.8 107.1
Jon, $80.3.:.. 22 91.9 NOV: <.<5. 2 Ieee 95.9 84.1 106.4 88.1 549 52.8 47.5 54.4 71.0 92.2
Jan. 20....... 117.3 93.0 Dec. 0 Le 95.1 74.7 107.6 88.2 58.9 54.0 46.2 51.3 64.3 78.2
37

January 29, 1940

THE BUSINESS TREND—Continued

are still at high levels. In some instances business in-
dexes are. only moderately below the peak levels re-
corded late last year.

Activity in the iron, steel and metalworking indus-
tries as recorded by STeeEL’s index receded 1.9 points to
117.3 during the week ended Jan. 20. In the correspond-
ing week last month the index stood at 123.4, but at this
time last year it was at the 93 level, in 1938 at 74.7 and
1937 at 104.

Steelmaking operations eased 1.5 points during the

Where Business Stands

Monthly Averages, 1938 — 100
Dec., Nov., Dec.,
1939 1939 1938
Steel Ingot Output ......... 228.5 232.4 133.7
Pig Iron Output ............ 234.8 240.0 137.9
Freight Movement ......... 112.1 129.9 100.2
Automobile Production ..... 210.1 164.5 183.9
Building Construction ...... 132.9 112.5 146.2
Wholesale Prices ........... 100.6* 100.8 938.0

*Preliminary.

week ended Jan. 20 to 84.5 per cent. Indications point
to a further decline in the national steel rate for the
weeks immediately ahead. However, contrasted with a
year ago, when the national steel rate stood at 52 per
cent, steelworks operations afford a highly favorable
comparison.

Other statistical measures of industrial activity, while
declining further from the. recent highs, continue in
most instances to show substantial improvement over
the levels recorded for any corresponding period since
1929.

Automobile production declined seasonally in the
week ended Jan. 20 to 108,545 units, compared with
the record January week total of 111,330 units reported

VERY ACTIVE 125 Month ago

NORMAI
(1926 BASE,

100

—@—Year ago

Industrial
Weather

in the previous period. However, output in the week
ended Jan. 20 was 20 per cent over the 90,205 units
assembled in the comparable 1939 week. Retail sales
of passenger cars and trucks are being maintained at an
encouraging high level.

Despite a slight decline in electric power consumption
during the week ended Jan. 20 to 2,572,117,000 kilowatt-
hours, output remained well above any comparable week
in the industry’s history.

Revenue freight carloadings totaled 645,822 cars dur-
ing the week ended Jan. 20. This represented a more
than seasonal decline from the 667,713 cars loaded in the
preceding week. During the corresponding period last
year freight traffic totaled 590,359, while in 1937 car-
loadings numbered 679,376.

The Barometer of Business

Industrial Indicators

Dec., 1939 Nov., 1939 Dec., 1938
Pig iron output (daily av-
erage, tons) R 121,535 124,003 71,378
Iron and steel scrap con-

sumption ; 3,805,000 4,025,000 2,441,000
Foundry equipment new

order index 164.8 203.1 141.8
Gear sales index 111.0 126.0 81.0
Finished steel shipments 1,304,284 1,270,894 694,204
Ingot output (daily av-

erage, tons) ; ap 206,577 210,101 120,891
Dodge bldg. awards in 37

states (sq. ft.) . $354,098,000 $299,847,000 $389,439,000
Automobile output 469,002 370,194 406,960
Coal output, tons 37,283,000 42,835,000 36,541,000
Business failure; number 882 886 875
Business failures;

liabilities $12,078,000 $11,877,000 $36,528,000

Nat'l Ind. Conf. board (25
industries, factory):

tAv, wkly. hrs. per worker 39.1 39.0 36.9
tAv. weekly earnings $28.49 $28.24 $26.32
Cement production, bbls. 11,053,000 12,539,000 10,184,000
Cotton consumption bales 652,695 718,721 565,627

Car loadings (weekly av.) 643,380 745,726 575,003

+ November, October and November respectively.

Foreign Trade

Nov., 1939 Oct., 1939 Nov., 1938

Exports .. $292,734,000 $332,079,000 $252,381,000
Imports . $235,402,000 $215,281,000 $181,461,000
Gold exports ‘ $10,000 $15,000 $14,000

Gold imports $167,991,000 $69,740,000 $177,782,000

38

Financial Indicators

Dec., 1939 Nov., 1939 Dec., 1938

25 Industrial stocks : $194.21 $192.28 $186.99
2 Rail stocks ...... - $23.82 $24.90 $23.74
40° onds ..... eee 2 x $72.28 $72.58 $71.39

Bank clearings

(000 omitted) + eet
Commercial paper rate

ces 2 Oe RL): «ss e Vy 5
*Com’1. loans (000 omitted) $8,758,000 $8,656,000 $8,412,000
Federal Reserve _ ratio

{ge (4 io rrr 86.7 86.3 83.7
Capital flotations

(000 omitted)

$22,598,000 $22,244,000 $21,637,000

1 5 5 P
b- % 5%. %

New Capital ak ‘is $26,971 $21,408 $241,001

Refunding Sate eats 1% $235,016 $125,140 $288,181
Federal Gross debt. (mill.

ES. GS De aa ere $41,942 $41,305 $39,439

Railroad earnings - $70,345,795 $101,616,298 $49,373,177
Stock sales, New York

stock exchange Soares 17,768,713 19,219,736 27,490,471
Bond saies, par value..... $176,437,000 $151,867,000 $217,717,070

+November, December and November respectively.

*Leading member banks Federal Reserve System.

Commodity Prices

STEEL’S composite average

of 25 iron and steel prices $37.18 $37.50 $36.36
U. S. Bureau of Labor’s
Ry free * 79.1 79.2 77.0
Wheat, cash (bushel) $1.22 $1.08 $0.81
Corn, cash (bushel) $0.72 $0.66 $0.67
“*Preliminary.
STEEL

160 i936 | 1939
TTP TTT TT tty tt Reveyeryee PUTTTTTTTT TTT ry rr yy ,
[192971930] S31 TiS3 WDUSTRI AL Industrial Production
150 [gt —t ~ PRODUCTION INDEX Federal Reserve Board’s Index
ae Me ADJUSTED FOR SEASONAL VARIATION
|_____AU, (1923-25 100)
140 - Fa wae AVERAGE (923,25 +100
1939 1938 1937 1936
130 - Jan. 101 80 114 98
- Y Feb. 99 79 116 94
Z 120 = March 98 79 118 93
uy April 92 77 118 98
110 One May 92 76 118 101
& June 98 77 114 103
oO July 101 83 114 107
100 Aug. 103 88 117 108
Sept. ; a 90 111 109
90 : Oct. 120 96 102 109
Nov. 124 103 88 114
80 |- Dec. | 128 . 104 84 121
10 as | | | Average. 106 86 110 105
3 | COMPILED BY FEDERAL RESERVE BOARD
OPrslor hide plis Treeeigven er SMe e eee Oee eee eS
é 1938 19329 1940
250 5O
929 1930/1931719321933 1934 1935] FABRICAT ED
Fabricated Structural Steel 230 $00 STRUCTURAL STEEL 30
(1000 tons) 210 200 210
——Shipments ISO wo
1939 1938 1937 ¥ 190 100 I90 2
Jan. 84.3 87.8 99.9 O 50 BOOKINGS e
Feb. 84.4 81.2 102.2 u 10 , = 70
Mar. 125.3 103.3 143.0 oO O
Apr. 120.9 100.0 146.8 DO Ie pf 2
May 125.9 96.4 140.5 B 150 | i 0 o
June 130.1 98.6 147.6 ta = iy 7N or
July 110.5 88.0 156.4 Oo 130 i } oa B80 2
Aug. 139.7 98.6 166.1 Z ij er &
Sept. 140.8 93.5 163.5 = 110 +f 110 =
Oct. 132.1 105.0 155.9 —— ae /
Nov. 123.2 99.9 130.2 | Ys pf \i } \
Dec. ..... 106.5 108.4 90 | ~ ta —— SHIPMENTS Aj v y 90
ia, aga 4 - =
Total 1,158.8 1,660.6 1 Vi 10
rf RIGHT Ga
v = COMPILED BY AMERICAN IN E OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION INC. —] 50
1936 1939
30,000 SPUN Ge ee a a
F [1929]1930 | 931193211933)
z FREIGHT CAR AWARDS Freight Car Awards
20000F- —+- | eg GOMPILED :
= ae oe SCALE GRAQUAT
4 4 cpus eal (Hundreds of Cars)
* | 1939 1988 1937 1936
o F Jan. 03 25 178.06 20.50
& 10,000;- Feb. 22.59 1.09 49.72 69.00
O } Mar. 8.00 6.80 81.55 6.32
uw Ee April 30.95 15 97.72 44.27
O S000 ht STEEL May 20.51 60.14 47.32 89.00
in r | June 13.24 11.78 5.48 52.00
Oo i July 1.10 00 1030 72.29
= ] Aug. 28.14 182 14.75 2.25
> — | Sept. 230.00 17.50 12.16 17.50
5 | Oct. 196.34 25.37 1355 22.10
500 F} | Nov. 6.50 1232 2.75 15.50
lool : Dec 35 25.81 2.75 34 5K
SOF 7 Total 577.75 163.03 516.11 645.23
IOF ++ —+1
OF L L | i mee i
JFMAMJJASOND F MJ JASONDJ FMAMJ JASONDJ FMAMJ JASOND
1939 1940
4500 | 4500
Iron and Steel 4250 }- DOMESTIC IRON « SELL. | 4250
Scrap Consumption 4000}— SCRAP CONSUMPTION —-s 4000
_DATA COMPILED BY INSTITUTE OF \ aQ7F
Gross tons Y 3750 SCRAP IRON & STEEL INC. oT
1939 © 3500 3500 2
Jan 2,495,000 - por
Feb. 2,313,000 f 3250 “4
era 2,634,000 =
eae 2,317,000 ] 3000 9
ME sche xs 2,263,000 } 2750 6
June 2,428,000 y
ae 2,551,000 2500 a
PS See 2,919,000 2250
ee 3,282,000
Oct, 3,974,000 2000 -
PRs ss esi 4,025,000
Dec 3,805,000 — (750
See? ofc a a ~ &
aS 35,006,000 Comment 040 ISOO
_ _ 250
ee ee oR WSS oe i 0
JEMAMIJASONDJ FMAM) JS ASONDJSFMAMS J ASOND

*

|

Fig. 1—Temperature control instrument,

time clock, control switch and Reactrol

control panel without cover at lower
left, for gas carburizing furnace

@ A NEW system for automat-
ically regulating the power input
to electrically heated equipments
such as furnaces, boilers, super-
heaters and air heaters is called the
Reactrol system. It regulates power
input by varying the voltage im-
pressed on the heating resistors in
accordance with temperature or
pressure requirements. It is par-
ticularly suitable for continuous
processes and in the treatment of
materials that might be affected by
slight changes in temperature.

In its simplest form, the Reactrol

10

New control system found particularly suitable for

continuous furnace and critical temperature’ work.

Two chamber malleable-iron annealing furnace permits

shorter cycle, low energy costs

system consists of a control panel,
a temperature or pressure control
instrument and a saturable-core re-
actor. See Fig. 1. In operation,
the pressure or temperature control
instrument containing a special po-
tentiometer feeds low-voltage cur-
rent into an amplifying tube on the
contro] panel. This tube, in turn,
regulates the flow of direct current
to the saturable-core reactor which
acts like a valve to regulate the
voltage applied and thus the amount
of power going to the electric heat-
ing equipment. The system pro-
vides accurate and rapid tempera-

Fig. 2—Catenary-type furnace with Re-

actrol control for normalizing steel strip.

Heating chamber 31 feet long, 5 feet ac-

tive width; cooling chamber 60 feet long.

Rated 460 kilowatts. Oblique delivery-
end view

ture or pressure control with prac-
tically no overshooting.

Marking or scratching the surface
of bright steel strips is avoided in
a new type of continuous furnace ar-
ranged to support the strips on rolls
outside the heating chamber at each
end, where they as well as the strip
are relatively cool. The strip hangs
in a free catenary between the rolls,
so the high-temperature portion of
the strip is untouched by a sup-
porting means. If the rolls were
in the heating chamber, marks or
scratches would be likely to occur.

The new furnace, Fig. 2, desig-
nated as a catenary type, has the
usual extended cooling chamber to
cool the strip below oxidizing tem-
perature before it emerges and also
has the necessary feed-in rolls and
coiling reels. The 460-kilowatt heat-
ing chamber is 30 feet long, 5 feet

STEEL

By C. L. IPSEN
Industrial Department
General Electric Co
Schenectady, N. Y

| ffoating

wide and operates at 2000 degrees
Fahr. Reactrol control is employed,
with a temperature-control instru-
ment provided for each of the four
zones.

Elevator Furnace

For those foundries where _ pro-
duction does not warrant a contin-
uous-type furnace, a 2-chamber elec-
trically heated elevator furnace was
produced for annealing malleable
iron castings. After completion of
the high-temperature portion of the
annealing cycle, the furnace car is
lowered from that chamber and
placed in the low-temperature cham-
ber. At the same time a new cold
charge is placed in the high-tem-
perature chamber.

Such a furnace eliminates the
time required for cooling the fur-
nace, and the time and energy for
reheating the furnace as compared
with a single-chamber furnace. The
resulting advantages are a shorter
annealing cycle and lower energy
consumption.

Wire Enameling Oven

Economy in operation, smooth-
ness of operation, uniformity of
product and increase in wire speed
were achieved in new oven equip-
ment for enameling wire. For the
manufacture of the new Formex
magnet wire it was necessary to de-
velop new equipment and methods
for applying and baking the coating
on the wire since the insulation has
high viscosity and is applied by
pulling the wire through a die rath-
er than by the conventional dip
method. Several sizes and types
of ovens, all with Calrod heating
units, were developed for baking
the insulating film on the wire. A

Fig. 3—Enameling machine; 16 heads,

electric oven and bare wire stand, at

River works of General Electric Co.,
West Lynn, Mass.

January 29, 1940

horizontal oven is used for wire
sizes 31 gage and smaller, and a
vertical oven for 30 gage and larger.

A typical equipment, Fig. 3, con-
sists of a 14-kilowatt oven with top
and bottom sheaves and automatic
temperature control, a motor-driven
take-off reeling mechanism, and sup-
ply racks for holding the spools of
wire.

When enameling wire sizes from
23 to 30 gage, 16 spools feed bare
wire into the oven. Since the wire

travels up and down until it has re-
ceived six dips there are actually 96

strands in the oven at one time.
Such an oven will enamel approxi
mately 1000 feet of 30-gage wire per
minute. Of course, production
varies with wire size—the larger
the diameter of the wire, the slower
the speed.

Induction Furnace Equipment

In some industrial heating or in-
duction melting applications, high-
frequency generators occasionally
operate in an atmosphere containing
harmful foreign particles. Clean
ventilating air can be piped to a
generator, but this requires extra
space and is sometimes costly. On
a large unit it is usually advan
tageous to totally enclose the ma
chine to prevent entrance of for
eign matter, and cool the machine
with water-cooling coils.

Since in a high-frequency induc-
tor-type generator the magnetic flux
does not reverse or change appre
ciably in the stator, the water-cooling
coils may be placed directly in the
core. Here the heat is not trans-
ferred to the air, but it is conducted
directly to the cooling coil. This
method of cooling was applied to a
totally enclosed, 1200 kilowatt, 1800
revolution per minute, 960 cycle,
single phase, inductor-type generat-
or which is one of the largest units
ever supplied for use with an induc
tion furnace.

Powder metallurgy commonly re

41

quires the sintering of parts made
of pressed, powdered metals at ele-
vated temperatures in a controlled
atmosphere. A new mesh-belt con-
veyor-type electric furnace has been
produced for such work. Suitable
for operating temperatures up to
2100 degrees Fahr., the heating
chamber is equipped with heavy
nickel-chromium rolled-ribbon _re-
sistors.

Work is loaded on light pans
which are carried through the fur-
nace on a woven wire belt. After
sintering in the heating chamber,
the work travels through an ad-
joining water - jacketed cooling
chamber where the parts cool in
protective atmosphere. Fig. 4 shows
recently installed furnace rated 102
kilowatts. It has a door opening 12
inches wide by 8 inches high, heat-
ing chamber 10 feet long, cooling
chamber 20 feet long. Several
standard sizes of furnaces of vari-
ous types—box, mesh-belt and roller-
hearth type—are available for sin-
tering. The type chosen generally
depends upon the rate of produc-
tion—the box type for the lowest
and the roller-hearth type for the
highest production rates.

Electric Brazing Furnaces

Manufacturers of electric refrig-
erators were the first to make wide
use of electric furnace brazing in
the fabrication and assembly of
parts. From this field, the brazing
method spread to the automotive
industry where it is today a famil-
iar and successful manufacturing

Fig. 4—Electric controlled-atmosphere
furnace for sintering powdered metais.
Mesh-belt conveyor 12 inches wide, door
opening 8 inches high, heating chamber
10 feet long, cooling end 20 feet. To-
tal 102 kilowatts, operating tempera-
ture 2100 degrees Fahr. maximum,
oblique charging-end view

x Site
*

process. In like fashion, the past
year has seen an increasing ac-
ceptance of electric furnace braz-
ing by the aircraft industry.

In general, the application of elec-
tric furnace brazing has increased
during the past year in a normal,
steady manner. Standard furnace
equipment, for the most part, has
been the type usually demanded.
There have been, however, occasion-
al installations of special equipment
for out-of-the-ordinary jobs such as
the brazing of aluminum.

.

Text on Materials
Used in Engineering

@ Engineering Materials, by Alfred
H. White, professor of chemical en-
gineering and chairman of the de-
partment of chemical and metallur-
gical engineering, University of
Michigan; cloth, 547 pages, 6 x 9
inches; published by McGraw-Hill
Book Co. Inc., New York, supplied
by STEEL, Cleveland, for $4.50.

This is intended primarily as a
text for engineering students who
have had the usual course in fresh-
man chemistry. Practicing engi-
neers will be interested in a sys-
tematic presentation of recent ad-
vances in the field of materials. No
knowledge of organic chemistry is
assumed and the treatment of pro-
tective coatings and plastics is -ele-
mentary, preceded by a brief intro-
duction to carbon compounds.

The text is supplemented by 75
tables and 200 illustrations. Scope is
indicated by chapter headings:
Theoretical introduction; iron and
its alloys with carbon; effect of heat
treatment on iron-carbon alloys;
manufacture of iron and iron-carbon
alloys from the ore; early methods
of producing wrought iron and
steel; manufacture of steel by the

bessemer, open hearth and electric
furnace process; influence of chem-
ical composition and mill finish-
ing operations on the properties of

plain carbon steel; properties of
plain carbon steel as affected by
fabrication; casting processes; gray
cast irons and malleable castings;
steels with one alloying element;
steels with two or more alloying
constituents and steels for special
purposes; copper, nickel, zinc, tin
and their alloys; aluminum, mag-
nesium and the light alloys; lead
and its alloys; solders and bearing
metals; corrosion of metals and pro-
tection by metal coatings, rocks and
their decomposition products; clay
products; fused silicates, vitrified
clay products, glass, slags and re-
fractories; lime, gypsum and mag-
nesium oxychloride products; sili-
cate cements and other cements;
fuels and combustion; water and its
industrial utilization, soaps; organic
preservative materials and protec-
tive coatings; plastics and related
products.

Corrosion-Resistant

Rolled Alloy Sheet

@ Fafnir Bearing Co., New Britain,
Conn., announces a chemical treat-
ment to render exposed parts of ball
bearing transmissions corrosion re-
sistant without changing physical
properties or dimensions. Treat-
ment forms a jet-black oxide-layer
penetrating 0.0002 to 0.0003-inch in-
to surface of metal without chang-
ing external dimensions. This pro-
tective layer is claimed not to be af-
fected by temperature and not to
chip or peel.

According to U. S. navy salt-spray
corrosion tests, seals, shields and
collars so treated are 10 to 25 times
more resistant to corrosion than un-
treated metal.

STEEL

Shipyard Handling Units

Prefabrication of large subassemblies in shipbuilding

results in development of screw luffing, full revolving,

cranes which easily handle 20 tons at 62-foot radius, 8

@ ADVANCES in construction of
all-welded and partly welded ship
have resulted in fabrication of
larger and larger assemblies. In
fact, one shipbuilding yard has found
it possible to decrease construction
time greatly by employing large pre-
fabricated subassemblies produced
in the shop and simply joined to-
gether at the ways to form the ship.

Drydock work also is found to in-
volve larger and heavier pieces of
equipment than formerly, requiring
cranes of larger capacity alongside
the ways. Both of these trends are
causing the size of handling equip-
ment to increase to take care of
these larger loads. At the same
time, utmost in safety must be in-
corporated as in all cases a failure
or fumble in operating the crane
units would result in serious finan-
cial loss and serious hazard to nearby
workmen.

Typical of the heavier equipment
being used for such service are the

Fig. I—Electrically driven 20-ton screw

luffing crane with boom in horizontal

position. Photos courtesy Dravo Corp..,
Pittsburgh

two new screw-luffing full-revolving
tower cranes recently built by Dravo
Corp., 300 Penn avenue, Pittsburgh,
for installation in the yards of the
Newport News Shipbuilding & Dry-
dock Co., Newport News, Va. These
new cranes are installed one on each
of two trestles to replace two worn
out and obsolete cantilever-type un-
its. The two new units supplement
the first revolving crane purchased
in 1930 to replace an old cantilever-
type crane similar to those now be-
ing discarded. In addition to the in-
creased capacity, use of the first full-
revolving crane has resulted in ma-
terially increasing speed of assem-
bly of vessels on the adjacent ship-
ways.

Mounted On Trestle

Each of the new cranes has a 125-
foot boom and a main hoist hook
with an operating capacity of 20 tons
at a radius of 62 feet and 10 tons
at a radius of 93 feet. An auxiliary
hoist provides a capacity of 8 tons
at a radius of 113 feet. As shown

in accompanying illustration, Fig. 1
the units are mounted on trestle run-
ways with crane rails spaced on 20-

ot Seth

as aoe ~~ setae MA hla GO ls. tia oon" er ad

s

,,
fz
&

operations
tower type

at 113 feet

foot centers. The new
vide adequate flexibility for
duty shipyard service.

An outstanding feature of the new
units is the screw-luffing mechanism
which: affords an exteme margin of

units pro-
heavy

safety in handling of heavy crane
lifts over expensive completed as-
semblies. In these units, a luffing

screw replaces the standard, multi-
part, wire rope, luffing lines usually
employed. Use of a luffing screw
permits accurate and safe spotting
of heavy assemblies into a ship.
Use of the screw-luffing mechan-
ism has been made practical by ap-
plying a welded, triangular boom.
The luffing mechanism consists of
a screw arrangement working on
two nonrotating nuts mounted in
steel trunions. Having an overall
length of 35 feet, the screw is made
of forged nickel steel, normalized
and quenched. The screw has a
lineal travel speed of 2.15 feet per
minute. To change the boom from
maximum to minimum radius re-

Fig. 2—Here screw has been actuated
to lift boom, providing adequate flexi-
bility for heavy duty shipyard service

+
—~

quires 1 2/3 minutes. The screw is
motor driven through a gear-reduc-
tion unit designed so the boom can-
not change position except when the
mechanism is in operation. This
provides an added safety factor. Up-
per and lower boom positions are

or. te eel

‘=
oe Sea. §
y “ & 3 Re
owe se by
7% Ca
. eae “
mY
he 4
mess
al
. ee ‘
ef, :
“a.
oy kip ate
ee o ys Hp
f i. Wt aap J
sane 4
Fi
>
« ;
(\(
| ;
;
J '
— = ),
Vi
Wi
—— i
1
j
- i 4
. on

protected by an electric limit switch
with slowdown and final stop ar-
rangements.

Driven independently, the two
hoisting units are mounted on an
integral welded base. The main
hoist drum of Mayari cast iron is

grooved for %-inch wire rope lead
lines, the load block being reeved
for four’ parts of line. Mechanism
is motor driven through a double set
of spur reduction gears to give a
rope speed of 78 feet per minute.

Auxiliary hoisting unit is driven
by a motor identical with the unit
driving the main drum. This drum
likewise is grooved for a single %-
inch wire-rope lead line. Auxiliary
block is reeved in two parts of line,
using a nonspinning-type of wire
rope. Speed of rope is 205 feet per
minute..

The tower structure is 35 feet
high above the runway rails and has
a wheelbase of 35 feet with a travel
speed of 350 feet per minute in still
air. Tower is of welded design and
built of heavy structural shapes rig-
idly braced on all four sides. Two
double-jaw automatic rail clamps
are mounted in the center of each
tower leg and are designed to hold
the crane against a 100-mile-per-hour
wind.

Top of tower is arranged to form
a sturdy base on which are mounted
the lower rail circle, the rotating
rack and the center stediment cast-
ing. The center stediment, consist-
ing of a bronze-bushed male-female
part, is mounted at the center of ro-
tation of the crane and is designed
to absorb all of the horizontal forces.
A racking mechanism provides the
machine with a rotating speed of 1%
revolutions per minute.

Entire weight of rotating struc-
ture is supported on a circular roller
path of high-carbon rolled steel.
Double-flanged wheels with bronze
bushings are assembled in a double-
channel circular cage. Heavy rails
form the upper and lower rail
circles, the complete assembly mak-
ing an unyielding, level turntable.

Rotating platform is completely
welded and consists of four longi-
tudinal girders and two. vertical
trusses, with crossbeams for sup-
porting machinery, counterweight
and kingpin.

The 125-foot boom is pin-connected
to the top front end of the longi-
tudinal trusses. Triangular shape
and framing details of this boom
represent departures from orthodox
boom design. The efficient propor-
tion of the component parts and tri-

(Please turn to Page 66)

Fig. 3. (Top)—The triangular shape of

the boom, found most suited to the use

of the screw luffing principle, was made

practical through modern welding de-
sign shown here

Fig. 4, (Center)—Luffing mechanism in
process of assembly

Fig. 5. (Bottom)—Turntables being as-
sembled. Other parts such as drums,
trucks, etc. also are being prepared

STEEL

O relieve congested machine shops or press

rooms, look for hidden plant capacity in
your present production set-up. What is this
hidden plant capacity? It is the hours lost at
each machine through shutdowns caused by
poor tool performance. Every time a tool must
be re-ground or replaced, it ties up the pro-
duction of one machine. Multiply this by the
number of shutdowns caused by prematurely
dull, broken or worn tools, and you will readily
see how much hidden capacity is being tied
up in your plant.
Get the benefit of this extra capacity now by
improving tool and die performance. Send for
a Carpenter booklet that shows the modern
time-saving way to insure this improvement
through better tool steels and methods that
keep production moving faster.

THE CARPENTER STEEL COMPANY, Reading, Pa.

(arpen ler

MATCHED
TOOL STEELS

January 29, 1940

Discover your

HIDDEN
PLANT CAPACITY

The Carpenter Steel Company, OL eae,
139 W. Bern St., Reading, Pa.

TIME TO CHECK U /
&

Without obligation, send me your 60-page booklet
that shows how to improve tool and die performance
to get higher output.

Name Title

Firm i

(Firm ¢ t |
Address
City _State

Welded Oil-Well Casing

Difference in cost of plain-end and threaded casing minus cost of

welding amounts to $681 in 4500-foot well. Butt-welded casing affords

tightly sealed well and is easily pulled out when well is abandoned

@ IN PRACTICALLY all localities
where oil wells are drilled, there are
surface water supplies and shallow
water sands which must be protec-
ted from pollution by fluids from
deeper salt-water sands and oil-
producing zones. Failure to prevent
such pollution leaves the operator
liable to costly damage suits. This
factor requires installation of a sur-

Fig. 1—Symmetrical vee butt joint

face string of casings. This sur-
face casing generally is set with the
bottom just below any fresh-water
supply which may possibly be used
for domestic or public purposes and
usually is sealed in cement from
top to bottom. Naturally it must
be perfectly leak-proof or else its
primary purpose is defeated. Leaks
are caused principally by corrosion,
bad joints and wear occasioned by
drilling through this string in fin-
ishing a well. In some cases, this
casing also shuts off caving forma-
tions which otherwise would fall in-
to the well and hamper progress.
Intermediate strings may be used
to exclude a high-pressure or high-

From paper receiving $2543.88 award
in contest sponsored by The James F.
Lincoln Are Welding Foundation, Box
5728, Cleveland.

46

By G. M. STEARNS

District Production Engineer
Cities Service Oil Co
Russell, Kans.

volume water sand which fills the
hole, hindering drilling progress, or
to shut off high-pressure gas where
oil is sought and the gas is unsuit-
able for commercial usage. Also,
additional casing may be used to
protect an inner string of casing to
be run later.

In addition, all wells are equipped
with what is known as an oil string
of casing. Modern operating practice
is to encase at least the lower part
of this string in cement generally
up to the next larger and shorter
string of pipe. It is important that
this casing be leak-proof under any

rz Chiff ring

~~

~

Fig. 2—Double bell joint with chill ring

pressures encountered, have high
tensile strength so the joints will
not part, and have high resistance
to collapse since enormous pressures
act against the pipe at the greater
depth.

Until recently, general practice
has been to use threaded and coupled

casing. Lately, however, a new
technique has been developed for
installation of casing. It involves
are welding the joints on the der-
rick floor as the casing is being run
into the well.

This is advantageous because a
substantial saving can be obtained
in total cost of pipe strings. Also
increased joint strength results
which makes possible safe _ run-

Fig. 3—Bell-and-spigot joint

ning of longer strings of pipe
with less possibility of loss of
pipe in the hole due to failure of
the string under stress. Also there
is less possibility of leaks under
high-pressure conditions and pipe
can be recovered more easily from
abandoned wells since there are no
couplings or similar projections on
the outer circumference of the pipe
to hinder pulling the string. These
advantages are vital so it is expected
are-welded casing will shortly be-
come generally accepted. Even
where the casing is only temporary,
the development of portable cutting
and beveling machines may result
in practically universal use of welded
casing.

Preliminary studies showed that

STEEL

carbon content of the steel in the
casing is the controlling factor in
its weldability. So casing with an
average carbon content of 0.25 and
not over 0.35 per cent is employed.

Largest size electrode which can
be used without molten metal run-
ning down the side of the pipe is
employed. In welding a butt joint

IIIA,

~

NAN

UMLMULLL LL
LILI

Wh
VL,

MSY AM NY

MINNA

S\\

Fig. 4—Slip joint. Lower side of coup-
ling is welded by pipe manufacturer

in casing of usual wall thickness,
a 3/16-inch electrode is largest that
can be used successfully. With bell-
and-spigot and slip-joint pipe, size
of electrode is limited only by thick-
ness of the top of the bell or col-
lar which forms a flat surface
against which the welder deposits
the metal. Strength of electrode is
not allowed to exceed strength of
pipe by an appreciable amount as
this would produce a less ductile
weld.

Pull-out joint tests show efficien-
cies from 84.6 to 100 per cent for
straight butt joints and from 93.4
to 100 per cent for double-bell butt
joints with chill ring as shown in
Figs. 1 and 2 respectively. Greater
efficiency of the double-bell butt
joint is due probably to more com-
plete penetration obtained with the
chill ring as backing. Tests on bell-
and-spigot joints, Fig. 3, show effi-
ciencies from 90 to 100 per cent.
However, since the straight butt
joint shows practically as much
strength as the two other types
and costs less in buying the pipe, it
was selected by Cities Service Oil
Co. for its welded string. The slip
joint, Fig. 4, was disregarded be-
cause it gave little additional
strength and little saving compared
with the threaded and _ coupled
joint.

Joints on the first few strings
were beveled with a 30-degree bevel
on each end, leaving a 60-degree sym-
metrical opening in which to deposit
the weld metal. See Fig. 1. Later,
a string of casing was tried with
a 50-degree bevel on one end and
a 45-degree bevel on the other end
of each joint, Fig. 5, in hopes this
would result in a more easily welded

January 29, 1940

joint because this more nearly ap-
proached the position of a fillet weld.
Use of this bevel did not prove of
any special advantage. Operators
did not like it as well as the sym-
metrical V-butt joint, Fig. 1, be-
cause it was more difficult to ob-
tain thorough penetration.

Since then, further experience and
investigation have shown the U-bev-
el, Fig. 6, to have greatest welding
speed with complete penetration.

Running butt-welded casing re-
quires special tools for picking up
each joint from the rig walk and
lifting it into a vertical position pre-
paratory to aligning for welding.
Clamps used have ridges of babbitt
metal sunk into grooves to provide
extra safety against slipping when
pulling the joints. Clamps also
were devised for lining up each
joint. These clamps are about 42
inches in length and are hinged on
one side with toggle screws on the

Fig. 5—Asymmetrical vee butt joint

opposite side. They are hung ona
line which runs over a pulley with
a counterweight to balance them.

An automatic-trip casing spider is
better than the ordinary casing
spider for holding the part of the
casing already in the well. Since
there is no coupling at top of each
joint, ordinary casing elevators can-
not be used. Slip-type elevators are
employed.

Actual data on a typical job is
tabulated here on a string of cas-
ing 7 inches outside diameter, 22
pound, plain end, 0.25 per cent car-
bon, 0.80 per cent manganese. Joints
have a 15-degree bevel on top and
45-degree bevel on bottom. Some
69 joints were run into the well.
Circumferential welds including
shoe and nipple totaled 71. Total
footage of casing string was 2933
feet. Three beads were deposited at
each joint. Total elapsed time per
joint was 8 minutes 10 seconds. <Ac-
tual welding time as found by stop-
watch was 29 seconds to tackweld,
46 seconds for first bead, 71 sec-
onds for second bead, 72 seconds for
third bead—a total of three minutes,

38 seconds, actual welding time per
joint. Average weld metal deposited
was 0.73 pounds per joint. Gener-
ators delivered power 4 hours 18
minutes. Average current was 175
amperes at 30 volts. Total power
input was 45.15 kilowatt hours. Two
direct-current welding generators
driven by V-8 engines were used.
Procedure was as follows. Align
ing clamps were placed on each

joint. Joint was tack welded at four
points. Aligning clamps were re-
moved. First bead was. welded.

Slag was chipped off manually with
ball hammers and cleaned with wire
brushes. Second bead was welded.
Slag was chipped off as. before.
Third bead was welded.

Weld was allowed to cool about 1
minute 45 seconds before placing
the weld in tension by lifting the
pipe to remove the slips from cas-
ing spider to permit lowering pipe
into the well. An additional 15 sec-
onds elapsed before each weld came
in contact with the drilling fluid,
making a total of about 2 minutes
cooling time for each weld before
quenching in the drilling fluid. Tests
showed this to be ample cooling
time to prevent embrittlement and
subsequent weakening of the weld
and adjacent steel in the pipe, which
might occur if cooled too fast.

It is doubtful if use of ball ham-
mers and wire brushes is most ef-
fective method of slag removal. An
electric or air hammer possibly
would be better in removing slag
along edges of weld.

Casing job described above is quite

NAN

Z Da
gZ Z
Z A
gg A]
A Z
A Z
A A
“4
g Z
A) Z

Fig. 6—U-bevel butt joint

employed in

typical of procedure
considering

western Kansas. In
savings effected by welding, two
cases will be considered: First is
where an oil company has its own
welding equipment and operators
and does a large amount of welding
in a particular locality. Second is
where the oil company hires the
welding to be done by an outside
concern for each individual job as
it arises. Cities Service Oil Co. falls
(Please turn to Page 65)

47

Direct Rolling of Strip

Newly developed continuous belt provides low-cost surface for

pouring, prevents segregation, gives metal of sufficiently accurate

gage for

@ PRODUCTION of strip metal of
high-melting-point materia] directly
from the molten metal has made
important advances. Recently, in
addition to brass, strip of monel
and stainless steel] has been rolled
to a gage of 0.15-inch and at a rate
of more than 400 feet per minute
by this method.

Attempts at direct rolling were
made as far back as 1845. Between
that year and 1860, Sir Henry Bes-
semer did sufficient experimental
work to be convinced that direct
rolling of steel was possible. In
the early nineties, Messrs. Norton
and Hodgson carried on extensive
researches confirming his conclu-
sion.

In 1921, a machine was developed
by C. W. Hazelett which would pro-
duce continuous strips of antimo-
nial lead for the production of stor-
age battery grids. One of these
machines is still in commercial use.

From paper presented at Philadelphia
American Society of Me-
Engineers, December, 1939.

meeting of
chanical

rerolling. Surfacing

By C. W. HAZELETT

Hazelett Metals Inc.
51 East Forty-second street
New York

It consisted of a single cooled drum
with a spaced stationary copper
shoe, through which the metal was
poured. Later a double’ horizontal
roll casting machine was developed.
This produced satisfactory strip
from lead, tin and their alloys. It
was of high quality as to structure,
gage and surface.

A few years ago some develop-
ment work was done in the pro-
duction of brass strip.. With co-
operation of Scovill Mfg. Co. of
Waterbury, Conn., substantial ton-
nages of 12-inch wide strip, having
good physical characteristics and in
strips weighing up to 3000 pounds,
was produced. The costs were low
and the metal was sound. How-
ever, red stains in the surface, due
to segregation, made the product

rolls

operate at low pressures

unsalable where high finish or chro-
mium plating was required. At
this stage, it would thus require
the use of two processes in a plant,
vitiating a large part of the advan-
tages due to lower costs.

A little later, Crown Cork & Seal
Co., 4401 Eastern avenue, Balti-
more, undertook to commercialize
the production of aluminum strip.
Large quantities of strip, 24 inches
wide, sound and accurate in gage,
was produced but still substantial
segregation was encountered since
the metal was, of course, alloyed
with copper.

Obviously, the rolling of alloys
has its disadvantages because of
the segregation inherent in the op-
eration of these particular ma-
chines. Segregation comes about
because of irregularities in cooling,
due to folding of the frozen films
in contact with the rolls. This,
in turn, is because the frozen film
does not travel at the same speed
as a point on the roll. At the pass
where high pressures are being ap-
plied to the partially chilled alloy,
the lower melting point constituents
of the alloy then are forced into the
places of least cooling and least
pressure. It is to be noted that all
of these mills performed substan-
tial work on the product.

Controlled Atmosphere Applied

The most refined work on one of
these mills has been done recently
by American Metal Co., Newark,
N. J., in conjunction with Scovill
Mfg. Co. Efforts were confined to
a pure metal—copper—which of
course is not subject to segregation.
A earefully developed system of
controlled atmosphere was applied
in the furnace, the runners and in

Equipment used for rolling strip direct
from molten metal

STEEL

DEPENDABLE GOGGLE VALVES

For Gas Washers, Precipitators,
Boiler Plants, Blast Fur-
nace Gas Mains.

\A *

ay ,

i A

8 } ¢

eae A 24” x 20” Valve as As oy :
10 . 72 Valves shipped to installed in Vertical Gas } 24
India for installation = Main to Blast Furnace § og

horizontal gas mains. Stove Burners. ‘ a :

VALVE SIZES:

20’ Diameter
24’’ Diameter
30” Diameter
36” Diameter
42” Diameter
48” Diameter
54’ Diameter
60’’ Diameter
66’’ Diameter
72’’ Diameter

Write for cur Valve Builetin.

a
}
P With Totally Enclosed Goggle
View—Showing Machined Goggle Plate ; 7 — . Plate. No gas escapes to
with Chain welded thereon. Sprocket : . 4 atmosphere when plate is
Wheel engaging with chain also cleans / : : 7 swung to opposite position,
the chain if this becomes clogged with dust. 4 : providing safe working con

ditions for your men.

y ee q

WILLIAM M.

AILEY : sonidnal’

PITTSBURGH ENGINEERS PENNA,., U.S.A.

European Representative: Ashmore, Benson, Pease & Co., Ltd., Stockton-on-Tees, England

January 29, 1940 49

Micrograph of brass rolled directly to
0.020-inch at 500 feet per minute; cold
rolled to 0.010-inch and annealed; suit-
ably etched to show complete recrystal-
lization. Magnification 200 diameters

shrouds about the mill itself to
produce oxygen-free copper strip.

Sound metal of great length,
Straight and flat, was produced with
sufficiently accurate gages for re-
rolling. Widths up to 24 inches
were made at low cost and with
commercial rol] life for all of these
metals. Crown Cork & Seal Co.
rolled substantial tonnages of low-
carbon steel, 24 inches wide and of
excellent quality. International
Nickel Co., 67 Wall street, New
York, also rolled a_ substantial
quantity of nickel and monel metal.
However, the roll life with these
high-melting-point metals was hope-
lessly short for commercial results
compared with other processes. As
a result, surface of the metal rap-
idly became defective.

At this stage, the problems were:
Segregation; inability to roll thin
gages due to the increasing effect
of folding with thinner strip; lack
of high speeds as rate was between
15 to 50 feet per minute; excessive
cost of rolls or cooling surface,
particularly with steel, monel metal
and nickel.

To solve the problem of segrega-
tion, it was decided that molten
metal should be poured first on one
cooling member and be allowed to
chill almost throughout its thick-
ness and then surface-rolled to chill
and compress small film of unsolidi-
fied metal. To do this, it was
necessary to form the bath on one
surface instead of between two rolls
as heretofore.

This has been achieved by pouring
molten metal both on the outside
and inside of a cylindrical surface,
but here important difficulties had
to be overcome. These surfaces
first had to be degassed to get a
sound metal. Then they had to be
cooled at high rates for continuous

Micrograph of direct-rolled brass as re-

ceived from mill, suitably etched. under

light. Magnification 200
diameters

polarized

production. This has been achieved.
The strip is_ solidified almost
throughout before the surfacing
roll finishes it so no folding takes
place. Segregation is eliminated
also.

The production of thinner strip
has been worked out primarily by
the use of high speeds and short
contact between the molten metal
and the cooling surface. For ex-
ample, 0.025-inch strip is produced
at 500 feet per minute with a con-
tact of 2 inches or in an elapsed

50

time of 0.02-second. Obviously,
greatest savings are in production
of thin strip.

Thin gages at present are being
produced at speeds up to 500 feet
per minute with every indication
that these speeds can be increased
to the point where centrifugal force
will throw the metal off of the
cooling surface when pouring on
the outside of the roll. It is be-
lieved practical to operate at a
speed of 1500 to 2000 feet per min-
ute. However, the continuous speed
of 500 feet per minute already
achieved seems fast enough for
any commercial requirements when
compared with intermittent feeding
of ingots. Little, if any, segrega-

tion occurs in the short period of
time, 0.02-second.

Research is being done in produc-
tion of strip, 0.25-inch thick, and in
pouring metal on the inside of a
ring to form a bath in the lower
part, moving the ring to carry the
solidified strip out of the bath be-
neath a surfacing roll.

To reduce cost of the cooling sur-
face, a belt of strip steel driven
between two small rolls is used in-
stead of expensive solid rolls. Cool-
ing solid rolls on the outside re-
sulted in enormous fluctuations in
temperature on that side and early
fire-cracking. Molten metal poured
on the belt gives up the major por-
tion of its heat of fusion to it.
However, this belt is cheap. It can
be 20 feet in diameter, if desired.
It presents such an enormous
amount of inexpensive cooling sur-
face that high speeds and high pro-
duction can be obtained cheaply.

To avoid large amounts of scrap
at the beginning of a heat, it is
necessary to degas this belt by pre-
heating it.

To surface the product, upper
internally cooled rolls are used with
walls as thin as %-inch. Such rolls
are shrunk on splined shafts. It is
an amazing fact that a roll as small
as 2% inches in diameter with ’s-
inch wall will apparently run con-
tinuously at these high speeds with-
out heating up if a sufficient quan-
tity of water at high pressure is

(Please turn to Page 66)

STEEL

By DEAN M. WARREN and A. R. FINLEY

Fixtures available in a wide variety utilize light to best

advantage. Less dependence is placed on natural light.

Mercury, filament and fluorescent installations discussed

This is the second of a series

of articles on industrial illumina-

tion. The first appeared in STEEL
of Jan. 22, 1940, p. 36

Part II

@ THE SUPPLEMENTARY light-
ing units discussed last week do
not by any means represent all of
the units recently made and _ in-
stalled, but only are typical of
many available.

Confronted by this growing mul-
titude of light sources and fix-
tures, the factory executive may
well ask himself, “Now that there
are all these fixtures, how can I
go about applying them so as to
derive the best from my _ produc-
tion facilities? Why does there
seem to be such a variety of both
general and supplementary lighting
units and reflectors? How can I
choose between the mercury, fila-
ment and fluorescent types of
lamps, if they are all good, to get the
most for my money? “Of course,

Fig. 12—Sawtooth type roof utilizes nat-
ural light to the best advantage

this is where the lighting applica-
tion engineer performs his services.
If effective lighting could be
achieved by a simple set of rules
in a handbook with perhaps a few
instruments, there obviously would
be no need for all these fixtures
and services of an expert.

By keeping in mind fundamental
considerations, however, the shop
man can do much to determine
whether or not he is utilizing light-
ing to its best advantage, or at
least he can decide whether he
should call in a lighting engineer
to modernize his plant. Since it is
not the purpose of this article to
educate the shop man to supplant
the illuminating expert, the follow-
ing discussion, like the preceding,
is intended only to familiarize the
shop man with what he can get by
calling the local power company.
This is important because many
shops have lighting systems which
seem efficient yet actually are not;
and in building plant additions, the
plans frequently fail to make pro-
vision for adequate lighting.

In designing a lighting installa-
tion, whether or an old building
or for one to be built, advantage is

generally taken of as much natural

lighting as_ possible. However,
some of the new plants exclude
natural light altogether because

of its unreliability. The trend is
more and more to uniform lighting
regardless of weather conditions.
For instance, the new plant of
Simonds Saw & Steel Co., Fitchburg
Mass. (see STEEL, July 10, 1939, p.
48) is a single 5-acre room with
no windows. In this plant day and
night shifts work under exactly the
same illumination and visibility.

If daylight is to be utilized to
its fullest extent, it is well to study
the style of roof with a view to
obtaining maximum natural light-
ing. In chis respect, the sawtooth,
monitors or skylight windows of

modern factory construction, as
shown in Fig. 12, appear to be
most desirable. When rooms are

lighted by side windows alone, it is
impossible to light satisfactorily all
parts of the room unless artificial
lighting is provided. How natural
light decreases with distance from
sidewall windows is shown graphic-
ally in Fig. 13.

Here are a few general rules:
If only one wall contains windows,

width of room perpendicular to
wall should be less than twice the
distance fro.n floor to top of win-
dows. If windows are in parallel
walls, width of room would not ex-
ceed six times height to top of
windows. The monitor gives best
results when its width is about half
the width of building and height
of windows in monitor is half of
monitor width. Height of windows
in the sawtooth construction should
be about one-third of the span. In
general, single-story industrial build-
ings should have a window area at
least 30 per cent of the floor area.
Another important factor is the
reflection of sunlight from outside
surfaces into building. Opposing
structures, walls of course and
roofs of sawtooth buildings should
be finished in lightest practicable
color and so maintained. Possibil-
ity of glare from these surfaces
also should be considered.
Windows’ should be _ equipped
with adjustable devices to accom-
modate illumination to changing
outdoor conditions. Shades diffusely
transmitting daylight will improve
the daytime illumination. Window
shades of light tones are preferable,
for at night they reflect artificial
light back into the room. When prac-
ticable, shades should be mounted
to permit covering any desired part

.

7 Ft. above work yeTto
AOFt above AoGtem

of windows. Louvers or venetian
blinds employing reflecting and dif-
fusing surfaces effectively contro]
distribution of sunlight from wit-
dows if properly finished and ad-
justed. More uniform results are
obtainable if such window devices
are controlled by some specified in-
dividual.

But natural lighting alone seldom
is sufficic it. Even in comparative-
ly sunny territories, measurements
show that desirable daylight condi-
tions are lacking for a large per-
centage of the time. To maintain
good seeing conditions, artificial
lighting must be supplied on dark:
and cloudy days.

Natural light is so subject to
variation throughout the day that
no individual can be relied upon in
practice to determine by visual ob-
servation when more light should
be added in the room or when arti-
ficial lighting can be spared. Prac-
tical equipment utilizing photoelec-
tric tubes or light-sensitive cells has
been developed for controlling the
lighting automatically. Shown in
Fig. 15 is a_ photoelectric relay
which follows changes in daylight
and turn artificial lights on and off
even when the change is so grad-
ual as to escape attention.

This automatic control is recom-
mended particularly where ‘critical

seeing is done under varying day-
light illumination. Frequently a
man engrossed in his work will not
notice the gradual diminution of
daylight until he realizes he has
a headache or reaches the point
where he simply cannot see. When
this happens to an entire department,
the loss in employe efficiency is
serious. The photoelectric relay
stands guard against such eventu-
alities and is an inexpensive means
of avoiding penaities of insufficient
illuminaton when reliance is placed
on daylight as the principal source
of light.

Modern industrial lighting prac-
tice requires the establishment of
a base or minimum quantity of
light throughout the room, termed
general lighting, which may vary
depending on operations. Where
visual tasks are particularly severe,
much higher supplementary illumi-
nation over restricted areas can be
added to this base.

Th’s general or base quantity of
light should be uniform to illumi-
nate satisfactorily any portion of
the room—this being particularly
desirable for interiors where the
machine layout may be changed.
If general lighting is designed for
uniform illumination, machines may
be moved without expensive
changes in the lighting system.

Supplementary lighting, however,
is specifically designed for particu-
lar visual tasks. High illumina-
tion usually accompanies supple-
mentary lighting, but care should
be taken that contrast between
work and surroundings is not too
great. In some cases, the reverse
must be guarded against—that is,
having excessive brightness else-
where in field of vision. Though
no two sets of conditions are exact-

Fig. 13. (Right)—Showing graphically
how rapidly daylight decreases away
from windows

Fig. 14. (Below)—Spacing of lighting

units plays a vital part in procuring

uniform lighting over an area. At left

is shown deficiency of light between

units when these are spaced too far

apart. Illustration at right shows proper
spacing

=e

ote

ly alike,

the brightness ratio be-

tween highly illuminated work and
the darker surroundings in general
should not exceed ten to one. While
measurement by a light meter in
footcandles is not an actual deter-

mination of brightness,

it suffices

in most cases for this matter of

satisfactory contrast.

Hence the

common statement that, using gen-

eral and supplementary lighting the

ratio of maximum to
footecandles shoula not
to one.

minimum
exceed ten

Recommended values of illumina-
tion in accompanying Table I refer
mostly to general lighting through-
out total area involved as measured
on a horizontal plane 30 inches above

door. In many cases where

illu-

mination of more
dies is necessary, it
tained by
lighting

ing. An

shuld be

plus supplementary
asterisk after the

than 40 footcan-

ob

a combination of general
light-
foot-

candle figure denotes that this com

illumination is
findings up to

posite
sirable.

type of
The

de-

date

of the Illuminating Engineering so-

ciety’s studies of specific

industries

TABLE

(These minimum footcandle values

rep-

resent order of magnitude measured on

work rather than exact levels of illu-
mination)
Foot-
candles
Aisles, Stairways &
Assembly:
SS TRE Cole tae ais e oa, Oolias goat's 10
SENN is iat a Gcos See nee dose bee 20
i) RS eee .B*
Bere FIMO «ceca A*
Automobile Manufac turing:
Assembly Line B*
Frame Assembly Be
Body Aageaeanarelenbiaaal
SE aan ee ee eae 20
Assembly Aa Ie .20
Finishing and Inspecting A*
Chemical Works:
Hand Furnaces, Tanks, Gravity
Rr CE hase sie bas Sle Goede 5
Mechanical Furnaces Driers,
Evaporators, Filtration , 10
Extractors, Nitrators, Elec tro-
ed 2 GOR Sa rr 15

Clay Products and Cements:

Grinding, Filter Presses, Kiln Rooms. .5
Molding, Pressing Trimming .10
Enameling Paton Vea cote sia .15
Color and Glazing ; 20

Coal Tipples and C leaning Plants:

Breaking, Screening and eo .10

PICMARE. . ois Bis oo
Cc onstruction—Indoor:

ENON Uses) ck o's earactabre a6 Siarasste-s .10
Elevators—Freight and Passenger .10
Engraving 3 Pe sate paea tee aa
Forge Shops and Welding DP ierate pte gt ee
Foundries:

Charging Floor, Tumbling, Shak-

ing Out 5

Rough Molding and Core Making. 10

Fine Molding and Core Making.....20
Inspection:

retard Gk ILE Nad Ss Alsiki ies, Gets SS scee 10

Medium Wes elev eee ee . 20

2 eS ee ge rN AD WOES! hice arsei sc Ms B*

DR WN ie yy gy i kis a> w Sle mw ae A
Machine Shops:

Rough Bench and Machine Work. . .10

Medium Bench and Machine

Work, Automatic Machines,

Rough Grinding, Medium Buf-

ing and Polishing ............ .20
Fine Bench and Machine Work,

Fine Automatic Machines,

Medium Grinding, Fine hase

and Polishing .B*

(**) In these areas many of

direct light toward the working points.

(*) Lighting recommendations for the more difficult
as indicated by A, B, C and D in the foregoing table are given in

the following:
GROUP A:—These seeing tasks

(c) for long period of time.

is necessary.
GROUP B:—

tion of fine detail under conditions of (b)

{c) for long periods of time.
candles are required.
To provide illumination of this order

is necessary.

involve
extremely fine detail under conditions of (b) extremely

the machines
supplementary lighting units mounted on them in order

(a)

To meet these requirements,
levels above 100 foot-candles are recommended.

To provide illumination of this order a combination of at least 20
foot-candles of general lighting plus specialized supplementary lighting

—This group of visual tasks involves (a) the discrimina- The
a fair degree of contrast be
Illumination levels from 50 to 100 foot- (2)

combination
foot-candles of general lighting plus specialized supplementary

require one or

and Machine
Fine Work

Extra Fine Bench
Work, Grinding
Offices:
Bookkeeping,
counting
Conference
Corridors and
Desk Work
Intermittent
Writing 7 .
Prolonged Close Work, Com-
puting, Studying, Designing, etc
feading Blueprints and Plans
Drafting
Prolonged Close Work—Art
Drafting and Designing in De-
tail
tough Drawing
Filing and Index
Lobby ;
Mail Sorting
Reception Rooms
Stenographic Work
Prolonged Reading
Notes
Vault
Paint Shops:
Dipping, Simple Spraying,
Rubbing, Ordinary Hand
ing and Finishing; Art,
and Special Spraying
Fine Hand Painting and Finishing
Extra Fine Hand Painting and
Finishing (Automobile Bodies,
Piano Cases, Etc.)
Paper Manufacturing:
Beaters, Grinding, Calendering
Finishing, Cutting, Trimming,
Paper Making Machines
Plating ;
Polishing and Burnishing
Power Plants, Engine Room, Boilers:
Boilers, Coal and Ash Handling,
Storage Battery Rooms =
Auxiliary Equipment, Oil
Switches and Transformers
Engines, Generators, Blowers,
Compressors
Switchboards
Receiving and Shipping
Sheet Metal Works:
Miscellaneous Machines,
ary Bench Works
Punches, Presses, Shears,
Stamps, Welders, Spinning,
Medium Bench Work
Tin Plate Inspection
Steel and Iron Manufacturing:
Billet, Skelp and Slabbing Mills

Typing and Ac-

Room
Stairways

Reading and

and Sketching

References

Shorthand

Firing

Paint-
Stencil

Ordin-

GROUP C:
crimination of

more
to effectively

illumination

GROUP D:
tion of
area or (b)

large
that the

comfortable
of 10 to 20 of large area
lighting

at a given

specialized and

fine detail
the transmitted
essential
enough
brightness
contrast
and
brightness is the principle
point

i—Recommended Minimum Standards of Illumination EF

20

20 D*
B*D*

2]

The

supplementary
The seeing
utilizing (a)

requirements are (1)
cover the

to

‘or Industrial

seeing

moderately fine

by

conditions
relatively low

Interiors

Boiler Room, House, Foundry
Rooms
Hot Sheet
Cold Strip,
Universal
Drawing
Merchant and
Mills
Tin Plate Mills
Hot Strip Rolling and
Machine Dept.
Cold Strip Rolling
Inspection
Black Plate
Bloom and
Tin Plate
Surfaces
Machine Shops and
Department
Rough Bench and Machine Work
Medium Bench and Machine
Work
Fine Work
etc.
Extra
Blacksmith
Laboratories
Physical)
Carpenter and
Storage

and Hot Strip Mills
Pipe, Rail, Rod, Tube,
Plate and Wire

Sheared Plate

Tinning

Billet
and

Chipping
Other Bright

Maintenance

Buffing, Polishing,
Fine Work
Shop
(Chemical and
Pattern Shop

Stone Crushing and Screening:
Belt Conveyor Tubes, Main Line
Shafting Spaces, Chute Rooms,
Inside of Bins
Primary Breaker
iary Breakers
Screens

Room, Auxil-
under Bins

Storage Battery Manufacturing:
Molding of Grids
Store and Stock Rooms:
Rough Bulky Material
Medium or Fine Material Requir-
ing Care
Structural Steel Fabrication
Testing:
Rough
Fine
Extra
etc.
Warehouse
Woodworking:
Rough Sawing and Bench Work
Sizing, Planing, Rough Sanding,
Medium Machine and Bench
Work, Gluing, Veneering,
Cooperage
Fine Bench and
Fine Sanding and

Fine Instruments, Scales,

Machine Work,
Finishing

this group involve (a) the

under conditions of (b)

tasks in
detail

lighting

tasks of this group
the reflected image of a
from a luminous area

that the

light
luminous area
surface which is being inspected
be within the limits necessary to
This involves the use of

brightness in which the

factor rather

B*D

10

dis

better

than average contrast (c) for intermittent periods of time
seeing tasks, The level of illumination required is of the order of 30 to 50 foot-
candles and in some instances it may be provided from a general
, mee , . lighting system. Oftentimes, however, it will be found more
the discrimination of economical and yet equally satisfactory to provide from 10 to 20
poor contrast, foot-candles from general system and the remainder from

require the discrimina-
luminous

shall

and

obtain
sources
source
than the foot-candles produced

January 29, 1940

TABLE

1i—Supplementary Lighting Recommendations

Concentrated Beam Sources—Drill Presses—
Spotlights provide high illumination over re-
stricted areas where critical seeing requires from
50 to 250 footcandles. When properly louvered and
positioned such units give glare-free lighting.
Particular care must be exercised in their loca-
tion so that confusing shadows are not introduced.

Vapor-Proof and Explosion-Proof Equipment—
Paint Shops—These units are designed for loca-
tions where corrosive vapor, inflammable gases
or explosive dusts are encountered. In moisture-
laden atmospheres, such as steam processing,
engine rooms, also where gases and vapors are
present from such processes as Oil refining, paint
and varnish making, units of this kind are recom-
mended. Mandatory requirements are covered in
the National Electrical Code. Sketch shows both
angle and symmetrical types of reflectors from
75 to 500-watt sizes.

Fluorescent Lamp Trough Units—lInspection,
Machine Shops—Sources of large luminous area
and relatively uniform brightness may be obtained
by employing fluorescent lamps in suitably de-
signed specular trough reflectors. Units of this
type produce high illumination of good quality.
Because the radiant heat from fluorescent lamps
is only one quarter that of incandescent lamps
for equal foot-candles, a source of this type
can furnish several hundred foot-candles without
the discomfort from heat formerly associated
with high foot-candles.

Bench, Assembly and Inspection—Where a high
degree of diffusion is not required the Glassteel
diffuser, the RLM dome reflectors equipped with
white bowl lamps, or the deep bowl porcelain
enameled reflectors will produce the desired re-
sult. Each job requires analysis to meet specific
requirements. In some instances dual facilities
must be provided, (1) diffuse lighting for certain
defects, (2) directional lighting producing ‘glint’
which may be essential to reveal others.

Large Area Sources of Uniform Brightness—
Assembly, Inspection—Developed initially for
lighting the type on imposing stones, units of this
type are particularly applicable for those opera-
tions involving detail upon polished surfaces, such
as scribing. If the source is uniformly bright,
the detail on the specular surface will not be
obscured in a confusing background, such as
frequently results when small sources or a source
of varying brightness is employed.

Directional Light—-Assembly, Inspection—Sur-
face flaws, irregularities in surface shape, pit
marks, scratches and cracks in materials are most
easily seen by lighting which strikes surface
obliquely, casting a shadow and revealing irregu-
larities by shadow contrast. Thus wrinkles in
roofing materials, such as illustrated, are revealed
by small shadows, emphasized by sharp direc-
tional light. Light may be undiffused for matte
surfaces, but diffused at source for polished or
shiny materials.

Machine Tool Lighting—Inspection, Machine
Shops—Seeing tasks in majority of machine tool
operations are similar, consisting of reading in-
dicating scales, dials and micrometers, as well
as observing the progress of the work. Because
these measuring instruments generally have a
semipolished background, it is desirable to em-
ploy a large area source to minimize reflected
glare and obtain high visibility. A concentrating
source is frequently desirable to project light
into deep boring operations.

have been incorporated in this
table. Operating values are mini-
mum. They apply to the lighting
system in actual use, not simply
when lamps and reflectors are new
and clean. Higher values often
may be used with greater benefit.
Table I has been included so that
anyone with a light meter may be
able to check for himself whether
he is obtaining all he is entitled
to receive from his lighting system.

Perhaps most common of the
various general lighting systems
now in use is that usiny ordinary
RLM Dome reflectors. This type
unit provides a fair degree of qual-
ity, particularly where a_ white
bow] lamp is employed. Since many
of these already have been _ in-
stalled. it is advisable to point out
how illumination from these units
is affected by their spacing. Fig.
14 gives results of tests with a
simple light meter showing irregu-
larity of illumination when units
are spaced too far apart. It also
indicates spacing that will make
lighting more uniform. In general,
these direct lighting units should
be spaced no further apart than
their height above the floor.

Variety of Units Aids Lighting

The question might be asked:
“If these units give good results,
why bother with units of other
types?” The main reason is in the
refinements of the lighting. For
example, the lighting produced by
the RLM Dome reflector is not of
the proper quality for lighting ob-
jects having shiny surfaces such
as scales, micrometer calipers, etc.
The resulting reflected glare makes
it extremely difficult to read the
markings on the barrel. This will be
discussed in detail in a later article.

The RLM Dome reflector should
always be equipped with a white-
bowl lamp when used at the usual
mounting heights. However, it is
practicable to use _ inside-frosted
lamps in locations where the units
are mounted above 20 feet.

If a better quality of illumina-
tion than that given by RLM Dome
reflectors is desired, Glassteel Dif-
fusers and Silvered Bowl Diffusers
may be employed. They are com-
fortable to look at, particularly at
angles where direct glare is ordi-
narily most noticeable.

Since the Glassteel Diffuser has
openings on the top, some light
reaches the ceiling, thus giving the
room a more cheerful, pleasant ap-
pearance than with the ceiling dark.
It has a white enclosing globe and
gives a soft light. This type of
unit is also available for use with
mercury lamps alone or combined
with incandescent filament lamps.

The Silvered Bowl Diffuser uses
silvered-bowl lamps. Light pro-
duced by this unit is somewhat
more diffuse and shadows are soft-
er than those produced by RLM

STEEL

FOR ADDED ECONOMY

... budget these items

To get maximum benefits from your weld-
ing, cutting, flame-hardening, hard-facing

and flame-cleaning operations this year,
use economical Airco equipment. Our
line is complete—you can get what you
want, when you want it, from a nearby
Airco office. Best results are obtainable
when used with Airco High-Purity Oxygen
and Acetylene, and the freely offered
assistance of the members of our Applied
@ Engineering Department. Write for Catalog
22-A and for full details.

AIR REDUCTION

SALES COMPANY

General Offices: 60 EAST 42nd ST., NEW YORK, N. Y. DISTRICT OFFICES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES

@® SERVING RAILROADS FROM COAST TO COAST e

January 29, 1940 55

Dome retiector. The character of
the work is the determining factor
as to which type of equipment
should be employed.

As previously mentioned, height
alone does not govern use of high-
bay reflectors, but most of these
equipments are mounted 20 feet or
more high. Spacing, of course, va-
ries with the mounting height.

When buying these units, it is
well to consider difficulty of clean-
ing, which is no small problem at
high mountings. If installation is
to be over dusty, dirty operations,
units will become dirty and yield
less light in a shorter time than
will units in other locations.

Mercury Lamps

Mercury lamps are more efficient
than filament lamps. When used
by themselves, mercury lamps may
have an annoying _ stroboscopic
effect. Also, the quality of the
lighting is quite different than that

produced by filament lamps. When
supplemented with incandescent
lamps, however, the light mixes

quite well with daylight and also
appears to be cool. Mercury lamp
installations are recommended with
an equal wattage of incandescent
lamps in the same or alternate
units. As a rule, under a mount-
ing height of 16 feet, the combina-
tion light should be in the same
fixture—that is, a mercury and a
filament lamp should be placed in
the same globe. Above a mount-
ing height of 16 feet, the lamps
Should be spaced’ eight-tenths
of their mounting height apart and
should be staggered and alternated
that is, one mercury, one incan-
descent, ete. This provides good
light mixture from the two _ sys-
tems resulting in illumination ap-
proximating that of daylight in color
value. Two lamps mounted in the
same luminaire are at least 10 per
cent less efficient than that type of
unit designed for a single lamp.
Minimum mounting height for the
alternate arrangement is 13 feet.
Although fluorescent lighting has
gained rapidly, it must be remem-
bered that so far it has proven its
worth mainly in supplementary
lighting. The addition of the 40-
watt and 85-watt sizes however, has

greatly increased its possibilities
for general lighting.
Desirable levels of illumination

are so far ahead of practical means
of attaining them that any illumi-
nant promising more efficient light
production is extremely significant.
So wide are the unfilled gaps in
lighting needs that illuminants hav-
ing many times the efficiency of
fluorescent lamps can be used be-
fore the saturation point is reached
so far as visual benefits are con-
cerned.

The introduction of fluorescent
sources in low wattage units has
undoubtedly resulted in some con-

56

fusion as to proper practice. Gen-
eral lighting practice today _in-
volves lamps which deliver 5000,
10,000, 20,060 and, in the case of
the 1500-watt lamps, 33,000 lumens
from a single lamp. Some lighting
technicians may feel loathe to re-
vert to low-powered sources and
may be at some loss to comprehend
methods by which large groups of
15, 20, 30, 40 or 85-watt lamps eco-
nomically might replace the 500 or

1000-watt lamps now commonly
used for general lighting.
A sound practice, however, is

Fig. 15—This photoelectric control stands

guard against failing daylight and

turns on lights even when decrease in

natural light has been too gradual to
be noticeable

evolving and fields of logical appli-
cation are being extended as new
equipmeni is developed to fulfil] the
requirements. Before the _ intro-
duction of the 40-watt 48-inch and
the 85-watt 58-inch fluorescent
lamp, fluorescent lighting was em-
ployed primarily for supplement-
ary installations.

Now there is the 85-watt lamp
which produces 4250 lumens of
cool, blue, white light and more re-
cently the new RLM _ porcelain
enameled unit using two of the 40-
watt Mazda _ fluorescent lamps.
Good results are obtained when
these are installed end to end in
continuous rows.

Economics in lighting always has
involved quality and general satis-
factoriness as well as costs, and the
economics problem never has been
revealed by arithmetic alone. Flu-
orescent lamps offer coolness, day-
light quality, a previously un-
experienced availability of color and
a new freedom in creative design.
It is apparent some of those fac-
tors have nothing exactly in com-
mon with filament lamps against
which to base costs. For a specific
case, investment and operating costs
easily may be compared and any
differential saving must be balanced

against such factors as color qual-
ity, coolness, low brightness, etc.,
which cannot be set into a numeri-
cal formula.

Sizes and shapes that may be in-
stalled conveniently in wiring chan-
nels have been sought in design of
auxiliaries. Since a choke coil is
included, a characteristic alternat-
ing-current coil hum is inherent in
fluorescent auxiliaries, although it
varies considerably from time to
time. The hum originates from the
magnetic action in the choke coil
elements and is aggravated when
these vibrations are transferred to
the supporting frame or metallic
wiring channel. By mounting on
soft rubber, the hum is reduced to
a minimum.

In industrial interiors with a
specified machine arrangement, the
general lighting system can best be
arranged with respect to machine
layout and structural features. In
factories having bulky and special-
ized machinery and in rolling mills
where large machine frames may
get in the way of the light, it is
likely any plan of general lighting
will be ineffective because of the
obstacles. Therefore, even though
general lighting is brought to its
maximum efficiency, there always
will be areas where operations will
call for a higher degree of visi-
bility. It would, of course, be un-
economical and beside the point to
raise the general lighting level to
favor just these few critical areas.
It is more desirable to put more
light on the critical areas and leave
the general level of illumination
where it is satsfactory for less crti-
cal areas. This tailor-made light-
ing supplements the general light-
ing, but should not supplant it.

As was brought out in the pre-
ceding discussion on supplementary
lighting units, considerable skill is
required in the proper placing of
these units for maximum benefits.
Table I shows some tasks where
supplementary lighting is greatly
to be desired. While each individ-
ual installaton is different, certain
recommendations cover a group of
such installations. Table II gives
the lighting recommendations for
some of the more common supple-
mentary lighting problems.

Yard Lighting —- To facilitate
night work and provide protection,
the area about factory buildings—
especially loading and unloading
platforms—frequently must be ade-
quately lighted. Floodlighting pro-
jectors of the right type, properly
placed, in many cases serve the
purpose. Projectors should be
mounted 30 to 40 feet high to re-
duce length of shadows and mini-
mize glare. A low-level of illumi-
nation should be directed over
entire yard for safety and a high-
er level at critical places. Lots
near buildings may be lighted eco-

(Please turn to Page 66)

STEEL

Layout produces finishes in nickel, bright nickel, black nickel.

Plating Flexibility

copper, chromium, rhodium, gold, clear or black anodized aluminum

without back-tracking, with short work movement and in small area

M WHEN Spencer Lens Co., 17
Doat street, Buffalo, opened its new
mechanical parts plant at Cheekto-
waga, N. Y., it added approximately
102,000 square feet of floor space to
its manufacturing facilities. New
structure is first of a number of
projected units to be built on a 25-
acre tract at this location. Space
is provided for automatic and hand
screw machines; for milling, drill-
ing and fine turnings and other ma-
chining operations; for plastic mold-
ing and sheet metal fabrication (de-
scribed in STEEL, Nov. 27, 1939, p.
49). This plant also features a
most complete polishing, plating
and enameling department. In addi-
tion, ample space is provided for
tool and die making, shop mainte-
nance, material storage, cafeteria,
first aid, engineering and produc-
tion offices.

Wide Variety of Work Handled

Finishing department handles an
exceptionally wide variety of met-
als and finishes as it handles parts
for all sorts of still projection
equipment, microscopes, microscope
accessories and other scientific in-
struments. While about 75 per
cent of the parts are made of brass,
a large number are of aluminum,
steel and other materials.

Not only are production parts fin-
ished for appearance and _ resist-
ance to corrosion, but also a num-
ber of working parts are chromium
plated to give a hard surface which
prevents wear and subsequent ex-
cessive clearances between parts.
In addition, many steel tools are
chromium plated to increase their
wear resistance.

Due to the extreme variety of

Fig. 1. (Upper)—Polishing room with
8-foot exhaust fan and dust separa-
tors in rear
Fig. 2. (Lower)—Finishing line for pro-
ducing hard black surface on aluminum
parts for optical equipment

January 29, 1940

parts handled, finishing is not done opment, an extremely hard coating
on a continuous basis but in lots that penetrates the surface to give
varying from a few items up to a black finish that is extremely
several hundred _ units. All told, wear resistant.
there are more than 17,000 differ- In addition to the electroplated
ent items which are electroplated finishes, a number of dip and spray
in this plant. finishes are applied to a variety of
Also, a wide variety of finishes is parts including sheet-metal cases
applied. Electroplated finishes in- and similar items. Also a_ special
clude copper, gold, black nickel, department is maintained for fin-
rhodium, bright nickel, chromium. ishing scales where the recessed
Some parts are given a Satin black markings are filled in, baked and
finish in a sulphate-dip bath. Alu- the finish lacquer coat applied.
minum parts are given a clear or Entire finishing department ex-
black anodized surface. The black tends along south side of the new
finish on aluminum is a new devel- parts plant which measures 210 x

ORVER

PATH A

ALKAL! ELECTRO CLEANER
+

WARM. '
WATER 4 HOT
- WATER

wi u.
rr = =
m be te BLACK alias
= y acu) Fo NICKEL
aol — | " ome
Ld
—T...
vPA
TH WALL OF PLANT
Fig. 3—Layout of general plating sec- , :
by a combination mercury-Mazda course, suction system has maxi-

tion showing the various paths work

may follow in receiving the many dif-

ferent finishes and combinations of fin-
ishes which can be produced here

410 feet. Polishing room, Fig. 1,
is in the extreme southeast corner
with plating room immediately ad-
joining. Next to this is the enam-
eling room. Parts thus pass from
the polishing direct to plating or on
to the enameling rooms for finish-
ing.

In all of the finishing depart-
ments as well as throughout the
entire plant, exceptionally good
lighting facilities are provided.
Corrugated glass skylights supply
an abundance of daytime illumina-
tion with 45 to 48 footcandles be-
ing furnished for night operations

lighting system. Each of the mer-
cury-Mazda units contains 400 watts
of mercury lamps and 450 watts of
Mazda lamps to provide balanced
lighting. Spaced on 20-foot centers
throughout the working area, these
fixtures afford ample illumination
for the most critical work and help
assure quality in the finishing de-
partment.

Fig. 1 shows the exceptionally
well laid out polishing room with
two dust separators in the back of
the room connected to a suction sys-
tem which includes an 8-foot fan.
This efficient ventilating system
assures spotlessly clean working
conditions in a department in which
much dust usually accumulates.
Ducts lead from each of the grind-
ing and buffing spindles, Fig. 1.
Each polishing spindle is a double
unit with a grinding or buffing
wheel on each end of the shaft.

At the present time, the exhaust
system and two rows of polishing
spindles extend along the south
side of the room next to the win-
dows at right in Fig.1. Provision has
been made for future plant expan-
sion when additional machines will
be placed just north of those present.
Then ventilating ducts can be ex-
tended to the new machines like the
one duct at left center in Fig. 1,
which is extended to a belt sander,
the only machine at present in the
third row. Thus future additions
can be made without disturbing
any of the present equipment. Of

Fig. 4—One of four double spray
booths in enameling department. Water
wash backwall removes deposited over-
spray and exhaust system takes away
that which would contaminate the air

mum capacity ample for needs of
all equipment that can be placed
in the area available.

Equipment in polishing room in-
cludes eight buffing and six hand
polishers in addition to three belt
sanders and one disc sander. A
small booth is provided in the pol-
ishing room where four electrically
heated glue pots are used in resur-
facing the polishing wheels. This
operation consists of turning the
polishing wheel with its face im-
mersed in a bath of glue, after
which the abrasive is applied by
rolling the wheel in a box of emery
of the desired grade.

Seven grades of emery in a near-
by steel container are heated elec-
trically to keep moisture out. Like-
wise, sand used on abrasive wheels
is protected against moisture by
storing it in similar steel contain-
ers, also electrically heated. After
the wheels have received their ap-
plication of abrasive, they are dried
in electric oven at 100 degrees Fahr.
and stored in a nearby area until
wanted.

From the polishing room, all parts
to be electroplated, except those
made of aluminum, first receive a
copper flash followed by at least
one-quarter of a thousandth-inch
thick coat of nickel as a base for
subsequent finishes. Then _ gold,
rhodium or chromium is deposited
on top of the nickel. All brass as
well as steel parts are given this
preliminary treatment.

One of the first installations to
produce Alumilite finish is found in
this new plant. The lineup of tanks
and plating equipment is seen in Fig.
2. Alumilite is a new development,
an extremely hard black finish on
aluminum surfaces produced by a

STEEL

H™™ is an outstanding step forward in ready-
to-run centrifugal fan design. Now, for the
first time, small centrifugal fans are available with the
famous high-efficiency patented Sturtevant Rexvane-
type radial blade wheel.

Their advantages include: (1) high rotative speeds;
(2) lower outlet velocities—quiet; (3) higher efficiency
—handle more air; (4) easier to keep clean.

Nine sizes available —with rotors ranging from
6 inches to 24 inches in diameter. Capacities — 250
c.f.m. to 6000 c.f.m. at 4%” S.P. Prompt shipment
from stock —of units with standard motors.

For your convenience—the handy coupon, right.

B. F. STURTEVANT CO., Hyde Park, Boston, Mass.

B. F. Sturtevant Co. of Canada, Ltd.— Galt, Toronto, Montreal

furfevant

REG. VU. S. PAT. OFF,

Lihito Uli

Rexvane Vent Set showing cone- Sturtevant Rexvane Vent Set, mo-

shaped inlet, assuring smooth air tor side, showing beaded air-tight

flow, and straight radial blade housing construction and rugged,
rotor. light-weight motor mounting.

MAIL COUPON FOR NEW BULLETIN!

B. F. Sturtevant Company
Hyde Park, Boston, Mass.

Please send me immediately, copy of your new Bulletin 406 on

|
Sturtevant Rexvane Vent Sets. |
|
|
i

Ae SD ne OD SS SS SD ED SS GD OED GND GD GED DD a aD ea

|

|

i

|

| RENNIN os, > oe his ta Sot rie as emeeeiaedbe :
|

L.

WORLD‘’S LARGEST MAKER OF AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT XG))

January 29, 1940

59

combination of electrical and chem-
ical treatment. Most black finishes
on aluminum quickly become un-
Sightly after a small amount of
wear has worn through the color-
ing to show the light base metal.
The Alumilite process first hard-
ens the surface by combined chem-
ical and electric treatment and then
colors this hardened surface a deep
black, giving a finish so deep and
hard that it does not wear off.

The first bath in this process is
a cleaner, heated to 160 degrees
Fahr., followed by a rinse. Next
step is to harden the surface elec-
trolytically in an acid solution
which is held to plus or minus 2
degrees of 72 degrees Fahr. As the
temperature here is quite critical,
the bath is watched carefully and
the automatic controls frequently
checked.

This is followed by two rinses.
The next bath is heated to 120 de-
grees Fahr. and is a_ penetration
dip. After being rinsed, items go
into a coloring bath followed by
cold rinsing and hot rinsing baths.

As seen in Fig. 2, all this equip-
ment is arranged in a line down
the north side of the plating room.
Most of the work handled consists
of small parts, usually hooked on
racks, Fig. 2, before entering the
lineup. With bath arranged in
Straight line, there is no possibility
of parts not receiving correct se-
quence of operations. Also, this
greatly facilitates operations as all
units are completely accessible.

Exhaust ducts seen in Fig. 2 ef-
fectively remove vapors from baths
which otherwise would contaminate
atmosphere of the room. Similarly,
other ducts connected with exhaust
system remove all vapors and gases

Fig. 5—View of general plating sec-

tion. Note exceptionally clean appear-

ance and well arranged layout de-
tailed further in Fig. 3

from other plating equipment here.
This assures excellent working con-
ditions and is an aid to maintaining
the extremely high quality neces-
sary on these parts.

Fig. 3 shows layout of all plating
equipment except the Alumilite line
in Fig. 2. Also much floor space
is provided for storage of parts be-
fore and after plating. In addi-
tion, a number of tables are avail-
able for racking and _ unracking
parts. View of general plating
equipment diagrammed in Fig. 3
is shown in Fig. 5. A unique ar-
rangement of tanks permits maxi-
mum efficiency in handling an ex-
tremely wide range of production
finishes. This involves a Y-system
which allows almost any sequence
desired yet which necessitates only
a short movement and in-line opera-
tions for most of the work.

Referring to Fig. 3, at extreme
right will be seen degreaser, emul-
sifying bath, hot and cold water
rinses. Just to left and in the cen-
ter is the main cleaning line, desig-
nated by path A, which starts with
an alkali electrocleaner unit.

From the end of this line, flow
of parts advances to various sec-
tions according to final finish de-
sired. Path B takes material to
baths for application of bright
nickel plate. Path C is followed
by parts to be given a copper plate,
heavy nickel or a black nickel fin-
ish. All of these tanks, in which
incidentally the largest volume of
parts is handled, are seen at lower
center, Fig. 3. Some have _indi-
vidual rinse tanks immediately ad-
joining them.

Parts to be chromium plated fol-
low path D and path E. Path D
also branches out so those parts
to be rhodium or gold plated take
path F.

From Fig. 3, it is evident that
layout of plating equipment and
rinse tanks have been made with

extreme care to assure maximum
efficiency in all types of electro-
plating finishes. In any case, the
work traverses the minimum dis-
tance, is not subject to useless
backtracking, nor does work in any
one line interfere with other opera-
tions.

Also included in the plating room
is a stripping booth seen at the
lower right in Fig. 3. Here equip-
ment is provided for removal of
electroplated and enameled finishes
from parts.

Floor of electroplating room is
made of acid-resisting concrete with
wood platforms over all working
aisles. Sloping trenches shown by
dotted lines in Fig. 3 lead to an
acid-proof drain going to the sewer.
This provides convenient means for
draining all tanks.

Automatic Boilers Used

Hot water for making up electro-
plating solutions and for keeping
them at working temperature comes
from a 1000-gallon storage tank
in the boiler room. This in turn
is heated by two 176-horsepower
boilers, employing a_ heat. ex-
changer. Boilers are completely
automatic, even starting and stop-
ping without an attendant. They
generate steam at 10 pounds pres-
sure, using oil as fuel.

Enameling deparment is in an
adjoining room. Equipment here
includes a row of four double spray
booths down the center of the
room, providing stations for eight
operators. Fig. 4 shows operator
working in one of these double
booths. Booths have water wash
curtains to take away overspray. At
east end of room is a large dip tank
containing enamel for sheet-metal
parts. Also, provision is made for
holding the pieces before baking
while excess material drips off.

Along south side of room are
two large gas-fired ovens of the
truck type which operate around
350 degrees Fahr. Along the north
side of the room are two more
ovens of the same type as _ these
and also four electric ovens for fast
drying. ‘These operate between 200
and 350 degrees Fahr. One of these
latter units is quite large, the other
three being smaller and so adapted
to handling knobs and similar small
parts.

All ovens as well as the dip tank
are connected to an exhaust sys-
tem which assures maximum dry-
ing efficiency and prevents any
accumulation of solvent vapors. An
exhaust system also is provided for
the spray booths, as shown in
Fig. 4.

An outstanding feature of entire
finishing department is the pro-
vision made to keep it clean. See
Fig. 5. The excellent working con-
ditions resulting are reflected in the
high quality work produced.

STEEL

Metals Sessions Feature Annual

Meeting of A.I.M.E. in New York

@ A PROGRAM of particular in-
terest to the metals industry is be-
ing arranged by the American In-
stitute of Mining and Metallurgical
Engineers for its 152nd meeting at
the Engineering Societies building,
New York, Feb. 12-15. Subjects
covering a wide range will be dis-
cussed at sessions sponsored by the
Iron and Steel and Institute of Met-
als divisions.

From the all-institute point of
view, several features of the annual
meeting command interest. These
include a general session on the
afternoon of Feb. 12 on mineral
economics; the business meeting on
the afternoon of Feb. 13; the an-
nua] banquet at the Waldorf-Astoria
hotel on the evening of Feb. 14 at
which time important medals and
honorary awards will be made; and
several special luncheons, dinners
and social events.

Highlights of the Iron and Steel
division meetings are sessions on
chemistry of steelmaking, control
of surface qualities of steel, carbon
and low-alloy steels, diffusion and
decomposition in austenite and aus-
tenitic stainless steels; a series of
committee luncheons; and the Howe
memorial lecture.

The Institute of Metals division
will conduct sessions on recrystal-
lization, copper and silver alloy sys-
tems, alloys of cobalt and general
physical metallurgy. Other events
will be the annual lecture, several
committee luncheons and the an-
nual dinner at the Biltmore hotel
on the evening of Feb. 15.

Program details are as follows:

IRON AND STEEL DIVISION
Chemistry of Steelmaking

“Slag-Metal Relationships in the Basic

Open-Hearth Furnace,” by Karl L.
Fetters and John Chipman, Massachu-
setts Institute of Technology, Cam-
bridge, Mass.

“Refractive Indices of Basic Open-
Hearth Slags,’” by Michael Tenenbaum
and T. L. Joseph, University of Minne-
sota, Minneapolis.

“Formation of Inclusions in Steel Cast-
ings,’ by Walter Crafts, John J. Egan
and W. D. Forgeng, Union Carbide &
Carbon Research Laboratories Inc.,
Niagara Falls, N. Y.

“Equilibria in Liquid Iron with Carbon
and Silicon,” by Lawrence S. Darken,
United States Steel Corp., Kearny, N. J.

“Solubility of Nitrogen in Liquid Fe-Cr
and Fe-V Alloys,” by R. M. Brick, Yale
university, New Haven, Conn., and J. A.
Creevy, Stanley Works, New Britain,
Conn.

“Heat Capacity of Iron Carbide from
68-298 Degrees K. and the Thermo-
dynamic Properties of Iron Carbide,”
by Harry Seltz and Cyril Wells, Car-
negie Institute of Technology, Pitts-
burgh, and Hugh J. McDonald, Armour
Institute of Technology, Chicago.

“Thermochemistry of the Pig Iron Blast
Furnace,” by Julian M. Avery, Arthur
D. Little Inc., New York.

January 29, 1940

Control of Surface Qualities of Steel

“A Survey of Factors Affecting Surface
Quality of Semifinished Steel,” by
H. B. Emerick, Jones & Laughlin Steel
Corp., Pittsburgh.

“Pouring Practice Variables and Their
Individual Effect on Ingot Surface,”
by W. A. Saylor, Carnegie-Illinois
Steel Corp., Pittsburgh.

“Influence of the Chemical Composition
of Steel on Freezing, Heating, Scaling
and Rolling Characteristics,” by Gil-
bert Soler, Timken Roller Bearing Co.,
Canton, O.

“Effect of Mold Surface on Bloom or
Slab Surface,” by T. J. Woods, Repub-
lic Steel Corp., Cleveland.

Recrystallization

Joint Session with Institute of Metals

“Some Observations on the Recrystalliza-
tion of an Iron-Nickel Alloy,” by
George Sachs and Joseph Spretnak,
Case School of Applied Science,
Cleveland.

“Crystal Orientation in Silicon Iron,” by
J. T. Burwell, United States Steel Corp.,
Pittsburgh.

“X-Ray and Microscopic Study of Im-
perfection Recrystallization Textures,”
by Norman P. Goss, Cold Metal Proc-
ess Co., Youngstown, O.

Carbon and Low-Alloy Steels

“Precipitation Hardening of a Complex
Copper Steel,” by J. W. Halley, Inland
Steel Co., Chicago.

“Tensile Strength and Composition of
Hot-Rolled Plain Carbon Steels,” by
C. F. Quest, University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, and T. S. Washburn, In-
land Steel Co., Chicago.

“Effect of Composition and Steelmaking
Practice on Graphitization Below the
A, of Eighteen 1 Per Cent Plain Car-
bon Steels,” by Charles R. Austin and
Maurice C. Fetzer, Pennsylvania State
college, State College, Pa.

Diffusion and Decomposition of
Austenite

“Rate of Diffusion of Carbon in Austenite
in Plain Carbon, Nickel and Manganese
Steels,” by Cyril Wells and Robert F.
Mehl, Carnegie Institute of Technology,
Pittsburgh.

“Crystallography of Austenite Decompo-
sition, I—Martensite Transformation,”
by Alden B. Greninger, Harvard uni-
versity, Cambridge, Mass., and Alex-
ander R. Troiano, University of Notre
Dame, Notre Dame, Ind.

“Crystallography of Austenite Decompo-
sition, II—Products of Subcritical
Transformation of Austenite,” by Al-
den B. Greninger, Harvard Uni-
versity, Cambridge, Mass.

Austenitic Stainless Steels

“Elastic Properties of Cold-Worked
Austenitic Stainless Steels,” by Russell
Franks and W. O. Binder, Union Car-
bide & Carbon Research Laboratories
Inc., Niagara Falls, N. Y.

“Effects of Temperature of Pretreat-
ment on Tensile Deformation Char-
acteristics of an 18-8-Type Stainless
Steel,” by Charles R. Austin and Carl
H. Samans, Pennsylvania State col-
lege, State College, Pa.

Tuesday, Feb. 13
NOON
Luncheon meeting, executive, Iron and
Steel division.
Luncheon meeting, Blast Furnace and
Raw Materials committee.
Wednesday, Feb. 14
NOON
Annual luncheon, Iron and Steel division.

Thursday, Feb. 15

NOON
Luncheon meeting, executive committee,
Open Hearth Conference.
Luncheon meeting, Committee on Physi-
cal Chemistry of Steelmaking.
Luncheon meeting, Bessemer Steel com-
mittee.
4 FP. M.
Howe memorial lecture: “Slag Control,”
by Charles H. Herty Jr., Bethlehem
Steel Co., Bethlehem, Pa.

INSTITUTE OF METALS DIVISION
Recrystallization

“Recrystallization Texture of Aluminum
After Compression,” by Charles S. Bar-
rett, Carnegie Institute of Technology,
Pittsburgh.

“Plastic Deformation and Recrystalliza-
tion of Aluminum Single Crystals,” by
J. A. Collins, E. I, duPont de Nemours
& Co., Wilmington, Del., and C. H.
Mathewson, Yale university, New
Haven, Conn.

“Effect of Cold Work Upon Hardness
and Recrystallizing Behavior of Pure
Platinum,” by E. M. Wise and R. F
Vines, International Nickel Co. Inc.,
New York.

“Damping Capacity Changes During Re-
crystallization of Alpha Brass,” by
John T. Norton, Massachusetts Insti-
tute of Technology, Cambridge, Mass.

“Variation of Internal Friction with
Grain Size,” by Clarence Zener and
R. H. Randall, College of City of New
York, New York

“Correlation of the Deformation and
Recrystallization Textures of Rolled
70:30 Brass,” by R. M. Brick, Yale
university, New Haven, Conn.

“Recovery and Recrystallization in Long-
Time Annealing or 70:30 Brass,” by
S. E. Maddigan and A. I. Blank, Chase
Brass & Copper Co., Waterbury, Conn

Copper and Silver Alloy Systems

“Copper-Rich Alloys of the Copper-
Nickel-Phosphorus System,” by D. K
Crampton, H. L. Burghoff and J, T
Stacey, Chase Brass & Copper Co.,
Waterbury, Conn.

“A Metallographic Study of Internal
Oxidation in the Alpha Solid Solutions
of Copper,” by Frederick N. Rhines,
Carnegie Institute of Technology,
Pittsburgh

“An X-Ray Study of the Silver-Lead and
Silver-Bismuth Systems,” by Haim H.
Chiswik and Ralph Hultgren, Harvard
university, Cambridge, Mass

Allous of Cobalt
“The Cobalt-Nickel-Silicon System Be-
tween O and 20 Per Cent Silicon,” by
Arthur C. Forsyth and R. L. Dowdell,
University of Minnesota, Minneapolis

General Physical Metalluray

“An Electron’ Diffraction Study of
Anodic Films,” by R. A. Harrington
and H. R. Nelson, Battelle Memorial
institute, Columbus, O.

“Determination of Orientation by Etch
Pits,” by Charles S. Barrett and L. H
Levenson, Carnegie Institute of Tech-
nology, Pittsburgh.

Wednesday, Feb. 14
4P. M.

Institute of Metals annual lecture: “Ac-
celeration of Rate of Corrosion by
High Constant Stresses,” by Edgar H.
Dix Jr., Aluminum Co. of America,
Pittsburgh.

Thursday, Feb, 15
NOON

Luncheon meeting, executive committee,
Institute of Metals division.

EVENING
Annual dinner, Institute of Metals divi-
sion, Biltmore hotel

61

INDUSTRIAL
EQUIPMENT

Suspended Grinder

@ Sawyer Electrical Mfg. Co., 5715
Leneve street, Los Angeles, has de-
veloped an aerial suspended grinder
totally enclosed to prevent grinding
dust from entering motor. Motor is
two-pole polyphase design with no
commutator brushes or centrifugal
switches. Motor efficiency is high

over

pullout is twice
rated capacity. Bearings are of
standard double-shielded, factory-
lubricated type and rotor is integral
part of shaft. Grinder also is avail-
able in portable types. Motor is 220-
volt 3-phase 60-cycle with speed in
all cases, except high-speed gear
drive machine, of 3600 revolutions
per minute. High-speed unit drives
at 5400 revolutions per minute,

and power

Recording Controller

@ Foxboro Co., Foxboro, Mass., an-
nounces a series of potentiometer
recording controllers which _ incor-
porates improved detecting mechan-
ism, new integral recording and con-
trol mechanism, and a new control
system to provide maximum flexi-
bility of use. Open-and-shut action
and throttling action, with or with-
out automatic reset, are available in
air-operated models.

A single calibrated detecting cam
is said to sense deflections of gal-

62

vanometer pointer of less than
0.0001-inch without lost motion. By
positioning a friction roller, cam
positively determines movement of
integral slide-wire contact, record-
ing and control actuating carriage.
Integral recording and control mech-
anism co-ordinates measuring, re-
cording and controlling operations.
Slide-wire contact, recording pen
and cam follower actuating control
cam are assembled as a unit on
same rigid carriage. Guaranteed
accuracy is % of 1 per cent of scale
range.

Controller is highly accessible
since entire mechanism can be pulled
forward out of case and every mov-
ing part removed or replaced. An-
tivibration rubber-cushioned mount-
ings can be used within case.

Vernier Control on
Transmission Units

@ Link-Belt Co., 307 North Michi-
gan avenue, Chicago, announces all
sizes of its P. I. V. gear variable-
speed transmission are now equipped
with vernier control which can be
supplied with either 7% to 1 or 30 to
1 ratio and two hand wheels—one
for direct control and the other for
vernier. Vernier control is said to

provide fine sensitivity required for
true micrometer adjustments of
speed, and to be suitable for syn-
chronizing speeds of two machines,
justifying for shrinkage and expan-
sion of such products as textiles and
paper, controlling feeders, weighing
operations, obtaining exact register,
controlling overlay of wire-covering
on wire producing machinery, etc.

Stock Reel

@ J. A. Honegger, Bloomfield, N. J.,
offers Simplex stock reel for stamp-
ing. Reel is actuated electrically by
a solenoid pulling a pawl lever to
engage a ratchet wheel attached to
reel. Pawl arm is returned to its
original position by a spring. Over-
running of stock reel is said to be
prevented by usual friction washers
on reel. Sensitive actuating mech-
anism of switch can be mounted on

a separate base or directly on reel
stand.

Pull-type feed is made possible by
sensitive counterbalanced actuating
switch in conjunction with solenoid,
for the only resistance to pull of
feed arm is friction in stripper and
weight of switch arm, a matter of
inch-ounces. Reel will handle coils
up to 200 pounds and, with a suit-
able solenoid, up to 300 pounds.

Air-Gas Control

m@ North American Mfg. Co., 2910
East Seventy-fifth street, Cleveland,
announces Air-Gas_ Ratiotrol for
control motor operation which pro-
duces an air-gas mixture of constant
proportion, making both fluids in-
terdependent while passing through
aspirator and atmospheric regu-
lator respectively. Control valve has
adjustable port that can be set to
insure effective control of air over
whole motor operating range to-
gether with an external by-pass to
furnish air at blower pressure to an
auxiliary diaphragm on atmospheric
regulator when control motor goes
to shut-off position. Force from this
diaphragm closes off all gas flow
to burners at this point, which is
said to eliminate over-riding of tem-
peratures at low temperature set-
tings.

Part of energy in air stream
aspirates gas so that a fixed rela-
tionship is in existence at all times
between quantities of the two fluids
flowing. A number of rods of differ-
ent diameters for varying area of

STEEL

nozzle and throat of aspirators are
available for each size of Ratiotrol,
so a large degree flexibility can be
obtained by _ substitution. Within
limits, changes in capacities, correc-
tions for piping resistances, etc.,
can thus be made without exchang-
ing or repiping of any equipment.

Fork Trucks

@ Baker-Raulang Co., 2168 West
Twenty-fifth street, Cleveland, an-
nounces Type KM (nontelescoping,)
and Type KMH (telescoping) fork
trucks available in capacities of 4000
and 6000 pounds and powered by 4-

cylinder Hercules industrial gasoline
engines designed for continuous op-
eration at high power output and
rubber mounted to reduce vibration.
Heavy-duty industrial-type transmis-
sion and clutch are used, gearbox
providing two speeds forward and
two reverse. Hydrauiic brakes on
drive wheels and all controls of au-
tomotive type are provided.

Lifting and tilting motions are ac-
complished by hydraulic system.
Control valves permit control of
speed at all times. Travel speeds
are normally governed to 7 miles
per hour, but higher speeds are avail-
able if desired. Lifting speeds are
up to 30 feet per minute and lower-
ing speeds to 75 feet per minute.
Forks may be had in any length de-
sired. With standard overall height
ef 88 inches and permitting entry
into a boxcar, nontelescoping truck
has a fork lift of 70 inches and tele-
scoping model up to 124 inches.

Cylindrical Grinder

@ Farrel-Birmingham Co. Inc., An-
sonia, Conn., has developed Type TT
cylindrical grinder having a travel-

January 29, 1940

ing work table, fixed grinding wheel
unit and a sensitive reversing mech-
anism which permits grinding up
to shoulder of shaft. Traveling work
table running on inverted V-ways
is superimposed on front bed. Once
set, traverse and reversal of travel-
ing work table are automatic and
require no further attention.
Handwhee!l and clutch for moving
traveling table by hand, handwheel
control for hand-feed of grinding
wheel and electric controls for rapid
in-and-out movement of wheelhead
are provided. Work table drive is
said to have steady travel and
smooth, accurate reverse. Table is
driven by an adjustable-speed re-
versing motor through a two-speed
drive with double helical gears.

Motor End-Shields
Facilitate Mounting

@ U. S. Electrical Motors Inc., 200
East Slauson avenue, Los Angeles,
offers motors with unimount end-
shields having a fiat surface to facili-
tate mounting of pumps and other

directly driven equipment and mag-
netic brakes. Shields eliminate neces-
sity for an adaptor, protect motor
and conserve space. They can be as-
sembled on either end of motor and
can be used to mount a footless
motor to a machine frame if desired.

Shields are available in a number
of standardized outside diameters,
mounting-machine fits, and _ bolt
circles, as well as unmachined so
user can fit own unit.

Moisture Teller

@ Harry W. Dietert Co., 9330 Rose-
lawn avenue, Detroit, announce
Moisture Teller taking a sample pan
3% inches in diameter and 1%
inches in depth. Bottom of pan is
made of 500-mesh mone! filter cloth.

Sample pan containing sample to
be dried is placed under heated air
outlet of device. Air, being above
steaming point of water, causes
moisture contained in sample to be
flashed to steam and blown through
bottom of pan. It is claimed sample
is dried to constant weight in one
minute for many materials.

Pan containing sample is light and

may be weighed on analytical bal
ance for accurate moisture deter-
minations. Temperature of drying
air is automatically controlled by
adjustable thermostat.

Hydraulic Flanging Press

Watson-Stillman Co., Roselle,
N. J., has developed an overhung-
gap type hydraulic flanging press to
make work accessible. Model W-S
pictured has three single-acting
moving-down cylinders of 1000, 250
and 250 metric tons capacity re-
spectively to total 1500 metric tons
rated capacity for the press.

Two pullback cylinders are of 51
metric tons capacity each, and
horizontal double-acting cylinder
has capacity of 250 metric tons ca-
pacity. Stroke of main cylinders is
59 inches; that of horizontal cylin-
der, 6 feet 7 inches. Moving platen
is 6 feet 6% inches x 8 feet 2°
inches; bottom platen is 12 feet 5%
inches x 14 feet 9 inches and horizon-
tal ram face is 19% x 24 inches.

63

NEW

@ The butterfly design rolling grille
made by Cornell Iron Works Inc.,
Thirty-sixth avenue and Thirteenth
street, Long Island City, N. Y., con-
sists of twisted metal links power-
riveted to flat spacing bars with
5/16-inch round _ rods_ running

through the perforated ears of the
links and forming the hinges. This
allows structure to coil closely over-
head around a horizontal pipe shaft
which contains the counterbalancing
springs.

Sizes up to 125 square feet are
available with hand chain or hand
crank. Electric motor drive is used
with larger sizes.

Design illustrated is made in gal-
vanized steel, aluminum, bronze,
nickel silver, or stainless steel. Lock-
ing is accomplished by chuting two
bars horizontally, waist high, into
holes in the metal side guides, com-
bined with a cylinder lock which
can be operated from either side.

@ The “Master” Hotpoint electric
water heaters of Edison General
Electric Appliance Co. Ine., 5600
West Taylor street, Chicago, feature
a new beauty of design due to elim-
ination of every unnecessary seam
or angle. Entire tank, including the

METAL

PRODUCTS

top, is finished in white Calgloss.

The rounded edges of top fit
smoothly over the body, and front
panels are absolutely smooth with-
out cracks or crevices to catch dust
and dirt. This heater is available in
30, 40 and 50-gallon sizes with Monel
or galvanized tanks, single or twin
unit type. Heating is by Calrod
hairpin unit and Thermosnap as-
sures utmost economy and auto-
matic operation.

@ An automatic control and safety
pilot for their line of gas-steam ra-
diators which is available with or
without room thermostat is an-
nounced by Automatic Gas Steam
Radiator Co., 301 Brushton avenue,
Pittsburgh. Either natural or ar-
tificial gas may be used as fuel. Con-
trol is available in both vented and
unvented types and operates auto-
matically without boiler, water
pipes, coal, ashes or janitor service.
A constant burning pilot and a posi-

tive safety pilot are incorporated. It
is impossible to obtain a flow of gas
to the burner in the absence of a
pilot flame.

Valve is actuated manually with
the reset button and pilot flame ig-
nited. Within a few seconds the
valve will remain open, but it will
snap closed in event of failure of pi-
lot flame, giving, it is claimed, 100
per cent shut-off.

@ Type MC dehumidifier combining
advantages of an air washer with
flexibility of a dry finned-coil air
cooling unit is announced by York
Ice Machinery Corp., York, Pa.
Combined effect of finned coils and
water sprays, being full air washing
with multiple finned coils similar to
those used in dry coil units, results
in efficient cooling and dehumidify-
ing. This combination also has ad-
vantage of being able to cool air
adiabatically as an air washer only,
during periods of-low wet bulb.
Since it is built up with standard
finned coil sections and panelled ex-
terior casing, this dehumidifier is
said to be easily assembled. Section-

al nature of this equipment makes a
great number of arrangements pos-
sible to fit space available and cool-
ing load to be handled.

M@ The new 2%-yard, 54-B, diesel-
powered convertible shovel, dragline,
clamshell, lifting crane of Bucyrus-
Erie Co., South Milwaukee, Wis.,
has a husky quarry-type boom, wide
outside dipper sticks, welded heavy-
duty dipper and positive independ-
ent crowd. The 54-B shovel front
end is the same type as used on the
4, 5 and 6-yard shovels, yet the ma-
chine is so compact that it comes
within clearances of most U. S.
standard gage railroads and can be
shipped without major dismantling.
Clearances are reduced and the cen-
ter of gravity lowered by combining
roller path and swing rack in the
truck frame casting.

Entire right side of the cab is
free of machinery and a roomy
cross-aisle between engine and main
machinery provides ample space for

making adjustments easily and
quickly. Ratchet type chocking
brakes provide quick free move-up
for either dragline or shovel, with
automatic locking against the push-
back of the digging action. For
dragline work on soft ground, extra-
large tapered “swamp cats” are
available.

STEEL

JC

Welded Oil Well Casing
(Concluded from Page 47)

in the second class of job procedure.
Running a welded casing con-
sumes only slightly more time than
required for threaded and coupled
casing. On the other hand, instal-
lation of a welded string requires
a smaller crew. When calculating
savings, this additional running time
is neglected as it would be offset by
the smaller crew. Thus saving due
to use of welded casing resolves it-
self into difference between cost of
plain-end casing and cost of threaded
casing minus the cost of welding.

In first case mentioned above, cost
of 2933 feet of 7-inch outside-diam-
eter 22-pound threaded and coupled
casing totaled $3095.19. Cost of
same amount of casing of plain end
type for butt welding totals $2630.90,
a saving of $464.29.

Cost of welding is figured at $57.53
including $34.80 for three welders,
$8.70 for overhead, $8.32 for weld
metal, $2.71 for cost of power, $3
for mileage of welding trucks to
and from location.

Total net saving thus is $406.76,
$5.90 per joint of casing or $0.139
per foot of casing.

In the second case where oil com-
pany hires the welding to be done,
saving on cost of pipe is same as
above, $464.29, but cost of welding
is $90, giving a net saving of $374.29,
$5.43 per joint of casing or $0.1276
per foot of casing.

Savings Greater For Larger Casing

Of course, saving per foot of cas-
ing is influenced by average length
of casing. To realize the maximum
saving, an oil company should in-
stall casing made up of joints as
long as practical as this means few-
er welds. Casing length can hardly
exceed 40 feet, however, because a
longer length cannot be pulled in an
ordinary derrick. Figuring cost of
10%4-inch, 40.5-pound casing shows
a net saving per foot of $0.2479 in
first case and $0.2247 in the second
case. This greater net saving per
foot with a larger pipe is due to
the fact that mill prices for plain
end pipe are 15 per cent less than
for threaded and coupled pipe re-
gardless of pipe size. Thus dollars
and cents saving becomes higher for
larger sizes of casing, whereas the
cost of welding does not increase
proportionately.

Figure total saving in a well. The
typical oil well in Kansas near Ellis
county utilizes 350 feet of 10%-inch
string and 3200 feet of 7-inch string,
which at $0.2247 per foot for the
first and $0.1276 per foot for the
second would total $78.65 and $408.32
respectively, a total saving per well
of $486.97.

On a deeper well requiring 1100

January 29, 1940

JOINING AND WELDING—Continued

feet of the larger diameter pipe and
3400 feet of the 7-inch string, sav-
ings are $247.17 and $433.84 respec-
tively, making a total per well of

$681.01.
Because of the increased joint
strength and savings possible, in-

creased adoption of welded casing
strings is expected. However, the
art is yet new so intensive study may
bring many improvements in the
near future.

Hard-Facing Rod

@ Haynes “93” hard-facing rod, a
new alloy welding rod for hard-
surfacing wearing parts, is an-

Typical of housings and structural work fabricated with
Genex is this portable drill rig built by Braver Machine

& Supply Co., Oklahoma City.

Co.
Car-

Stellite
Union
bide & Carbon Corp., 30 East Forty-

Haynes
unit of

nounced by
Kokomo, Ind.,

second street, New York. 20d is
recommended for severe abrasion,
accompanied by moderate impact.

Rod is of a ferrous composition
and contains more than 40 per cent
of chromium, molybdenum, cobalt

and other alloying elements. It has
a tensile strength of about 43,000

pounds per square inch and a hard-
ness, aS deposited by oxyacetylene
welding, of 62 Rockwell C. When

deposits are heat treated by heating
to 1950 degrees Fahr., and then air-
reaches

cooled, hardness 66 to 67

Rockwell C.

Easy to use, Genex Electrodes are often
employed in making small units to re-
place castings, such as this one built by
The Dorr Company, Denver.

KEEP YOUR WELDING COSTS DOWN

WITH MUREX

In marine work, Genex speeds work where lap
welds are required on bulkheads and hull plating.

A COMPLETE LINE

NtX

FOR EVERY

Investigate Thermit Welding, too—in use since 1902 for heavy repair work, crankshafts, etc.

The SPEEDY, EASY-TO-USE ALL-
POSITION ELECTRODE FOR STRAIGHT
POLARITY OR A.C. WELDING.

Designed for welding in any position...
flat, vertical, or overhead ... and to readily
bridge gaps where assembly fit-up is
imperfect, Murex Genex Electrodes have
several outstanding features which make
them highly economical in operation. They
are used at higher currents, which steps up
welding speed. They burn with less spatter;
less smoke, and so provide better visibility
of the arc and the molten pool of weld
metal. The slag is easy to remove and does
not cling to the edges of the weld, even
on heavy fillets. In multiple pass work,
beads can be deposited on top of each
other without cleaning away the slag be-
tween passes.

Send for complete information, or ask to
have a representative call and show you
what these electrodes can do.

METAL & THERMIT CORPORATION
120 Broadway, New York, N. Y.

Albany ° Chicago ° Pittsburgh
So. San Francisco ° Toronto

=
y COATED

WELDING APPLICATION

65

Shipyard Handling Unit

(Concluded from Page 44)
angular shape was made possible by
welding.

Crane machinery, control panel
and operator’s control are housed in
an all-welded steel cab located on
the rotating platform. All motors
are provided with solenoid brakes
and full magnetic controls to give
positive brake operation and accu-
rate control over crane’s movements.

Fig. 1 shows one of the 20-ton
screw-luffing cranes with the 125-
foot boom in horizontal position.
The luffing screw in this view ap-
pears at the extreme upper right
in its housing which extends from
extreme right of revolving structure
diagonally up to the top of the tri-
angular boom. In Fig. 2 the boom
has been lifted by operating the luf-
fing screw which pulls down top
corner of the triangular boom base.
The lower two corners of boom base
being pivoted, far end of the boom
thus is raised. The screw-luffing
mechanism absorbs tremendous
stresses when lifting a 20-ton load
near the end of the boom.

Triangular shape of the boom,
found most suited for the use of the
screw-luffing principle, is shown
clearly in Fig. 3. Some of the de-
tails of the unusual design employed
in fabricating this boom also are
visible in Fig. 3. Note the light yet
sturdy construction employed for
many members, formed by joining
two L-sections using small welded
crossmembers at frequent intervals.
Plate reinforcements also will be

noted at many joints.
A good view of one of the 35-foot

MATERIALS HANDLING—Continued

luffing screws and the housings for
them is shown in Fig. 4. Each screw
is motor driven, the drive of one of
the units being shown already
mounted on one of the welded steel
housings in upper center of Fig. 4.

Entire weight of the rotating
structure is supported upon a sys-
tem of rolled-steel wheels. Fig. 5
shows two of the turntables being
assembled. Hoists, trucks and other
component parts of the cranes also
are shown in this view taken on the
assembly floor of the machine shop
at Dravo Corp.’s Neville Island plant
near Pittsburgh.

Direct Rolling Of Strip

(Concluded from Page 50)
forced through it to remove heat.
Roll pressures required on these
mills are extremely light, running

only a few hundred pounds per
inch in width. Operation of this
small surfacing roll somewhat

parallels a boiler tube. As is well
known, boiler tubes operate many
months, 24 hours per day, with
temperatures from 2500 to 3500 de-
grees Fahr. on one side and with
circulating water on the other.

Most of our efforts up to the
present have been with brass. How-
ever, sample heats of copper, alu-
minum, low-carbon steel and sili-
con steel have been rolled, giving
as good results as with brass. Much
work is being done in this direction
at this time. The great difficulty
due to segregation has been elimi-
nated in brass. Gages as low as
0.015-inch have been rolled in one
operation. Strip has been rolled at

fi ‘i
EE ———

The real test of a wire rope is on the job.
There is where quality counts... there is
when claims give way to facts...and there
is where “HERCULES” (Red-Strand) Wire
Rope has proved, and continues to prove,
its exceptional value

Furnished in both Round Strand and Flattened Strand constructions

— in either Standard or Preformed Type.

MADE ONLY BY

A. LESCHEN & SONS ROPE CO.

ae oe 2

LOUIS, MISSOURI, U.S.A

wire ROPE MAKERS

KENNERLY AVENUE

5909

SAN FRANCISCO °¢ 520 Fourth Street

NEW YORK 9O West Street
cnicaGO 810 W. Woshington Bivd PORTLAND 914 N. W, 14th Avenve
DENVER 1554 Wozee Street SEATTLE 3410 First Avenve South

66

|
|
|

500 feet per minute with sufficient-
ly good gages for rerolling.

With new rolling surface de-
scribed, roll cost has become an in-
significant factor. The _ physical
properties, surface and grain struc-
ture of the various brasses are nor-
mal after a 50 per cent cold reduction
and suitable annealing. See accom-
panying micrographs. Much work
remains to be done on_ heavier
gages and on other metals and
alloys.

Industrial Illumination

(Concluded from Page 56)
nomically with RLM Dome reflec-
tors, two-way refractors, or other
conventional outdoor units mount-
ed at least 50 = feet’ high.
To facilitate work of patrolling
night watchmen, narrow-beam pro-
jectors at the corners of yards and
at 300-foot intervals will throw a
ring of light around a yard. To
avoid glare and reduced visibility,
these projectors should be pointed
in one direction only. If there is no
patrol, units may point toward each
other and the distance between
poles doubled. Same purpose may
be accomplished by placing projec-
tors on roofs and directing them to
boundaries, particularly to en-
trances near railway sidings and
other unguarded places. Light
should never be directed toward
buildings unless entire building is
well floodlighted because glare may

prevent watchmen inside building
from seeing approaching _ tres-
passers.

(To be continued)

Zinc Output Increased
Despite Larger Imports
@ Zinc production in the United

States in 1939 amounted to 538,198
net tons, an increase of 17.77 per

| cent over 1938, but 8.72 per cent

| under

}

1937. Highest monthly pro-
duction was 57,941 tons in Decem-
ber; lowest, 39,450 tons in June,
according to American Zinc Insti-
tute Inc., New York.

Reduction of 20 per cent in duty
on slab zine and zinc ore, effective
Jan. 1, 1939, caused much appre-
hension and held down domestic
production until outbreak of war
in Europe interfered with imports.
The year’s imports of slab zinc to-
taled 29,463 tons, compared with
7017 tons in 1938. Total foreign
zinc entering consumption, includ-
ing withdrawals from bond, was
59,952 tons, against 11,915 tons in
1938.

Domestic slab zinc shipments to-
taled 598,972 tons, an increase of
51.43 per cent over 1938 and 5.22
per cent over 1937. Slab = zinc
stocks in smelters’ hands Dec. 31,
1939, were 65,995 tons, compared
with 126,769 at the start of the
year.

STEEL

Steelmen Expect 10% Inerease

In Tin Plate Buying for 1940

CHICAGO
@ DOMESTIC tin plate buying in
1940 will compare favorably with
amount sold in 1939, while overall
demand may show an _ improve-
ment of 8 to 10 per cent this year,
it was indicated by steel men attend-
ing the thirty-third annual conven-
tion of National Canners associa-
tion, Canning Machinery & Supplies
association, National Food Brokers

association and numerous related
groups here, Jan. 21-26.
Sentiment of canners, largest

consumers of American tin plate,
showed improvement over a year
ago. Carry-over pack this year was
less and prices are more satisfac-
tory. Showing of tin plate sales in
1940 will be determined by crops,
and consequently, the magnitude of
the pack.

Need for increased merchandising
of canned products was stressed. Re-
tiring President Walter L. Graefe,
National Canners association said:
“The canning industry, as I see it,
has a two-fold task to perform. Its
first job is to learn what consumers
want; its second is to give con-
sumers all available information
about the industry, its problems,
its policies, and its products. I have
faith enough in the industry and
enough confidence in the character
of its products to believe that con-
sumer education will make more
and better customers for us.”

Industry Up-To-Date

With respect to the setting up of
standards and the labeling of its
products the canning industry has
kept abreast of the times and has
met the changes required with a
minimum of protest and confusion,
E. J. Cameron, director, Washing-
ton research laboratory, National
Canners association stated.

Considerable interest was aroused
by Major Paul P. Logan, army in-
dustrial college, who addressed the
canners on the war department’s
mobilization plan. During the past
15 years, he said, over 50,000 in-
dustries have been surveyed, and at
present over 10,000 factories are al-
located for wartime production.
Some of these are very large, he
pointed out, citing General Motors
as one example of a single alloca-
tion.

The amazing part of the _ in-
dustrial mobilization work, Major
Logan stated, has been the intense
spirit of patriotism of the country’s
businessmen and their unselfish and
unlimited co-operation. One large

January 29, 1940

eastern company prepared a fac-
tory plan for wartime operation
which cost them over $20,000 in en-
gineering time and actual blue-
prints.

Under the government’s alloca-
tion system the full capacity of an
industrial plant is listed at 250
points when working three shifts.

what its importance,
however, it cannot be allocated for
war production beyond 200 points.
Generally, no allocation will go be-
yond 125 points, or 50 per cent of
productive capacity, insuring con-
tinued production and sales of
peacetime products and a quicker
return to normal after the war.
Twelve industrial states east of
the Mississippi and north of the
Ohio rivers produce 66 per cent of
the nation’s manufactured prod-
ucts, but will be called on to pro-
duce 86 per cent of the war load.
Pennsylvania produces 9% per cent

No matter

The Parade of HELICALS AND
HERRINGBONES #& Industry

sj Ninety-eight more Helical and Herringbone gears are on

their way for use in industry's business of transmitting power.

Day by day Horsburgh & Scott Herringbone and Helical

gears are becoming more popular because of their greater

accuracy

greater resistance to wear. These and many

other features make them most economical, smooth and quiet

for transmitting power between parallel shafts.

Your Company Letterhead Brings a Complete 448-Page Catalog

THE HORSBURGH & SCOTT CO.

GEARS AND SPEED REDUCERS

5112 HAMILTON AVENUE e

CLEVELAND, OHIO, U. S. A.

67

but will produce 24 per cent of the
war load.

Speaking on “The Co-operative
Era in Business and Government,”
Judge J. Harry Covington, National
Canners counsel, suggested: “If the
area of governmental action is to be
kept within reasonable limits, the
industry must make an earnest and
continuing effort to solve its own
problems. Within the legally per-
missive scope of trade association
activity, much may be done. Indeed
it is essential these days that the
industry solve for itself those prob-
lems common to its members, if
the legislative solution with its regu-

lation and the consequent burdens
of governmental bureaucracy are
not to come.”

Dr. Neil Carothers, dean, school
of business administration, Lehigh
university, Bethlehem, Pa., said: “So
far as we can judge the matter now,
we should be able to avoid going to
war. If we do, what effect will the
war have on our economic situation?
The answer is that it will not very
greatly affect us either way.

“In September the whole country
seemed to think that we would have
another war boom of the feverish
and bloated type we had in 1916.
That is most unlikely. On the other

me Foundry Company is operating what is believed to

be the largest planer in the United States.

.. The

machine takes work 16 ft. 6 inches between the housings
by 14 ft. 3inches under the rail. This planer enables Erie
to effect economies in the machining of parts for large

Erie steam drop hammers...

and to offer its unusual

facilities to designers heretofore hampered by existing
planer equipment... Manufacturers

DETROIT
$35 Curt
FRANCE

needing the capacity of this big
planer are invited to consult with
the Erie F'oundry Company.

ERIE FOUNDRY CoO.

ERIE, PENNSYLVANIA, U.S. A.

s Bl

Fenwick, S.A

ig

CHICAGO INDIANAPOLIS
549 Washington Blvd 335 Postal Station Bldg
CANADA ENGLAND

John Bertram & Sons Co.,Ltd. Burton,Griffiths & Co.,Ltd

ERIE BUILDS Dependadle HAMMERS

hand, the subsiding of the little
boom last fall created widespread
fear of a war depression. That also
is most unlikely. The war will stimu-
late trade and industry in many
ways. It will kill industry and trade
in many other ways. The net bal-
ance should be in our favor.”

TNEC Steel Hearing

(Concluded from Page 18)

They have not demonstrated the
close relation that exists between
the prices of iron and steel and the
general level of prices of other
goods.”

Professor de Chazeau resumed
the stand Friday to present the jus-
tice department’s analysis made
from returns to questionnaires sent
to 59 steel companies. Study cov-
ered heavy structural shapes,
plates, sheets and strip, incorpo-
rated 18 tables for each product.

The professor said the justice
department and federal trade com-
mission undertook to study the dis-
tribution of shipments of selected
products and a more detailed ex-
amination of certain price charac-
teristics for some of them.

Project was undertaken, he said,
because no data were available for
any recent period showing geo-
graphical distribution of steel prod-
ucts nor the magnitude of such
pricing phenomena under the bas-
ing point system as freight absorp-
tion, phantom freight, mill net
prices received, extent to which
basing point formula of pricing
was observed, or relative impor-
tance of extras in steel prices.

Walter B. Wooden, assistant chief
counsel for federal trade commis-
sion, took charge of the hearing
when consideration of the basing
point system started. First steel
witnesses called were Mr. Fairless
and Avery C. Adams, U. S. Steel vice
president. Mr. Fairless asked that
he be questioned on policy and that
Mr. Adams be allowed to answer
basing point questions.

Mr. Adams told the committee the
basing point system is a_ simple
method of quoting delivered prices
which results in competition of
many geographically separated steel
producers at markets for each of
the diversified products of modern
steel mills.

It is not, he testified, a price-fixing
medium, nor does it result in high
prices, nor does it stifle price com-
petition. Rather it extends benefits
of such competition to all consum-
ers.

The U. S. Steel study prepared by
Dr. Yntema includes a_ thorough
study of the basing point system,
illustrated with charts and diagrams,
which was to be presented to the
committee.

Committee expects to conclude
the steel hearings early this week.

STEEL

Steel Consumption
Exceeds Purchasing

Orders Also Trailing
Shipments; Output

Extends Drop

@ STEELMAKING continues to moderate steadily as
backlogs shrink under the influence of a restricted vol-
ume of orders. Ingot production last week dropped
3 points to 81% per cent, with further curtailment
indicated in some districts this week.

The present situation is the direct opposite of that
prevailing last quarter, when buying was well in ex-
cess of consumption and shipments. Finished steel deliv-
eries and operations of metalworking plants are making
a much more favorable showing than is indicated by mill
bookings, but appearance of heavier orders awaits ab-
sorption of a larger share of tonnage on hand or due
against previous commitments.

One exception to this circumstance is pipe, busi-
ness in which compares favorably with that a month
ago. However, pipe did not figure in anticipatory buy-
ing last quarter to the extent that prevailed in other
products. Of note in the tubular market is placing
of 16,000 tons of line pipe by Sohio Pipe Line Co.

Likelihood is seen that buyers will restrict subse-
quent purchases more closely to early needs. Fin-
ished steel prices are steady, but higher levels are not
imminent, and while export demand gradually has
increased since last September, it appears improbable
mills will be so crowded with foreign business as to in-
terfere seriously with domestic deliveries. How soon
steel users will be required to become more active buy-
ers remains problematical, although there are expec-
tations that backlog reductions will be accompanied
by at least a moderate upturn in purchases within
another 30 days. Inquiries have appeared from some
automotive interests for additional requirements which
are counted on to be placed shortly. Ford is re-
ported preparing to buy steel for 100,000 cars, prob-
ably closing on this material next week.

Slowness with which automobile assemblies are re-
sponding to seasonal influences, which commonly result
in a downward trend at this time, reflects the generally
satisfactory situation with respect to retail sales and
dealer stocks. Motorcar production last week totaled
106,400 units, a decline of 2145 from the week be-
fore but comparing with 89,200 units a year ago.
Small gains were shown by Chrysler and Ford; inde-
pendent makers were practically unchanged and Gen-

January 29, 1946

MARKET IN

Demand

Unchanged; buying
shipments active.

Prutces.

Steady; definite
ing im scrap.

Production

Down 3 points to 812
cent.

trend

Motors for most of the reduction.

Unfavorable weather throughout the country is re-
tarding outdoor construction work and inquiries for
fabricated shapes and concrete reinforcing bars still
lag, but orders are moderately heavier. Shape awards
are headed by 3000 tons for a bridge, Jacksonville,
Fla.; 2000 tons for a TVA dam in Kentucky; 1500 tons
for a Philadelphia navy yard building; 1500 tons for
an air corps hangar, Denver, and 1050 tons for naval

depot magazines in Nevada.

eral accounted

Tin plate demand remains seasonally light, with out-
put holding at 69 per cent. Opinion expressed at the
recent convention of canners that 1940 tin plate busi-
ness will be possibly 10 per cent ahead of 1939 al-
lows for little change in domestic demand, with the
margin accounted for by improved export sales.

Pig iron shipments have receded markedly in some
areas, largely resulting from reduced needs of steel-
works and consumption of material in stock. Foundry
operations are well sustained, however, in many in-
stances comparing favorably with the December rate.
Export inquiries are heavier, particularly from Scan-
dinavian countries.

Scrap markets are slow and prices have yet to fol-
low a definite trend. The weather has been a strength-
ening factor, but this is offset by light demand from
consumers. Stronger prices at Pittsburgh, while not
indicative of the situation throughout the country,
raise the composite 21 cents to $17.59. This is the
first upturn in the composite in nearly four months.

Railroad purchases again are small. Outstanding
are orders from Chile for 21 locomotives. A few thou-
sand tons of rails have been placed by domestic roads,
but freight car buying is scant.

Most steelmaking districts curtailed schedules last
week, exceptions being unchanged rates of 80 per
cent in eastern Pennsylvania, 94 at Birmingham, 83
at St. Louis and 74% at Cincinnati. Reductions in-
cluded 4 points to 78 at Pittsburgh, 1 point to 91 at
Chicago, 16 points to 80 at Wheeling, 3 points to 67
at Buffalo, 8 points to 75 in New England, 4 points
to 87 at Detroit, 8% points to 74 at Cleveland and 6
points to 68 at Youngstown.

69

TABLOID *«

slow,

lack-

per

Jan. 27
Iron and Steel $37.09
Finished Steel 56.10
Steelworks Scrap.. 17.59

Iron and Steel Composite:
rails, alloy steel,

pipe,
strip, nails, tin plate,

hot pipe.

Jan. 20

$37.07
56.10
17.38

—The Market Week—

COMPOSITE MARKET AVERAGES

Jan.

$37

56.

17

13
.09
10
46

hot strip, and cast iron pipe at representative centers.

One Three
Month Ago Months Ago
Dec., 1939 Oct., 1939
$37.18 $37.62
56.10 55.90
13.88 21.45

One Five
Year Ago Years Ago
Jan., 1939 Jan., 1935

$36.36 $32.58

56.50 54.00

14.77 12.03

Steelworks Scrap Composite:—Heavy melting steel and compressed sheets.

COMPARISON OF PRICES

Representative Market Figures for

Finished Materia!

Steel bars, Pittsburgh

Steel bars, Chicago

Steel bars, Philadelphia

Iron bars, Terre Haute, Ind.
Shapes, Pittsburgh

Shapes, Philadelphia

Shapes, Chicago

Plates, Pittsburgh

Plates, Philadelphia

Plates, Chicago

Sheets, hot-rolled, Pittsburgh
Sheets, cold-rolled, Pittsburgh
Sheets, No. 24 galv., Pittsburgh
Sheets, hot-rolled, Gary
Sheets, cold-rolled, Gary
Sheets, No. 24 galv., Gary
Bright bess., basic wire, Pitts.
Tin plate, per base box, Pitts.
Wire nails, Pittsburgh

Semifinished Material
Pittsburgh, Chicago.
Chicago
Pittsburgh

Sheet bars,
Slabs, Pittsburgh,
Rerolling billets,

Wire rods, No. 5

to .8,-inch, Pitts.

Jan. 27, Dec.
1940 1939
2.15c 2.15¢c
2.15 2.15
2.47 2.47
2.15 2.15
2.10 2.10
2.215 2.215
2.10 2.10
2.10 2.10
2.15 2.225
2.10 2.10
2.10 2.10
3.05 3.05
3.50 3.50
2.10 2.10
3.05 3.05
3.50 3.50
2.60 2.60
$5.00 $5.00 §$:
2.55 2.55
$34.00 $34.00 §$
34.00 34.00
34.00 34.00

2.00 1.98

Oct. Jan.
1939 1939
2.15c 2.25c
2.15 2.25
2.47 2.57
2.13 2.15
2.10 2.10
2.215 2.215
2.10 2.10
2.10 2.10
2.275 2.15
2.10 2.10
2.00 2.15
3.05 3.20
3.50 3.50
2.00 2.15
3.05 3.20
3.50 3.50
2.60 2.60

5.00 $5.00

2.50 2.45
34.00 $34.00
34.00 34.00
34.00 34.00
1.92 1.92

® Jan. 27, Dec. Oct.
Pig Iron 1940 1939 1939
Bessemer, del. sila ete Sane aon $24.34 $24.34 $24.34
Basic, Valley .. : set “ewe aewo - 2250
Basic, eastern, del, Philadelphia 24.34 24.34 24.34
No. 2 foundry, Pittsburgh ...... 24.21 24.21 24.21
No. 2 foundry, Chicago 23.00 23.00 23.00
Southern No. 2, Birmingham ‘ 19.38 19.38 19.38
Southern No. 2, del. Cincinnati. 22.89 22.89 22.89
No. 2X, del. Phila. (differ. av.).. 25.215 25.215 25.215
Malleable, Valley 23.00 23.00 23.00
Malleable, Chicago Ae 8 ier 23.00
Lake Sup., charcoal, del. Chicago 30.34 30.34 30.34
Gray forge, del. Pittsburgh ; Se.47 -2a.i7 23.17
Ferromanganese, del. Pittsburgh 105.33 105.33 105.33
Scrap
Heavy melting steel, Pittsburgh $18.75 $18.50 $23.15
Heavy melt. steel, No. 2, E. Pa. 16.50 17.60 20.00
Heavy melting steel, Chicago 16.50 16.50 19.25
Rails for rolling, Chicago .... 18.75 19.75 21.90
Railroad steel specialties, Chicago 18.50 19.90 21.78
Coke
Connellsville, furnace, ovens $4.75 $4.75 $4.75
Connellsville, foundry, ovens ite 5.75 5.80
Chicago, by-product fdry., del. 10.50 10.50 10.50

STEEL, IRON, RAW MATERIAL, FUEL AND METALS PRICES

Except when otherwise designated, prices are base, f.0.b. cars.

Sheet Steel

Hot Rolled

Pittsburgh 2.10c
Chicago, Gary 2.10c
Cleveland . 2.10c
Detroit, del. ; 2.20c
Buffalo 2.10¢
Sparrows Point, Md. 2.10c
New York, del. . 2.84c
Philadelphia, del. 2.27c
Granite City, Il. 2.20c
Middletown, O. 2.10¢c
Youngstown, O. 2.10c
Birmingham 2.10c
Pacific Coast points 2.60c
Cold Rolled
Pittsburgh 3.05c
Chicago, Gary 3.05¢
PD vache es od ba vss 3.05c¢
Cleveland ae 3.05¢
Detroit, delivered 3.15¢
Philadelphia, del, ...... 3.37¢
New York, del. .. 3.39c
Granite City, Ill. 3.15¢
SS 6 a er 3.05c
Youngstown, O. ae che
Pacific Coast points.... 3.65c
Galvanized No, 24
OEP CO REC ee 3.50c
5 ars 3.50c
RS eee 3.50c
Sparrows Point, Ma. 3.50c
Philadelphia, del. ...... 3.67¢
New York, delivered .... 3.74c
Birmingham ........... 3.50c

70

Granite City, Ill.

Middletown, O.
Youngstown, O.

Pacific Coast points..
Black Plate, No. 29 anid Lighter

Pittsburgh
Chicago, Gary
Granite City,

Ill.

3.05c
3.15¢

Long Ternes No. 24 Unassorted

Pittsburgh, Gary

Pacific Coast

Enameling Sheets

Pittsburgh

Chicago, Gary..
Ill.
Youngstown, O.

Granite City,

Cleveland
Middletown,

O.
Pacific Coast...

Se ae 3.80¢

Ay eee 4.50c
No.10 No. 20
2.75¢ 3.35¢
2.75¢ 3.35c
2.85¢ 3.45¢
2.75c 3.35¢c
2.75¢c 3.35¢
2.75¢ 3.35¢
3.35c 3.95¢c

Corrosion and Heat-
Resistant Alloys

Pittsburgh base, cents per Ib.
Chrome-Nickel

Sheets
Hot strip
Cold
Straight

No.

|

No. 302 No. 304
24.00 25.00
27.00 29.00
34.00 36.00
21.50 23.50
28.00 30.00

Chromes

No. No. No.

410 430 442 446

Bars ..

.18.50 19.00 22.50 27.50

Plates ...21.50 22.00 25.50 30.50
Sheets . .26.50 29.00 32.50 36.50
Hot strip.17.00 17.50 24.00 35.00
Cold stp..22.00 22.50 32.00 52.00
Steel Plate

ei lg . 2.1N¢
New York, del. ........ 2.29¢
Philadelphia, del. 2.15¢c
Boston, delivered ...... 2.46c
Buffalo, delivered ...... 2.33¢
Chicago or Gary ...... 2.10¢
DEL fs Gs d's sas 6054 2.10¢
co | 2.10c¢
Coatesville, Pa. . 2.10c
Sparrows Point, Md. 2.10¢
ne 2.10c
BOUMMOTOWN 2 ose ccsieses 2.10¢
ST ok Esk x's 565 3% 2.45c
Pacific Coast points.... 2.60c

Steel Floor Plates

go ee 3.35¢
Fe ere ere 3.35c
eer oe 3.70c
Pacific Coast ports 3.95¢c

Standard Shapes

Pittsburgh
Philadelphia, del.
New York, del.
Boston, delivered
Bethlehem
Chicago
Cleveland, del.

Buffalo

Gulf ports ..
Birmingham
St. Louis, del.

Pacific Coast points. ys

Pig iron, scrap, billets, sheet bars, wire rods, tin plate, wire, sheets, plates, shapes, bars, black
Finished Steel Composite:—Plates, shapes, bars,

Current Week; Average for Last Month, Three Months and One Year Ago

Jan.
1939
$22.34
20.50
22.34
22.21
21.00
17.38
20.89
23.215
21.00
21.00
28.34
21.17
90.25

$15.60
13.25
13.75
17.75
16.00

$3.75
5.00
10.50

2.10¢
2.45¢
2.10¢
2.34c
2.70¢

Tin and Terne Plate
Tin Plate, Coke (base box)

Pittsburgh, Gary, Chicago $5.00
Granite City, TU.s.<..55 5 0
Mfg. Terne Plate (base bex)
Pittsburgh, Gary, Chicago $4.30
Granite: City, Th. ess isc. 4.40

Bars
Soft Steel
(Base, 20 tons or over)
SORRRMNNIR MEER 2 Pins, gi tee x's 2.15¢
Chieago or Gary ...... 2.15¢
Duluth : 2.25¢c
Cel od) 2.15¢
oo. a erenan 2.15¢
a” A eee rear 2.15¢
Detroit, delivered ...... 2.25¢c
Philadelphia, del. ...... 2.47¢c
Boston, delivered ....... 2.52¢
IOGW TOTH, GOL, .issees 2.49¢
MOORE SOE os eink ac stents 2.50¢
Pacific Coast points.... 2.75¢
Rail Steel
(Base, 5 tons or over)
PUB OUTER ons as cvie ese 2.15¢
Chicago or G@TyY ...«.. 2.15c
Detroit, delivered ...... 2.25¢
RUMI? © bes eee wan's 2.15¢
STEEL

I eee eae Rope 2.15¢c
a 2.15¢
Te WO cass es ee 2.50c
Pacific Coast points .... 2.75c
Iron
Chicago, Terre Haute . . 2.15c
Phiiiodeinhia ...< 6.62... 2.37¢
Pittsburgh, refined. .. .3.50-8.00c
Reinforcing
New Billet Bars, Base*
Chicago, Gary, Buffalo,
Cleve., Birm., Young.,
Sparrows Pt., Pitts.... 2.15c
SU NEU no 0.0 5 ee 2 50 2.50c¢
Pacific Coast ports ...... 2.60c

Rail Steel Bars, Base*

Pittsburgh, Gary Cnhi-

cago, Buffalo, Cleve-

land, Birm. 2.15¢c
2. Seta 2.50¢c
Pacific Coast ports ...... 2.60c

*Subject to a deduction of
25 cents per 100 lbs. in lots of
20 tons or over of one size, in
lengths of 30 feet or over, for
shipment at one time to one
destination.

Wire Products

Pitts-Cleve.-Chicago-Birm. base
per 100 lb.-keg in carloads

Standard and cement

coated wire nails .... $2.55
(Per pound)

Polished fence staples... 2.55¢c
Galv. barbed wire, stand-

ard 12% gage two-

point hog, 80-rod spool

$2.88; two-point cattle,

80-rod spool $2.70
Annealed fence wire. . 5, S8Se
Galv. fence wire ... 3.30c
Woven wire fencing (base

C. L. column) .... 67.00
Single loop bale ties.

(base C. L. column). 56.00
To Manufacturine Trade
Base, Pitts. - Cleve. - Chicago-
Birmingham (except spring
wire)

Bright bess., basic wire.. 2.60c
Galvanized wire 2.65c
Spring wire .. 3.20c

Worcester, Mass., $2 ‘higher on
bright basic and spring wire.

Cut Nails

Carload, Pittsburgh . $3.85
Cold-Finished Bars
Carbon Alloy
Pittsburgh 2.65¢ 3.35¢c
CHICBEO ....-5. 2.65¢ 3.35¢
Gary, Ind 2.65c 3.35¢
ee 2.70c *3.45c
Cleveland ..... 2.65c 3.35¢
melo ....5 22%. 2.65c 3.35c

* Delivered.

Alloy Bars (Hot)

(Base, 20 tons or over)

Pittsburgh, Buffalo, Chi-
cago, Massillon, Can-

ton, Bethlehem ..... 2.70c
Detroit, delivered ...... 2.80c
Alloy Alloy
S.A.E, Diff. S.A.E. Diff.
a 0.35 oS ae 0.70
mee.... .O4S 3200. . 1.35
) 1.55 | 3.80
2500: ........2.25 3400......3.20
4100 0.15 to 0.25 Mo....... 0.55
4600 0.20 to 0.30 Mo. 1.50-
IS Kwak e's 6 oie sprees 1.10
S300 0.30-1.30 Cr. ......... 0.45
5100 Cr. spring flats ...... 0.15
aS Rg Se aR ee 1.20
6100 spring flats ......... 0.835
SN EMR eoig Ava vigis.s bead ¢ 1.50
oo ky Saas 0.85
S200 spring flats.......... 0.15

9200 spring rounds, squares 0.40
Electric furnace up 50 cents.

January 29, 1940

—The Market Week—

Strip and Hoops
(Base, hot strip, 1 ton or over;
cold, 3 tons or over)
Hot Strip, 12-inch and less
Pittsburgh, Chicago,

Gary, Cleveland,
Youngstown, Middle-
town, Birmingham.... 2.10c
po | 2.20c
Philadelphia, del. 2.42c
New York, del. ...... 2.46c
Pacific Coast points.. 2.70c
Cooperage hoop, Youngs.,
Pitts.; Chicago, Birm. 2.20c
Cold strip, 0.25 carbon
and under, Pittsburgh,
Cleveland, Youngstown 2.80c
COON) onic casein 2.90¢
ie) ar 2.90c
Worcester, Mass. ..... 3.00c
Carbon Cleve., Pitts.
0.26—0.50......... «csr eee
0.51—6.75 . . 2.6.55. 4.30c
So Sa a ee 6.15¢
COMES ROOD Ss wis 50 8.35¢c

Worcester, Mass. $4 higher.
Commodity Cold-Rolled Strip

Pitts.-Cleve.-Youngstown 2.95c
Se ENS ae Se er Pe 3.05c
SIO RE Gs SNS bie os aivnn ss. 3.05c
Worcester, Mass. ....... 3.35¢

Lamp stock up 10 cents.

Rails, Fastenings
(Gross Tons)
Standard rails, mill....
Relay rails, Pittsburgh
20—100 lbs. ...... 32.50-35.50
Light rails, billet qual.,

$40.00

Pitts., Chicago, B’ham. $40.00
Do., rerolling quality.. 39.00
Cents per pound
Angle bars, billet, mills. 2.70c
DO. GMIe StOGl .. 2.45. 2.35¢c
Spikes, R. R. base ..... 3.00¢
Track bolts, base ante 4.15¢
Car axles forged, Pitts.,
Chicago, Birmingham. 3.15c
Tie plates; base ........ 2.15c

Base, light rails 25 to 60 lbs.,
20 lbs., up $2; 16 lbs. up $4; 12
lbs. up $8; 8 lbs. up $10. Base
railroad spikes 200 kegs or
more; base plates 20 tons.

Bolts and Nuts

F.o.b. Pittsburgh, Cleveland,
Birmingham, Chicago. Dis-
counts for carloads additional
5%, for full containers addi-
tional 10%.

Carriage and Machine

% x 6 and smaller ....68.5 off
Do. larger, to 1-in. ... .66 off
Do. 1% and larger..... 64 off

Tite ORE a6 ks eases 0 < Bae Ou

Stove Bolts
In packages with nuts separate
72.5 off; with nuts attached
add 15%; bulk 83.5 off on
15,000 of 3-inch and shorter,
or 5000 over 3-in.

Step bolts
Plow bolts
Nuts
Semifinished hex. U.S.S. S.A.E.

6-inch and less.. 67 70
We-i-INCHM ....63- 64 65
1% and larger.. 62 62
Hexagon Cap Screws
Upset, 1-in., smaller... .70.0 off
Square Head Set Screws
Upset, 1-in., smaller... .75.0 off
Headless set screws... .64.0 off
Piling
Pitts., Chgo., Buffalo.... 2.40c
Soy vices cs me wes 2.85¢
Pacific coast ports ...... 2.90¢
Rivets, Washers
Structural, Pittsburgh,
Cleveland, Chicago ... 3.40c

ys-inch and smaller,

Pitts., Chi., Cleve. ..65-10 off
Wrought washers, Pitts.,

Chi., Phila., to jobbers

and large nut, bolt

mfrs. l.c.l. $5.40; c.l. $5.75 off

Welded Iron,
Steel Pipe

Base discounts on steel pipe.
Pitts., Lorain, O., to consumers
in carloads. Gary, Ind., 2 points
less on lap weld, 1 point less
on butt weld. Chicago delivery
2% and 1% less, respectively.
Wrought pipe, Pittsburgh base.

Butt Weld
Steel
In. Blk. Galv
Oe iaceaes ewer 63% 54
_ ES ace 66% 58
1—3 ... 68% 60%
Iron
Wa a at owemianins 30 13
Ree 5 cbt wade 34 19
eee s le Seine 38 21%
rE ee er ee 37% 21
Lap Weld
Steel
2 61 52%
2%—3 64 55%
Bima occa k cece 66 57%
7 and 8 65 55%
9 and 10 64% 55
ii and 12 ....... @G% 54
Iron
Rae 30% 15
2%—3% 31% 17%
4 vc tase aii taacie ne 33% 21
4%—8 .......... 32% 20
9—12 ccs: (oo 15
Line Pipe
Steel
1 to 3, butt weld ...... 67 %
2, lap weld ; ats es Se
2% to 3, lap weld. “- 63
3% to 6, lap weld ...... 65
7 and 8, lap weld ...... 64
10-inch lap weld ...... 63%
12-inch, lap weld 62%
Iron
Blk. Galv.
% butt weld o. 25 7
1 and1% butt weld 29 13
1% butt weld .... 33 15%
ye a 32% 15

1% lap weld .... 23% i
2 lap weld

2% to 3% lap weld 26% 11%
4 lap weld 28% 15
4% to 8 lap weld. 27% 14

9 to 12 lap weld...23% 9

Boiler Tubes

Carloads minimum wall seam-
less steel boiler tubes, cut
lengths 4 to 24 feet; f.o.b. Pitts-
burgh, base price per 100 feet
subject to usual extras.

Lap Welded

Char-

coal

Sizes Gage Steel Iron
1%”O.D. 13 $ 9.72 $23.71
1%”0.D. 13 11.06 22.93
a” @ 3). 13 12.38 19.35
2%”0.D. 13 13.79 21.68
2%”0.D. 12 15.16 ney
2%”0.D. 12 16.58 26.57
2% ”0.D. 12 17.54 29.00
Ss” ©}. 12 18.35 31.36
3%”0.D. 11 23.15 39.81
a”. OD. 10 28.66 49.90
Ss” Od 9 44.25 73.93
eo” OD. 7 68.14 ‘

Seamless

Hot Cold
Sizes Gage Rolled Drawn
1 ”O.D. 13 $ 7.82 $ 9.01
1%”O.D. 13 9.26 10.67
1%”0.D. 13 10.23 11.79
1%”O.D. 13 11.64 13.42

a” OD. 13 13.04 15.03
2%”0.D. 13 14.54 16.76
2%”0.D. 12 16.01 18.45
2%”O.D. 12 17.54 20.21
2% ”0.D. 12 18.59 21.42
a” GXre 12 19.50 22.48
3%”0.D. 11 24.62 28.37
4 O.D. 10 30.54 35.20
4%”0.D. 10 37.35 43.04
5 O.D. 9 46.87 54.01
G > CX. 7 71.96 82.93
Cast Iron Pipe

Class B Pipe—Per Net Ton
6-in., & over, Birm..$45.00-46.0U

4-in., Birmingham .. 48.00-49.00
4-in., Chicago . 56.80-57.80
6-in. & over, Chicago 53.8U0-54.80
6-in. & over, east fdy. 49.00

Do., 4-in. 52.00

Class A Pipe $3 over Class B
Stnd. fitgs., Birm., base $100.00

Semifinished Steel
Rerolling Billets, Slabs

(Gross Tons)
Pittsburgh, Chicago, Gary,

Cleve., Buffalo, Young.,
Birm., Sparrows Point. . $34.00
Duluth (billets) cee SOO
Detroit, delivered . 36.00
Forging Quality Billets
Pitts., Chi., Gary, Cleve.,
Young., Buffalo, Birm.. 40.00
Duluth a, 42.00
Sheet Bare
Pitts., Cleveland, Young.,
Sparrows Point, Buf-
falo, Canton, Chicago.. 34.00
Detroit, delivered 36.00
Wire Rods
Pitts., Cleveland, Chicago,
Birmingham No. 5 » to 8-
inch incl. (per 100 lbs.) $2.00
Do., over 8; to #f-in. incl. 2.15
Worcester ‘up $0.10; Galves-
ton up $0.25; Pacific Coast up
$0.45.
Skelp
Pitts., Chi., Youngstown,

Coatesville, Sparrows Pt, 1.90c

Coke

Price Per Net Ton
Beehive Ovens
Connellsville, fur. $4.50- 4.75
Connellsville, fdry 5.00- 5.75
Connell. prem. fdry. 5.75- 6.25
New River fdry. 6.25- 6.50
Wise county fdry 5.50- 6.50
Wise county fur. 5.00- 5.25

By-Product Foundry

Newark, N. J., del. 11.38-11.85
Chicago, outside del. 10.50
Chicago, delivered 11.25
Terre Haute, del. 10.75
Milwaukee, ovens 11.25
New England, del. 12.50
St. Louis, del. . 11.75
Birmingham, ovens 7.50
Indianapolis, del, 10.75
Cincinnati, del. 10.50
Cleveland, del. 11.05
Buffalo, del. .. 11.25
Detroit, del. . 11.00
Philadelphia, del. 11.15

Coke By-Products

Spot, gal., freight allowed east
of Omaha
Pure and 90% benzol 16.00¢
Toluol, two degree 25.00c
Solvent naphtha 7.00c
Industrial xylol ; , 7.00c
Per lb. f.o.b. SPER iy “ana
St. Louis
Phenol (less than 1000
lbs.) : 14.75¢
Do. (1000 lbs. or over) 13.75¢c
Eastern Piants, per lb.
Naphthalene flakes, balls,
bbls. to jobbers ...... 6.75c¢
Per ton, bulk, f.o.b. port
Sulphate of ammonia . $28.00
11

Delivered prices

—The Market Week—

Pig Iron

No. 2 foundry is 1.75-2.25 sil.;

2.25 sil.; 50c diff.

Basing Points:
Bethlehem, Pa.
Birdsboro, Pa.
Birmingham, Ala.§
Buffalo
Chicago
Cleveland
Detroit
Duluth
Erie, Pa.

Everett, Mass.
Granite City, Il.
Hamilton, O.

Neville Island, Pa.
Provo, Utah
Sharpsville, Pa.
Sparrow’s Point, Md.
Swedeland, Pa. .
Toledo, O.
Youngstown, O.

below 1.75 sil.

include switching charges only as noted.

25c diff. for each 0.25 sil. above
Gross tons.
No.2 Malle- Besse-
Fdry. able Basic mer
.. .$24.00 $24.50 $23.50 $25.00
.. 24.00 24.50 23.50 25.00
. 19.38 ‘ 18.38 24.00
. 23.00 23.50 22.00 24.00
. 23.00 23.09 22.50 23.50
. 23.00 23.00 22.50 23.50
.- 28.00 23.00 22.50 23.50
.. 23.50 23.50 yaaa 24.00
.. 23.00 23.50 22.50 24.00
. 24.00 24.50 23.50 25.00
. 23.00 23.00 22.50 23.50
.. 28.00 23.00 22.50 er
-- 23.00 23.00 22.50 23.50
. Re : * hare
. 23.00 23.00 22.50 23.50
os. AO ‘ 23.50 ewe
.. 24.00 24.50 23.50 25.00
os a0 23.00 22.50 23.50
.. 23.00 23.00 22.50 23.50

tSubject to 38 cents deduction for 0.70 per cent phosphorus

No.2 Malle- Besse-
Fdry. able Basic mer
a AR: , er 23.50 23.50 23.00
St. Louis from Birmingham . 423.12 rs 22.62 pat
Bt. Paul trom Dwium .... 6.02. 25.63 25.63 26.13
7Over 0.70 phos.
Low Phos.
Basing Points: Birdsboro and Steelton, Pa., and Buffalo, N. Y.,
$28.50, base; $29.74 delivered Philadelphia.
Gray Forge Charcoal
Valley TUPAALS ...26.055 $22.50 Lake Superior fur. ..... $27.00
Poem, Gest. TUR. oc cle eis 22.50 do., del. Chicago ...... 30.34
Ce, . Sas «5 she Scararwe 26.50
+Silvery

Jackson county, O., base: 6-6.50 per cent $28.50; 6.51-7—$29.00;

7-7.50—$29.50;

7.51-8—$30.00;

8-8.50—$30.50; 8.51-9—$31.00;

9-9.50—$31.50; Buffalo, $1.25 higher.
Bessemer Ferrosilicon*t
Jackson county, O., base; Prices are the same as for silveries,

plus $1 a ton.

+The lower all-rail delivered price from Jackson, O., or Buffalo

is quoted with freight allowed.

Manganese differentials in silvery iron and ferrosilicon, 2 to 3%,
$1 per ton add. Each unit over 3%, add $1 per ton.

Refractories

Ladle Brick
(Pa., O., W. Va., Mo.)

or higher. Per 1000 f.0.b. Works, Net Prices Dry press ............. $28.00
Fire Clay Brick WIS PU 6s .osiseiees ewes $26.00
Delivered from Basing Points: Super Quality D are Se page d
Akron, O., from Cleveland . 2439 2439 23.89 2489 Pa» Mo, Ky. ...... ene ee ae
Baltimore from Birmingham . 24.78 eA 23.66 First Quality Pomteaiits. Wtuath. ant
Boston from Birmingham....... 24.12 pres § ve es Pa., Ill., Md., Mo., Ky... 47.50 ton bulk. 2 22.00
Boston from Everett, Mass...... 24.50 25.00 24.00 25.50 Alabama, Georgia ...... 47.50 net ton bags Saad Dilpeapae 26.00
Boston from Buffalo ........... 24.50 25.00 24.00 25.50 A, 52.50 ‘ade Brick ‘i 7
Brooklyn, N. Y., from Bethlehem 26.50 27.00 un bas Fj ,
Canton, O., from Cleveland. .... . 2439 2439 23.89 24.89 gy gang Net ton, f.0.b. Baltimore, Ply-
Chi a., Ill, Ky., Md., Mo... 42.75 mouth Meeting, Chester, Pa.
cago from Birmingham 123.22 aa wean’ eh Georgia, Alabama -. $4.20 .
Cincinnati! from Hamilton, O.... 23.24 2411 23.61 seine dane Cee 00 rreme Brice... . «+. $50.00
Cincinnati frem Birmingham. ... 23.06 a 22.06 en ee ek “™ Chem. bonded chrome... 50.00
Cleveland from Birmingham.... 23.32 22.82 .., Ohio Magnesite brick ..... .+ 72.00
Mansfield, O., from Toledo, O.... 24.94 24.94 24.44 24.44 First quality .......... 39.99 Chem. bonded magnesite 61.00
Milwaukee from Chicago. . 24.10 24.10 23.60 24.60 Intermediate ........... 36.10
Muskegon, Mieh., from Chicago, Second quality ........ 31.35 Fluorspar
Toledo or Detroit ve 26.19 26.19 25.69 26.69
Newark, N. J., from Birmingham 25.15 ye , a Malleable Bung Brick Washed gravel, duty
Newark, N. 7. from Bethlehem 25.53 re DIS: Coase ees $56.05 pd., tide, net ton. $25.00-$26.00
Philadelphia from Birmingham 24.46 aes 23.96 Silica Brick Washed gravel, f.o.b.
Philadetphia from Swedeland, Pa. 24.84 25.34 24.34 tate Ill., Ky., net ton,
Pittsburgh district from NevillefNeville base, plus 69c, 84c, Pennsylvania .......... $47.50 carloads, all rail. 22.00
Island a : .oseeees land $1.24 freight. Joliet, E. Chicago ..... 55.10 PG, RENO oo ce cs 22.00
Saginaw, Mich., from Detroit 25.31 25.31 24.81 25.81 Birmingham, Ala. ...... 47.50 No. 2 lump ........ 22.00
Ferroalloy Prices
Ferrumungunese, 78-82%, ee ee a 11.00c ce a oe 145.00 RMEDN BUDS Mwaierciadire wos a 14.00c
lump and bulk, carlots Do., tom-30ts ....0%.. 11.75¢ Do, contract, ton lots 145.00 te Se ee 12.50c
tide., duty pd. . $100.00 Do., less-ton lots 12.00¢ aan” aoe po 150.00 Spot %c higher
Ton bots 110.00 67-72% low carbon: ¥ © Ul, d-0% carbon,
Less ton lots 113.50 Car- Ton Less carlots, contr., net ton 157.50 Silicon Briauete, contract
Less 200 Ib. lets 118.00 loads lots ton Do, spot ............. 25050 8 ailowed. ton . $69.50
Do., carlots del. Pitts. 105.33 2% carb... 17.50c 18.25¢ 18.75c Do, contract, ton lots. 160.00 Mee Gites 79 50
Splegeleisen, 19-21% dom. 1% carb... 18.50¢c 19.25¢ 19.75¢ _ Do, spot, ton lots .... 165.00 roc. ton iots, Ib... 3.75¢
Palmerton, Pa., spot.. 32.00 9.10% carb. 20.50c 21.25c 21.75¢ Alsifer, contract carlots, _ Less 200 Ib. lots, Ib. 4.00c
Do., 26-28% .... 89.50 0.20% carb. 19.50c 20.25¢ 20.75¢ _—f.0.b, Niagara Falls, lb. 7.50c Spot %-cent higher.
Ferrosllicen, 50% freight Spot Ke higher Do, ton lots ......... 8.00c Manganese Briquets,
allowed, c.l. 69.50 Ferromolybdenum, — 55- Do, less-ton lots ..... 8.50¢ contract carloads,
Do., ton lot ..... 82.00 65% molyb. cont., f.0.b. Spot %c lb. higher bulk freight allowed,
Do., 75 per cent.. 126.00 ke re 0.95 Chromium Briquets, con- REN, see Te a 5.00c
Do, ton lots 142.00 Calcium molybdate, 1b. tract, freight allowed, PON GEONB 5552 bien oe <b 5.50¢
Spot, $5 a ton higher. molyb. cont., f.0.b. mill 0.80 Ib, spot carlots, bulk 7.00c Less-ton lots ....... 5.75¢
Silicomanganese, c.l., 2% Ferrotitanium, 40-45%, a ton lots ........ 7.50¢ Spot %c higher
per cent carbon,...... 103.00 jb, con. ti., f.0.b. Niag- + less-ton lots 7.75¢
2% carbon, 108.00; 1%, 118.00 ara Falls. ton lots... $1.23 D0» 1e88 200 Ibs. 8.00¢ Zirconium Alloy, 12-15%,
Contract ton price Do., less-ton lots .... 1.25 Spot, %c higher. contract, carloads,
$12.50 higher; spot $5 20-25% carbon, 0.10 Tungsten Metal Powder, bulk, gross ton ...... $97.50
over contract. max., ton lots, Ib..... 1.35 oo A tg eRe reresieps 102.50
Ferretungsten, stand., Ib. Do, less-ton lots..... 1.40 spot shipment, -Ib. 34-40%, contract, car-
por aerogenes: A Saet Se tlaner drum lots, lb. ....... $2.50 loads, Ib., alloy ..... 14.00¢
: Do., smaller lots , 2.60 Eh, SON MOTB. aca as cae 15.00¢
Ferrovanadium, 35 to Ferrocolumbium, 50-60%, Vanadium Pentoxid
e, Do, less-ton lots ..... 16.00c
40%, 1b., cont.. .2.70-2.80-2.90 contract, Ib. con. col., contract, lb. contained $1.10 ~
, 1b. : pot %c higher
Ferrophosphorus, gr. ton, f.o.b. Niagara Falls... $2.25 Do t 138 iit Powter
c.l., 17-18% Rockdale, Do., less-ton lots ... 2.30 Chromium Metal, 98% ; . rv a gg ig
Spot is 10c higher , %, 1.0.0. York, Pa.
Tenn., basis, 18%, $3 cr., 0.50 carbon max., 200-Ib. kegs, Ib. ...... $2.60
unitage, 58.50; electro- Technical molybdenum contract, 1b. con, Do, 100-200 Ib. lots.. 2.75
lytic, per ton, c. 1., 23- trioxide, 53 to 60% mo- | ee a 84.00e Do, under 100-lb. lots 3.00
26% f.0.b. Monsanto, lybdenum, 1b. molyb. Do., spot Gy: . 89.00c Molybdenum Oxide
Tenn., 24% $3 unitage 75.00 cont. f.0.b. mill 0.80 ggo% chrome, contract... 83.00c Briquets, 48-52% mo-
Ferrochrome, 66-70 chro- Ferro-carbon-titanium, 15- LO Seer 88.00c lybdenum, per pound
mium, 4-6 carbon, cts. 18%. ti., 6-8% carb.. Silicon Metal, 1% iron, contained, f.0.b. pro-
lb., contained cr., del. carlots, contr., net ton. $142.50 contract, carlots, 2 x Gucers-Piant ..... 5%. 80.00c
STEEL

72

—The Market Week—

WAREHOUSE STEEL PRICES

Base Prices in Cents Per Pound, Delivered Locally, Subject to Prevailing Differentials

Plates Struc- = Sheets Cold -— Cold Drawn Bars —
Soft ¥%-in. & tural Floor Hot Cold Galv. Rolled SAE SAE
Bars Bands Hoops Over Shapes Plates Rolled Rolled No. 24 Strip Carbon 2300 3100
ee eee 3.98 4.16 5.16 3.85 3.85 5.66 3.81 4.78 4.86 3.46 4.13 8.63 7.23
New York (Met.).. 3.84 3.96 3.96 3.76 3.75 5.56 3.58 4.60 5.23 $.51 4.09 8.59 7.19
Philadelphia ...... 3.85 3.85 4.35 3.55 3.55 5.25 3.55 4.55 4.75 3.51 4.06 8.56 7.16
Baltimore ........ 3.95 4.05 4.45 3.70 3.70 5.25 3.55 a 5.05 : 4.05
Norfolk, Va. ...... 4.15 4.25 3.90 3.90 5.45 8.75 i 5.40 ‘ 4.15
SS ee 3.35 3.82 3.82 3.62 3.40 6.40 4.20 4.40 4.50 3.42 3.75 8.15 6.75
Pittevuren ........ 3.35 3.60 3.60 3.40 3.40 5.00 3.35 4.75 3.35 3.65 8.35 6.95
Cleveland ......... 3.25 3.50 3.50 3.40 3.58 5.18 3.35 4.05 4.72 3.20 3.75 8.15 6.75
re . 38.43 3.43 3.68 3.60 3.65 5.27 3.43 4.50 4.84 3.40 3.80 8.45 7.05
Cincinnati ........ 3.60 3.67 3.67 3.65 3.68 5.28 3.42 4.37 4.67 3.45 4.00 8.50 7.10
See 3.50 3.60 3.60 3.55 3.55 5.15 3.35 4.30 4.85 3.50 3.75 8.15 6.75
Twin Cities ....... 3.75 3.85 3.85 3.80 3.80 5.40 3.60 4.95 5.00 3.83 4.34 8.84 7.44
Milwaukee ........ 3.63 3.73 3.73 3.68 3.68 5.28 3.48 4.43 4.98 3.54 3.88 8.38 6.98
es 3.62 3.72 3.72 3.47 3.47 5.07 3.38 4.32 4.95 3.61 4.02 8.52 7.12
Kansas City ....... 4.05 4.15 4.15 4.00 4.00 5.60 3.90 5.00 . 4.30 : ;
Mempnis.........». 890 4.10 4.10 3.95 3.95 5.71 3.85 .: 5.25 p 4.31
Chattanooga ... .. 3.80 3.90 3.90 3.85 3.85 5.68 3.65 ; 4.40 F 4.39
Tulsa, Okla. ...... 4.44 4.54 4.54 4.33 4.33 5.93 4.24 ae 5.71 wi 4.69
Birmingham ...... 3.50 3.70 3.70 3.55 3.55 5.58 3.4 > ; £75 1.43
New Orleans ...... 4.00 4.10 4.10 3.80 3.80 3:75 3.85 7 4.80 5.00 4.60
Houston, Tex. ..... 4.05 6.20 6.20 4.05 4.05 5.75 4.20 ; §.25
a 4.00 4.00 5.35 3.40 3.50 5.75 3.95 6.50 4.75 5.75
Portland, Oreg..... 4.25 4.50 6.10 4.00 4.00 5.75 3.95 6.50 4.75 . 5.75 ; ;
Los Angeles ...... 4.15 4.65 6.45 4.00 4.00 6.40 4.30 6.50 5.25 ; 6.60 10.65 9.80
San Francisco..... 3.50 3.70 6.00 3.35 3.35 5.60 3.40 6.40 5.15 ; 6.80 10.65 9.80
--S AE Hot-rolled Bars (Unannealed)—~ BASE QUANTITIES
1035- 2300 3100 4100 6100 Soft Bars, Bands, Hoops, Plates, Shapes, Floor Plates, Hot

1050 Series Series Series Series Rolled Sheets and SAE 1035-1050 Bars: Base, 400-1999 pounds,
except 0-1999 pounds (hot rolled sheets only) in New York;

Boston ; iii 4 7.50 6.05 5.80 7.90 300-1999 pounds in Los Angeles; 400-39,999 (hoops, 0-299) in
New York (Met.)... 4.04 7.35 5.90 5.65 oe San Francisco; 300-4999 pounds in Portland, Seattle: 400-14,999
Philadelphia ..... 4.10 7.31 5.86 5.61 8.56 pounds in Twin Cities; 400-3999 pounds in Birmingham.
Baltimore ........ 4.10 aes wate eas maces Cold Rolled Sheets: Base. 400-1499 pounds in Chicago, Cin-
Prerrorm, Va ....... ar ee ane eee + cinnati, Cleveland, Detroit, New York, Kansas City and St.
Louis; 450-3749 in Boston: 500-1499 in Buffalo; 1000-1999 in Phila-
EA escene 3.55 7.10 5.65 5.40 7.50 delphia, Baltimore; 300-4999 in San Francisco, Portland; any quan-
PaeesoUurgn ........ 3.40 7.35 5.95 5.50 7.60 tity in Twin Cities; 300-1999 in Los Angeles.
Cleveland ......... 3.30 7.30 5.85 5.85 7.70 ea gy Sst Sheets: ae. nag — hoa New York, 150-1499
eae) iP os eo ae : 5. 5. pounds in Cleveland, Milwaukee, Pittsburgh, Baltimore, Norfolk;
oni con co ae wee as 150-1049 in Los Angeles; 300-4999 in Portland, Seattle, San Fran-
iy aay : 3 , ‘ . cisco; 450-3749 in Boston; 500-1499 in Birmingham, Buffalo, Chi-
Chicago ........... 3.70 7.10 5.65 5.40 7.50 cago, Cincinnati, Detroit, St. Louis, Tulsa; 1500 and over in Chat-
Y tanooga, Philadelphia; any quantity in Twin Cities; 750-1500 in
Twin Cities ... ... 3.95 7.45 6.00 6.09 8.19 P aeemeen bers Saerk a i
Kansas City; 150 and over in Memphis.
Milwaukee ....... 3.83 7.33 5.88 5.63 7.73 Cold Rolled Strip: No base quantity; extras apply on lots
ee eee 3.82 7.47 6.02 5.77 7.87 of all size.
= i = Cold Finished Bars: Base, 1500 pounds and over on carbon.
Seattle ........... an ER 8.00 7.85 8.65 except 0-299 in San Francisco, 1000 and over in Portland, Seattle;
Portland, Oreg. ... 5.70 8.85 8.00 7.85 8.65 1000 pounds and over on alloy, except 0-4999 in San Francisco.
Los Angeles ...... 4.80 9.40 8.55 8.40 9.05 SAE Hot Rolled Alloy Bars: Base, 1000 pounds and over, except
San Francisco..... 5.00 9.65 8.80 8.65 9.30 0-4999, San Francisco; 60-1999, Portland, Seattle.

CURRENT IRON AND STEEL PRICES OF EUROPE

Dollars at Rates of Exchange, Jan. 25

s 4 . .
Export Prices f.o.b. Port of Dispatch— Domestic Prices at Works or Furnace—
By Cable or Radio Last Reported
Continental Channel or nate a R
North Sea ports, chick nisi ;
gross tons £sd Francs Francs §Mark
British **Quoted in . . . - -~ . P pa 5 4
" “ , y 9 ? 5 § ) ) 2
_ Bross tons Quoted in gold pounds Fdy. pig iron, Si. 2.5. $21 ‘ , 8 O(a) S17. 81 $27.1 eae ° =f ®
K. ports dollars at sterling Basic bess. pig iron 19.25 5 1 6 24.41 20 27.94 (b)69. 50
£sd_ current value £sd Furnace coke.. Ve a 5.09 225 10.51 10 7.64 \'
foundry, 2.50-3.00Si... $23.94 6 00 $29.82 3 100 Billets....... 33.42 8 ¢ 5.58 1,13 29:3 860 8.79 6. 50
_— bessemer.. aa At ae 19.59 2 60 Standard rails. ... 1.8le 10 30 1.55¢ 1,545 2.06c¢ 1,375 2 38¢ 132
: 6 3 > _—
ematite os. 3 Merchant bars 2.28c¢ 12 16 Of L.43c 1,434 O¢ I 1.98 110
Billets..... OE ER F UTS $31.95 3150 Structural! shapes 2.03c 11 8 OFF 1.40c 1,39 OF 1,37 1.9 107
Wire rods, No. 5 gage 45.39 11 76 61.34 7 40 Plates, t}4-in. or 5
mm.. 2.05c¢ 11 10 6Tt 1.82c 1,81 2.42 16 127
Standard rails......... $37.90 9100 $48.99 5 15 0 S} ioc ) ot 16 268 > 1Se 2.154% 7 95 1.9004 59 144t
Merchant bars. . a 2.18c 12 $0 2.91c 7130 sap iiteralptartaecal oor Ee Oe ae + : tt '
Structural shapes. . L270 ae 2.0 2.92¢ 7 136 Sheets, zalv., corr., 24 a
Plates, t#4 in. or 5mm. 2.1lc 11 17 6 3.75¢ 9176 ga. or 0.5 mm. 3.32c 18 12 6 2.85c 2,850 $.58c¢ 3,050 6.66¢ 370
meron black, 24 gage ae ss ; ‘ Plain wire....... 320c 18 OO 2.00c 2.000 3 Wx 2.000 2 ie 473
- 2.78c 15 12 6 3.52 rT sy . . “ a i - ‘ i ‘ a
Sheets, eal., 24 ga. corr. 3 23 18 26 4 62 24 0 Bands and strips 2.4lc 15 11 OFF = 1.59e 1,588 2.18c 1,450 2.29¢ 1.
Bands and strips...... 2 18c 12 50 2.77¢ 7 60 TtBritish ship-plates. Continental, bridge plates. §24 ga. tl to 3 mm. basic price
Plain wire, base....... 3.47¢ 19 10 0 3. 04e § 00 NEL EI a FN NE I , ; Ren ae
Galvanized wire, base. . 4.1l4c 23 5 0 3.6lc to 3.66¢ 910009 126 ritish quotations are for basic oper-hearth steel. Continent usually for basic-bessemer steel.
Wire nails, base. 3.52c 9 50 (a) del. Middlesbrough. 5s rebate to approved customers. (b) hematite. °Close annealed.
Tin plate, box 108 Ibs. $6.28 1116 ttRebate of 15s on certain conditions.
British ferromanganese $100.00 delivered hilnatie wsteniah Siitialels **Gold pound sterling not quoted. §§I.ast prices, no current quotations.

January 29, 1940 73

Corrected to Friday night.

—The Market Week—

IRON AND STEEL SCRAP PRICES

Gross tons delivered to consumers, except where otherwise stated; tindicates brokers prices

HEAVY MELTING STEEL Buffalo » WSO BEO0 BURBlO nw cece 17.50-18.00 Eastern Pa. ....... 23.00-23.50
Birmingham, No. 1. 16.50-17.00 Chicago 10.00-10.50 Chicago ........... 16.25-16.75 St. Louis, 14-3%”.. 17.50-18.00
30s. dock No. 1 exp. 15.00-15.50 Cincinnati, dealers.. 6.50- 7.00 Cleveland ......... 21.00-21.50 CaR WHEELS
New Eng. del. No. 1 15.50 Cleveland, no alloy. 10.50-11.00 Pittsburgh ........ 22.00-22.50 Birmingham, iron .. 19.00-20.00
Buffalo, No. 1 . 17.00-17.50 Detroit ........ +7.50- 8.00 St. Louis . 16.00-16.50 Roston dist., iron . . +14.50-15.00
Buffalo, No, 2 . 15.00-15.50 pong Pa. IZUOCGRBO BOGTIO ..wsscrecce 18.00-18.50 Buffalo, steel ...... 21.50-22.00
Chicago, No. 1 16.50 ‘os Angeles _4.00- 5.00 eROGS. SWITCHES Chicago, iron ...... 17.00-17.50
Chicago, auto, no New York 7.00 7.25 eee 16.00-16.50 Chicago, rolled steel 18.50-19.00
alloy -.... 15.00-15.50 Fittsburgh ap tiees - e e 15.50-16.00 Cincin., iron, deal... 17.00-17.50
Chicago, No. 2 auto 13.00-13.50 St. Louis ..... 7.50- 8.00 Eastern Pa., iron .. 20.00-20.50
Cincinnati dealers 14.00-14.50 San Francisco 5.00 ARCH BARS, TRANSOMS : Eastern Pa., steel.. 22.00-22.50
Cleveland, No. 1 17.00-17.50 Toronto, dealers GO BU eee oe ca ces 15.50-16.00 Pittsburgh, iron . 19.50-20.00
Cleveland, No, 2 16.00-16.50 Valleys ....... 11.50-12.00 PIPE AND FLUES Pittsburgh, steel .. 23.00-23.50
Detroit, No. 1 -118.00-13-50 SHOVELING TURNINGS Chicago, net 11.00-11.50 St. Louis, iron ..... 16.75-17.25
: age mane Sse ‘ A. s : Serer : ;
ae wei: ae ee 13.50-14.00 Cincinnati, dealers.. 11.00-11.50 St. Louis, steel .... 17.00-17.50
raste a., No. 7.50-18. mnie S )
Eastern Pa., No. 2 oe cen 10001050 RAILROAD GRATE BARS NO. 1 CAST SCRAP
Federal, Il. .. 14.00-14.50 Gye aan te” 12.00-12.50 Birmingham ....... 16.00
te C1 > - 559 Chicago, spel, anal. 12.50-13.00 Gricago. net 10.50-11.00 Boston, No. 1 mach. 715.00-15.25
Granite City, R. R.. 15.00-15.50 Detroit ........ +9.50-10.00 OA TIE kar . J
Granite City, No. 2. 14.00-14.50 pitts alloy-free 1400-1450 Cincinnati, dealers.. 9.00- 9.50 N. Eng. del. No. 2.. 14.00-14.50
Los Angeles, No. 1.. 16.00-16.50 AOE y ‘ eee as Easter Pa. ....... 15.00 N. Eng. del. textile 18.25-18.75
Los Angeles, No, 2.. 15.00-15.50 BORINGS AND TURNINGS New York .....412.00-12.50 Buffalo, cupola .... 17.00-17.50
L. A., No. 1 f.a.s. 17.00-18.00 For Blast Furnace Use ae 11.50-12.00 Buffalo, mach. . 18.00-18.50
be hn 30, 3 E08... eee nae «| haeaaee en embORe Cascaae, auto met. 1860-2080
2a a — we 5 + apc Cin ~ m ti, deale 5.00- 5.50 Birmingham ....... 15.00 er nig railroad net 14.00-14.50
Pitts., No, 1 (R. R.). 19.50-20.00 Cincinnati, dealers.. 5.00- 5. Sethi? ihehiies $9.80.20.00 Seago, railroad m oc eeae
Pittsburgh, No. 1 18.50-19.00 Cleveland 11.00-11.50 report eh Pa No. 1 18,00-18.50 Chicago, neg a an nea
Pittsburgh, No. 2 16.50-17.00 eg Pa, ro Sir ogy pach lll myerped ianein. wane, Bot 7 omy ig
St. Louis, R. R. BAe Se tes 00- 5. at te in 2 5 oR an I , + a
St. Louis, No. 2 14.50-15.00 New oy ee ¥7.00- 7.50 St. Louis, No. 2..... 15.00-15.5 ae ewoele, et rated
San Francisco, No. 1 16.50-17.00 Pittsburgh 12.00-12.50 FORGE FLASHINGS gral . o_ Seen a. 16.00-16.50
San Francisco, No. 2 15.50-16.00 Toronto, dealers 6.00 Boston district #11.25-11.50 “ pom . 17.00-17.50
Seattle, No. 1 ..... 1650-1550 axtz TURNINGS RN areas as eves 15.00-15.50 rc. Avehies ...”.. 1550-1600
Toronto, dirs., No. 1 es 11.00 Buffalo 17.00-17.20 Cleveland 16.00-16.50 ithebareth wmpeli. ; 18.50-19.00
Valleys, No. 1 17.50-18.00° Boston district .... +9.50-10.00 Detroit ...... .» + -1200-1250 2) Eranciseo ” 35,50-16.00
COMPRESSED SHEETS Chicago, elec. a 2° nt eS yn yok. 16.50-17.00 oN es -_ 16.00-16.50
Buffalo, new one Se Se wee. ter... See, weewemar St. Louis, breakable 14.00-14.50
Chicago, factory 15.50-16.00 Terman he. 6.00- 6.50 Boston district +7.00 St. Louis agri. mach. 17.00-1 7.50
Chicago, dealers 14.00-14.50 RRS aa is ‘ : Chicago, heavy . 19.00-19.50 St. L., No. 1 mach... 17.50-18.00
Cincinnati, dealers.. 13.50-14.00 CAST TRON BORINGS =) LOW PHOSPHORUS San Francisco ..... 16.00-17.00
Cleveland 16.50-17.00 Birmingham tee 8.50 Toronto, No. 1.
Detroit +13.50-14.00 Boston dist. chem... 79.00- 9.25 Cleveland, crops ... 22.50-23.00 mach., net dealers 15.50
E. Pa., new mat. 18.00 Buffalo 11.00-11.50 Eastern Pa., crops. . 22.00-22.50
:. P 00-14.50 Chicago .. 9.50-10.00 Pitts., billet, bloom, HEAVY CAST
E. Pa., old mat. 14.00-14.! BUC 4 ait dist. break. .+15.00-16.00
Los Angeles 13.50-14.00 Cincinnati, dealers.. 5.00- 5.50 slab crops ...... 24.50-25.00 aac “ae set <i ap pp
> “9 3 5()- Cleveland 11.00-11.50 ss s ew g , tee “UU-to.
> Sen tae ce DRUGS Fs cise vin +7.50- 8.00 LOW PHOS. PUNCHINGS _—__ Buffalo, break ..... 15.00-15.50
ne no A etry FE. Pa., chemical 14.50-15.00 Buffalo .........-. 20.00-20.50 Cleveland, break, net 15.25-15.75
San. RESRCIERO ee Steer’ Waite +7.00- 7.50 Chicago ........... 19.00-19.50 Detroit, auto net... +15.50-16.00
— pea et tots .......... @00- 650 Cv@ané ......... 18.50-19.00 Detroit, break .....+11.00-11.50
BUNDLED SILEETS Toronto, dealers... 6.00 Eastern Pa. -. 22.50-23.00 Eastern Pa. ..... 18.00
Buffalo, No. 1 15.00-15.50 : Pittsburgh - 22.50-23.00 Los Ang., auto, net. 14.50
Buffalo, No. 2 13.00-13.50 RAILROAD SPECIALTIES —_ Seattle ............. 15.00 New York break. . .+14.50-15.00
Cleveland 13.50-14.00 Chicago ........... 18.25-18.75 Detroit ........... 713.75-14.25 pittsburgh, break .. 16.00-16.50
x z 3.50-17 ANGLE B: STEEL
ha geo eae eee RAILS FOR ROLLING STOVE PLATE
natn e > agli ap ery os 5 feet and over Birmingham 11.00
Toronto, dealers 9.75 ~~ —— bias oh 15.50-16.00 Birmingham ....... 17.50 ny OO “411.00-11.50
SHEET CLIPPINGS, LOOSE SPRINGS on enon eq BOSTON «+e sees eee 715.75-16.00 Buffalo 13.50-14.00
Chicago ....... 10.50-11.00 Buffalo ; 20.00-20.50 Chicago ....++. 18.50-19.00 Chicago, net ...... 9.00- 9.50
Cincinnati dealers 9.50-10.00 Chicago, coil 19.50-20.00 New York ........ +17.50-18.00 Cincinnati, dealers.. 9.00- 9.50
Detroit '9,25- 9.75 Chicago, leaf .. 18.00-18.50 Eastern Pa. . 21.50-22.00 Detroit, net ....... +9.00- 9.50
St. Louis 9.50-10.00 Eastern Pa. hi 23.00 Bt. Boule. ss .5.6.. 18.00-18.50 astern Pa. 15.00
Toronto, dealers 9.00 Pittsburgh - 23.00-23.50 = New York, fdy...... 13.00
St. Louis ...... 17.25-18.50 STEEL CAR AXLES St. Louis 11.50-12.00
BUSHELING STKE ss Birmingham ...... 19.00-20.00 7
Birmingham, No. 1 1400 Birmingham” '17.80-18.00 Boston district ....t16.00-16.50 Teronto — = _—
Buffalo, No. 1 15.00-15.50 Buffalo 2900-2950 Chicago, net 20.50-21.00 amacreape 4 “_" —
Chicago, No. 1 15.00-15.50 ‘ i : aan ppt Eastern Pa. re 22.00 Birming am, . os @
ea . = , Chicago (3 ft.) .. 19.00-19.50 — Ns = New England, del 20.00-21.00
Cincin., No. 1, deal. 11.50-12.00 is nin ome > ¢ Bt. MOUS ©. cen SB0HI9 OO: + uNngle , . a.
Cincinnati, No, 2 5.00- 5.50 Chicago (2 ft.) 19.50-20.00 Buffalo wees. 1700-1750
; -_ ag sees perige ‘incinnati, dealers. . 20.50-21. Thi 3
Cleveland, No, 2 11.50-12.00 on err gs dealers Rs ae 4 LOCOMOTIVE TIRES Chicago, R. R, ..... 18.50 19.00
Detroit, No. 1, new.t12.50-13.00 +; ie ee Chicago (cut) ..... 19.00-19.50 Cincin., agri., deal. . 14.00-14:
halhonee ot ae ee ae Pitts., 3 ft. and less 23.00-23.50 * Nee fgets! Cleveland. rail _ 22.50-23.00
hg + ea l gn gett St. Louis, 2 ft. & less 19.50-20.00 St. Louis, No. 1 16.50-17.00 pashan Pa. RR. 21.50-22.00
a °° STEEL RAILS, SCRAP SHAFTING Los Angeles ....... 12.50
MACHINE TURNINGS (Long) Birmingham ....... 15.50 Boston district ....+18.50-18.75 Pittsburgh, rail .... 20.50-21.00
Birmingham 6.00 Boston district ....+14.00-14.50 New York ......... 718.00-18.50 St. Louis, R. R, .... 16.50-17.00
Ores Eastern Local Ore Swedish low phos. 14.00 Manganese Ore
Including war risk but not

Lake Superior Iron Ore

Gross ton, 51% %
Lower Lake Ports

Old range bessemer $5.25
Mesabi nonbessemer..... 4.95
High phosphorus ........ 4.85
Mesabi bessemer ........ 5.10
Old range nonbessemer.. 5.10

74

Cents, unit, del. E. Pa.

Foundry and basic

56-63%, contract. 9.00-10.00

Foreign Ore
(Prices nominal)
Cents per unit, c.i.f. Atlantic
Manganiferous ore,
45-55% Fe., 6-10%

Mn, 14.00-15,00

North African low

ENCE Sn x clive Roatan 14.00
Spanish, No. African

basic, 50 to 60%.. 14.00
Chinese wolframite,

short ton unit,

5 fe rae $23.75-24.00
Scheelite, imp. ....$24.00-25.00
Chrome ore. 48%

gross ton, c.i.f. . .$26.00-28.00

duty, cents per unit cargo lots.
Caucasian, 50-52%.. 48.00-50.00
So. African, 50-52% 48.00-50.00

Indian, 49-50% , nom
Brazilian, 48-52%.. 46.00-48.00
Cuban, 50-51%, duty free 61.20
Molybdenum
Sulphide conc., per
lb., Mo. cont.,
mines =e $0.75
STEEL

—The Market Week—

Sheets, Strip

Sheet & Strip Prices, Page 70, 71

Pittsburgh—Sheet and strip speci-
fications have moderated somewhat,
and open spaces are beginning to
appear in backlogs. Business is
about 50 per cent of capacity. Sheet
mills are operating near 75 per
cent of total capacity, indicating
active units are at 85 to 90. Some
automotive inquiries have been re-
ceived, but as yet there is little in-
dication of the extent of spring
purchases. Pressure for lower
prices on automotive sheets so far
has been slight.

Cleveland—Orders have made lit-
tle progress toward catching up
with shipments, but better business
from automotive interests is in
early prospect. Absorption of ton-
nage remaining to be_ shipped
against old commitments also will
be followed by renewed buying on
the part of many users, since con-
sumption continues relatively active.
Deliveries are improving steadily,
with shipments still heavy.

Chicago — Sheet and strip buy-
ing is steady but comparatively
light. Heavier orders are looked | @ Shaft 57 feet long, largest diameter 11% inches, weight 17,300 pounds

for within the next two to three — forged and rough machined by Standard Steel Works Company.
weeks. Automotive and farm equip- |

|
|
ment requirements continue substan- |
tial. Additional automotive orders |
are expected to be placed within a |
few weeks. S

Boston—Narrow strip mill opera- | TANDARD 1S equipped to pro-

tions continue near capacity, with |

orders close to 65 per cent of ship- | d l f ‘ d °
ments. Demand, following recent uce stee orgings an castings
improvement in buying, has leveled |

off. Although makers of automo- | of any size and shape to suit

bile parts are well stocked in many

instances, there has been some gain

in business from the automotive your requirements. eee The steel

trade. Sheet buying is slow, con- |

sumers and distributors operating : - ;

largely on inventories. | used in Standard’s forgings and
New York — Specifications from

electric refrigerator manufacturers

are being stepped up, and in gen-

eral sheet consumption is still ac-

tive. Manufacturers’ stocks, as a :

ak aa ae teeta: Gitieny produced in our own furnaces

stocks, however, are fairly sizable.

Mill deliveries are easier at around under close metallurgical control.

four weeks in most cases, both with

respect to hot and cold-rolled sheets.

castings is acid open hearth,

Narrow cold strip demand has
close to 65 per cent of shipments
on books to hold production for
sheet deliveries average arouna | THE BALDWIN LOCOMOTIVE ORKS

leveled off, following recent slight
improvement in buying. Orders are CASTINGS @© FORGINGS © WELDLESS RINGS ® WROUGHT STEEL WHEELS
which are heavy. Mill operations |
eee STANDARD STEEL WORKS CO
logs are lower, enough tonnage is | <3
yt
several weeks at least. | Subsidy of, } A I
Philadelphia—Both hot and cold =

W THE BALDWIN
four weeks. Where _ galvanized |
sheets can not be had in stock, de- P H | L A D E L b H A

January 29, 1940 75

liveries are offered in about four to
five weeks. Certain specialties are
even more extended. Casket mak-
ers, now at the height of their pro-
duction season, are consuming con-
siderable tonnage of long ternes,
practically all against orders placed
last fall, at which time deliveries
were far extended. In general, sheet
demand is a little more active; how-
ever, shipments still substantially
exceed orders.

Buffalo—The lag in buying so far
had not had any serious effect on
production. Heavier orders are ex-
pected soon, with the automotive
industry counted on for renewed
purchasing early in February.

Cincinnati Sheet business is up
to about 55 per cent of capacity,
compared with shipments of 80 per
cent or better. Automotive purchas-
ing reflects heavy commitments
made last quarter, but inquiries
point to better buying in February
and March.

St. Louis—-While producers have
been cutting heavily into unfilled
orders, production is maintained
at the best rate in recent months.
Deliveries are much freer, and there
has been a moderate lag in specifi-
cations from certain consumers.
Some new bookings are reported,
principally in enameling _ stock,
black and galvanized.

Toronto, Ont.—-Sheets continue in

active demand. Shipments are
heavy against contract but no
sheets are available for spot ship-
ment. Producers are confirming
current prices to the end of the

quarter, but beyond March are stip-
ulating price on delivery. First
half bookings are heavy.
Detroit—Ford Motor Co. is re-
ported preparing to buy steel for
100,000 cars, probably placing or-
ders next week. Orders have been
light for several weeks, and while
backlogs can sustain active mill
operations a few more weeks, some
concern is being expressed over
failure of new business to develop,
especially in sheets and strip. Re-
ports circulated here of price con-
cessions on certain sheet grades
arose out of misinterpretation of
the spread maintained by hand mills
under continuous mill products.

Plates

Plate Prices, Page 70

Boston—-Plate buying is light and
spotty, less-car-lot orders predomi-
nating. Deliveries have improved
and on more common widths of
medium black plates are back to
normal. Specified projects, includ-
ing tanks, are few. Boiler and struc-
tural shops buy in small lots only.

76

—The Market Week—

Railroads have not materially in-
creased specifications, but shipbuild-
ing requirements tend upward.
Miscellaneous industrial orders are
light.

Philadelphia—Orders are 50 to 60
per cent of shipments, with deliv-
eries now available within a week
to ten days in most cases. Ship
releases are rather light. Pusey &
Jones, Wilmington, Del., still are
negotiating on about 5500 tons of
steel for two maritime commission
boats now on order. New York
Shipbuilding Corp., Camden, N. J.,
is figuring on two cruisers, on
which bids close late this month
and which require several thousand
tons of steel.

San Francisco — No award has
been made On 2000 to 5000 tons for a
wind tunnel at Moffett Field, Calif.,
on which Consolidated Steel Corp. is
low. Awards totaled 11,800 tons,
bringing the aggregate to date to
12,180 tons, compared with 2678 tons
for the same period a year ago. Bids
are expected to be called for soon
on 6000 tons for replacement work
in connection with a Los Angeles
aqueduct.

Toronto, Ont.—Inquiries are _ in-
with mills booked well

creasing,
forward. Specifications for ship
plates are expected soon. Canadian

plants will not be able to handle
all the orders on this account, and
there now seems to be some doubt
that any large tonnage will be
available from Great Britain, thus
most orders will go to the United
States. Plate mills are operating
at capacity.

Plate Contracts Placed

650 tons, three oil barges, afloat, Ohio
river, Standard Oil Co. of Ohio, to
Dravo Corp., Pittsburgh.

Bars

Bar Prices, Page 70

Cleveland—Orders continue rela-
tively light and are insufficient to
prevent a further recession in back-
logs. Delivery occasionally is a
factor in placing spot business, but
in most cases buyers have com-
fortable inventories and are not
pressing for shipment. Unfilled
tonnages and active consumption
point to a comparatively heavy

movement of bars through the
quarter.
Boston -— Leading consumers of

carbon steel bars continue to op-
erate largely on inventories, and
new buying is slow. Jobbers’ speci-
fications are also lighter, ware-
houses filling a substantial part of
current demand. Consumption is
well maintained, however. Dull-
ness in alloys is less apparent, with

deliveries on some sizes and fin-
ishes still close to six weeks. Ma-
chine tool builders, forgers of small
tools and airplane shops are active
consumers of alloys.

Chicago-—- Bar production con-
tinues heavy, but buying shows no
improvement at about 50 per cent
of shipments. Automotive and farm
equipment requirements are out-
standing. Little change in demand
is thought likely until next month.
Meanwhile deliveries are improv-
ing as backlogs shrink.

New York—Most sellers of car-
bon bars are quoting deliveries in
about three weeks, schedules being
generally better. Consumption con-
tinues active and there is still pres-
sure for shipment. Cold-drawn bars
are available in three to four weeks,
with schedules on alloy bars more
extended.

Philadelphia Commercial bar
shipments are now available from
several mills in two or three weeks;
certain sellers, however, still can-
not do much under four to five
weeks. Consumption is reasonably
well sustained on practically all
grades. Small forgers are busy in
production of hand tools and other
equipment, while most of the large
forgers are well engaged in ship
work.

Buffalo-— Backlogs provide the
chief support to bar mill opera-
tions. A few inquiries are appear-
ing, but buying holds below ship-
ments. Orders on hand and in
prospect are expected to continue
active production through the quar-
ter.

FO
Pipe Prices, Page 71

Pittsburgh — Pipe orders so far
this month are close to the rate a
month ago. Increased demand for
oil country goods has offset declines
in mechanical and pressure tubing
and orders for standard pipe have
reappeared after suspension during
the inventory period. Unfavorable
weather, restricting construction
work, has affected standard pipe de-
mand somewhat. Prices are steady
except for occasional weakness in
some resale markets.

Boston—Dullness in the building
industry is reflected in slow de-
mand for small-diameter steel pipe.
Plumbing supply purchases are lim-
ited to fill-in needs. Resale prices
in some districts are subject to
minor discounts. Cast pipe inquiry
is down seasonally. While a few
municipalities are beginning to esti-
mate spring requirements, most
small towns will not enter the mar-
ket until after the town meeting

STEEL

period, when appropriations are
made.

Cleveland—Business_ in_ tubular
products is fairly active, being bet-
ter sustained than in the average
of other steel commodities. This
situation reflects the absence of
anticipatory buying last fall to the
extent prevailing in bars, sheets,
etc. Outstanding in oil company
purchases is the placing of about
16,000 tons of 12%-inch pipe for an
oil line to be laid in Illinois and
Indiana for Sohio Pipe Line Co.

Seattle—Inquiries are developing
slowly and no large projects are out.
Seattle has received bids for 135 tons
of 16-inch cast iron. Spokane is in
the market, bids Feb. 1, for 200 tons
of 36-inch cast iron pipe, valves,
hydrants and 41,000 feet of copper
service pipe. Heppner, Oreg., opened
bids Jan. 27 for 4000 feet pre-calked
cast iron pipe, alternate black steel
pipe.

San Francisco —- Some improve-
ment in demand for cast iron pipe
is noted and movement of carload
lots is normal. No awards of size
were reported and so far this year
1027 tons have been placed as com-
pared with 1755 tons for the corre-
sponding period in 1939.

Steel Pipe Placed

16,000 tons, 12%-inch line pipe, 150-mile
line between Stoy, Ill., and Hagers-
town, Ind., for Sohio Pipe Line Co.,
subsidiary of Standard Oil Co. of
Ohio, to National Tube Co., Pittsburgh,
and Republic Steel Corp., Cleveland;
Truman Smith Construction Co., El-
dorado, Kans., and Sheehan Pipe Line
Construction Co., Tulsa, Okla., general
contractors.

Cast Pipe Pending

1000 tons, 6 to 12-inch, Phoenix, Ariz.;
bids opened.
200 tons, 36 in. and fittings, Spokane,

Wash.; bids Feb. 1.

100 tons, 4 to 8 in., open bell, and fit-
tings; bids to Adah Perry, clerk, Pasco,
Wash., Feb. 1.

7
Wire
Wire Prices, Page 71

Pittsburgh — Wire products are
moving slightly better, although
business continues behind Decem-
ber. Releases of manufacturers’
wire are active, and nearness of
the spring season is bringing some
demand from buyers of merchant
products. Considerable hope is held
for heavy buying in farm areas
thi spring, and automotive needs
also are expected to be heavy. Ex-
port demand has been good, but
financing difficulties have deterred
placing of some business.

Cleveland—Wire rod _ shipments
still are receiving strong support

January 29, 1940

—The Market Week—

from sizable backlogs. Deliveries
are improving on this product as
well as on manufacturers’ wire and
merchant items. Orders and pro-
duction hold below December lev-
els, with consumption relatively

brisk.
Chicago— Buying of wire and
wire products is spotty. Shipments

have been heavy and stocks of some
consumers are sufficient to permit
them to refrain from additional
ordering for the present. Heavier

purchasing is expected before the
Mill backlogs

middle of February.

will help to prolong present opera-
tions through next month. Auto
motive and farm equipment inter
ests provide the best source of cur
rent demand.
Boston — The
wire buying has

trend in
out, al

upward
flattened

though recent moderate gains are
maintained. New business is reach

ing mills at about 65 per cent of
shipments, which are heavy. Speci-

fications against old orders are
steady and demand is well diversi-
fied. Rod producers are heavily
booked. Orders for rope are im

HE Crankshaft Machine Company,
Jackson, Michigan, builders of in-
ternationally famous crankshaft lathes
for the automotive industry, chooses

Ampco Metal for parts requiring a high degree of wear resist-
ance and resistance to fatigue and impact—such as side plates
for tool arm spacers and for thrust plates on tool arms.

This is another instance of the preference for Ampco Metal for
extreme service parts. File 40 of Ampco Engineering Data
Sheets will interest you — write for a copy.

AMPCO METAL, INC., Dept. SI-29, Milwaukee, Wisconsin

proved and specialties are moving
well. Mill operations hold near ca-
pacity Merchant products’ are
slightly more active.

New York—Recent slight improve-
ment in new wire buying is main-
tained. Additional gains, however,
are few and scattered, demand hav-
ing leveled off. Shipments continue
heavy and incoming business is ap-
proximately 65 per cent of deliv-
eries. Finishing operations are still
near capacity in numerous depart-
ments.

The $1 AMI

OF AN ELEPHA

nn —
SINCE

DEPENDABLE -

—The Market Week—

Rails, Cars

Track Material Prices, Page 71

Award of 21 locomotives by the
Chilean State Railways, 11 of nar-
row gage, represents the largest ex-
port purchase of locomotives in this
country in considerable time. Ten
standard gage locomotives of the
heavy moutain type, went to Amer-
ican Locomotive Co., New York, at
more than $1,000,000; six passenger
and five heavy mountain’ type

M!

The HEAVY construction and
DEPENDABLE long life of a Roper
Rotary Pump is comparable to the

“Giant of the Jungle’’ who moves

tremendous loads smoothly, quietly

. with strength that cannot be
denied...
upkeep and attention.

and with a minimum of

For day-after-day trouble-free per-

formance—you can’t beat Ropers.
GEO. D. ROPER CORPORATION,

Rockford, Illinois with branches in

Pittsburgh and other principal cities

4 PUMPS

freight units went to Baldwin Loco-
motive Works, Eddystone, Pa. The
latter order amounted to $725,000.

Chicago, Burlington & Quincy will
place its tenth Zephyr streamlined
train in service early in 1940, now
under construction by the Edward
G. Budd Mfg. Co., Philadelphia. Two
others are being planned for service
between Ft. Worth, Tex., and Denver
about midyear.

Car Orders Placed

General Chemical Co., 75 seventy-ton
tank cars, to General American Trans-
portation Corp., Chicago.

Car Orders Pending

Alaska Railroad, Seattle; two passenger
coaches, 30 freight cars, 10 refrigera-
tor, 10 flat cars; bids soon to purchas-
ing agent.

Chief of army engineers, 30 freight cars;
Greenville Steel Car Co., Greenville,
Pa., apparently low on 24 box cars,
Haffner-Thrall Car Co., Chicago, low
on 6 flat cars.

Minneapolis & St. Louis, 10 covered
hopper cars.

New York Central, 25 to 40 passenger
cars; bids Feb. 6.

United States navy, one box car, one
gondola, one or two flat cars, all 50
tons; bids Feb. 9. Bids Feb. 13 on one
12,500-gallon tank car.

Rail Orders Placed

Lehigh & New England, 1090 tons, 590
tons to Carnegie-Illinois Steel Corp.,
Pittsburgh, 500 to Bethlehem Steel Co.,
Bethlehem, Pa.

Reading, 4000 tons, divided equally be-
tween Bethlehem Steel Co., Bethlehem,
Pa., and Carnegie-Illinois Steel Corp.,
Pittsburgh.

Locomotives Placed

Chilean State Railways, 11 locomotives,
including’ six passenger and _ five
mountain-type freight, to Baldwin Lo-
comotive Works, Philadelphia, ten
mountain-type locomotives, to Ameri-
can Locomotive Co., New York.

Oliver Iron Mining Co., Duluth, Minn.,
reported to have placed several diesel-
electric locomotive with American
Locomotive Co., New York.

Locomotives Pending

Alaska Railroad, Seattle; two steam lo-
comotives, 800 class; bids soon to pur-
chasing agent.

Tin Plate

Tin Plate Prices, Page 70

Tin plate demand shows little
change, with production holding at
69 per cent. General line can speci-
fications are a little heavier, and
better releases have been received
by mills. Export inquiry is active,
and some orders have been closed.
British mills have been able to keep
up a fairly steady flow of plate to
export markets. However, delivery
difficulties may divert additional
business to American producers.

STEEL

Shapes

Structural Shape Prices, Page 70

Pittsburgh — Inquiries are fairly
active, although only small tonnages
are for private work. Largest of
new jobs is 4500 tons for the first
unit of the new war department
building, Washington. Heavier de-
mand in connection with private
construction is expected later this
quarter.

Chicago -— Fabricated shape
awards and inquiries are heavier,
with a relatively large tonnage
pending. Operations of fabricators
are unchanged, but unless the recent
upward trend in new projects con-
tinues, some slackening in sched-
ules is in prospect.

Boston — New construction work
is small. Awards of structural
steel are under 500 tons, including
a 220-ton industrial project at
Augusta, Me. Outstanding new in-
quiry includes a group of buildings
for the naval air station, Squan-
tum (Quincy), Mass. Active bridge
tonnage is light, Massachusetts
closing Feb. 13 on five bridges, all
small with the exception of one of
medium size, Danvers-Peabody.

New York—Fabricated structural
stee] bookings in 1939 totaled 1,305,-
049 tons, against 1,256,639 tons in
1938, the American Institute of
Steel Construction reports. Last
year’s shipments of 1,440,054 tons
compare with 1,158,763 tons in 1938.
Reporting only jobs of 100 tons or
more, STEEL listed bookings totaling
1,165,386 tons last year.

Buffalo—Principal interest in the
structural market was centered on
the low bid submitted by C. B.
Moon Co., Cleveland, on the 3000-
ton grade crossing elimination pro-
gram at Dunkirk, N. Y.

Seattle—Pending business is the
smallest in several months. Un-
stated Portland interests are report-
ed to have been awarded 100 tons or
more for four large transmission
towers for the Bonneville power line.

Philadelphia—Awards are headed
by 1500 tons for a local navy yard

Shape Awards Compared

Tons
Week ended Jan. 27 ........ 15,880
Week ended Jan. 20 ...... 10,838
Week ended Jan. 13 ...... 17,013
This week, 1939 ............ 26,671
Weekly average, year, 1940.. 13,938
Weekly average, 1939 ...... 22,411
Weekly average, December.. 18,393
Total, to date, 1939 ........ 130,449
Total, to date, 1940 ........ 55,752

Includes awards of 100 tons or more.

January 29, 1946

—The Market Week—

building and 950 tons for a plant
addition at Seaford, Del. Most of
the larger pending jobs are public
projects, the principal one being
5000 tons for a government build-
ing, Washington.

San Francisco The structural
market was active and 5683 tons
were placed, bringing the aggregate
to 8731 tons, compared with 6361
tons for the same period last year.
Pending business is of heavy pro-
portions and exceeds 56,500 tons.

St. Louis—Cold weather has vir-
tually halted operations at fabri-

Large wood pickling tank, 18’ 4”

long, 3’ 9” wide and 9 7” deep,

built by Hauser-Stander Tank Com-

pany. Equipped with 74 tie-rods

weighing 2700 lbs., made from 1”
hot rolled Monel,

Pickling tank manufacturers
know that this enduring metal
retains its strength despite
corrosive attack

Most tie-rods can hold a tank when they’re
new. But what happens when corrosion
from strong pickling acids work on the
rods a few months?

It’s the way Monel answers this question
that accounts for its widespread use. Many
owners have kept careful check on Monel
rods they’ve used for years... and find
small loss in weight with consequent re-
tention of strength.

Rods, of course, are not the only use for
Monel. It is equally practical for pickling
crates, racks, chains and hooks. Fabricate
it to any shape you need. Monel welds
readily and the welds stand up.

cating yards. With new lettings
light, the market is the quietest in
many months. Fabricators’ back-
logs are declining, with little busi-
ness actively pending.

Shape Contracts Placed

3000 tons, Main street bridge, St. John’s
river, Jacksonville, Fla., to Mt. Vernon
Bridge Co., Mt. Vernon, O.

2000 tons, upper and lower lock gates,
Kentucky dam, Gravel Switch, Ky.,
for Tennessee Valley authority, to
American Bridge Co., Pittsburgh

1500 tons, air corps hangar No. 2 and
annexes, Denver, for United States

Cross-sectional view of three tie-rods after al2-menth test
in well-known steel sheet mill. Monel (left) is uniform
through its whole diameter. The other two rods, while
still unchanged in diameter, are weakened by a change

in their metal structure brought about by corrosion.

Get the facts on Monel, then decide.
Let us send you two practical booklets:
“Equipment Designs for the Pickle House”
and “A Good Start to a Better Finish.”

THE INTERNATIONAL NICKEL COMPANY, INC.
67 Wall Street New York, N. Y.

\
iNCON **Monel’’ is a registered trade-mark of The
, International Nickel Company, Inc., which is
applied tofa nickel alloy containing approxi

mately two-thirds nicke! and one-third copper

(9

government, to Bethlehem Steel Co.,
Bethlehem, Pa

i500 tons, building, navy yard, Phila-
delphia, to American Bridge Co., Pitts-
burgh, through Hughes-Foulkrod Co.,
Philadelphia

1100 tons, bridge FAP-324-B (1), Wood-
ward county, Oklahoma, to Capitol
Iron & Steel Co., Oklahoma City.

1050 tons, naval depot magazines, Haw-
thorne, Nev., to Bethlehem Steel Co.,
Bethlehem, Pa.

950 tons, plant addition, Seaford, Del.,
to Bethlehem Steel Co., Bethlehem,
Pa

725 tons, highway project RC 4091, in-
cluding grade separations, West Point
Military reservation—Cornwall, New
York, to American Bridge Co., Pitts-

—The Market Week—

burgh; Lane Construction Co., Meriden,
Conn., general contractor, $757,050.65.

700 tons, extensions, Columbia Steel Co.,
Pittsburg, Calif., to American Bridge
Co., Pittsburgh.

550 tons, bottling plant for Hudepohl
Brewing Co., Cincinnati, to Bethle-
hem Steel Co., Bethlehem, Pa., through
J. & F. Harig Co., Cincinnati, general
contractor.

407 tons, reservoir, Fryo Lake dam, Lan-
der, Wyo., to unnamed interest.

310 tons, bearing piles, Consolidated
Aircraft Co. plant extension, San
Diego, Calif., to Columbia Steel Co.,
San Francisco.

303 tons, postoffice, Covington, Ky., to
West Virginia Rail Co., Huntington,
W. Va., through A. Farnell Blair, At-

Siete... Yor

... AND SOMETHING MORE

>

One call for information will prove
your nearby Armco Distributor is
far more than an order-taker. He
knows sheet metal; he can be of
exceptional service in helping you
select the right metal for the right
purpose. And supporting him are
complete research facilities of The
American Rolling Mill Company.

Your Armco Distributor has
ample stocks of iron and steel

sheets, including galvanized ARMCo

Ingot Lron. Many also carry ARMCO
Stainless Steel and Armco PaInt-
Grip—the galvanized sheet that
takes and holds paint.

If you don’t know the nearby
Armco Distributor, use this oppor-
tunity to get acquainted. Write us
for his address. Then you'll have a
top-notch source for quick delivery
of the kind of sheet metal you need.
The American Rolling Mill Co.,
921 Curtis St., Middletown, Ohio.

lanta, Ga., general contractor.

275 tons, bridge No. 511-A, for Atchison,
Topeka & Santa Fe railway, to Beth-
lehem Steel Co., Bethlehem, Pa.

240 tons, Lerner Dress Shops building,
St. Louis, to Ingalls Iron Works,
Birmingham, Ala.

225 tons, addition to building, for Ken-
nebec Pulp & Paper Co., Augusta, Me.,
to Lyons Iron Works Inc., Manchester,
N. H.

185 tons, extension to open-hearth build-
ing, for Pittsburgh Crucible Steel Co.,
Midland, Pa., to Pittsburgh Bridge &
Iron Works, Rochester, Pa.

160 tons, rebuilding upper dam, Apple-
ton, Wis., for United States govern-
ment, to Wisconsin Bridge & Iron Co.,
Milwaukee.

140 tons, addition, California Portland
Cement Co., Colton, Calif., to Bethle-
hem Steel Co., Los Angeles.

130 tons, crane runway, for Republic
Steel Corp. at Warren, O., to American
Bridge Co., Pittsburgh.

115 tons, Cuthbert road bridge, Camden
county, New Jersey, to Bethlehem
Steel Co., Bethlehem, Pa.

110 tons, bridge FAP-22, Dallas county,
Texas, to Austin Bros., Dallas.

105 tons, state highway bridge, WPSO-
SS-39-25, Albany county, N. Y., to
Lackawanna Steel Construction Co.,
Buffalo; Mullson Construction Co., Buf-
falo, contractor, $51,174, bids Dec. 28,
Albany.

100 tons naval base, Sitka, Alaska, to
Standard Steel Fabricating Co., Seattle;
materials by Columbia Steel Co., San
Francisco.

Shape Contracts Pending

16,595 tons, Pitt river bridge, Central
Valley Project, California; American
Bridge Co., Pittsburgh, low.

5000 tons, building, war department,
Washington, bids Feb. 9; approximate-
ly 1000 tons of reinforcing bars also
required.

3000 tons, grade crossing elimination,
Dunkirk, N. Y.; C. B. Moon Co., Cleve-
land, low on general contract.

1500 tons, Dookers Hollow bridge, Bes-
semer, Pa., for Allegheny county.

1300 tons, dam trash racks, bureau of
reclamation special occasion bid 891,
unstated Texas location, Stupp Bros.
Bridge & Iron Co., St. Louis, low bid-
der.

1200 tons, building 2, Willowbrook, N. Y.;
for state.

1116 tons, Illinois state highway bridges;
low bidders: Joseph T. Ryerson &
Son Inc., Chicago, 735 tons; American
Bridge Co., Pittsburgh, 141 tons, Fort
Pitt Bridge Works, Pittsburgh, 170
tons; A. F. Anderson Iron Works,
Chicago, 70 tons.

1000 tons, housing project, Gary, Ind.

1000 tons, trash racks and stop logs,
invitation 694-40-123, Bonneville dam,
Oregon; bids Feb. 16.

900 tons, piling, Chicago park district,
Chicago.

770 tons, state bridge, West Salem, IIl.

595 tons, also 75 tons plates, superstruc-
ture for underpass of Santa Fe and
Union Pacific railroads, Arroyo Seco,
Los Angeles county, Calif., for state;
bids Feb. 8.

500 tons, naval storehouse, Jacksonville,
Fla., bids asked.

441 tons, and 8&7 tons plates, railroad
undercrossing, Denver and Adams
county, Colorado, for state; general
contract to A, S. Horner, 575 South
Downing street, Denver.

400 tons, plant addition, Cellulose Corp.,

STEEL

Amcelle, Md., bids asked.

290 tons, state bridges, Battle Creek,
Mich.

270 tons, steel sheet piling, Puget Sound
navy yard quay; General Construction
Co., Seattle, general contractor.

250 tons, hangar and office building,
Portland, Oreg., United Air Lines
Transport Corp.; Reimers & Jolivett,
Portland, Oreg., low on general con-
tract at $87,583.

236 tons, underpass, Polhemus street,
San Jose, Calif., for state; Earle W.
Heppel, 494 Delmas avenue, San Jose,
Calif., low on general contract at $130,-
497.

210 tons, additional catenary bridges,
Winnetka, IIll., grade separation.

205 tons, bridge 410, Tama, Iowa, for
Chicago & North Western railroad.
200 tons, addition to plant, for Mohawk

Paper Mills Inc., Cohoes, N. Y.

190 tons, state bridge, Pinckneyville, Il.

175 tons, truss bridges, state of Mis-
souri.

165 tons, municipal airport hangar,
Youngstown, O., for treasury depart-
ment.

165 tons, manufacturing building, for
American Sales Book Co., Niagara
Falls, N. Y.

165 tons, library, for Julius Forstmann,
Passaic, N. J.

160 tons, playground
burgh, for city.

155 tons, state bridge, Lombard, Ill.

150 tons, overpass, North Bethlehem
township, Pennsylvania, for state.

150 tons, Atlantic county tuberculosis
hospital, Atlantic City, N. J., bids Feb.
14,

144 tons, rebuild Fox river dam, Apple-
ton, Wis.

135 tons, state bridge, route 113, Wash-
ington county, Pennsylvania, bids
opened Jan. 26.

125 tons, store building, W. T.
Co., Denver.

120 tons, beam spans, Espanola, N. M.

115 tons, Thomas A. Edison bridge, Rari-
tan river, Sayreville-Woodbridge, N. J.,
contract 6, PWA project 1331-F, route
35, section 14, Middlesex county, New
Jersey; bids Feb. 9, Trenton, E. Donald
Sterner, state highway commissioner.

110 tons, women’s’ gymnasium, for
Iowa State college, Ames, Iowa.

building, Pitts-

Grant

Reinforcing

Reinforcing Bar Prices, Page 71

Pittsburgh — Housing projects
dominate concrete bar awards and
inquiries. The latter are more plen-
tiful than orders. Backlogs still are
fairly heavy. Prices are firm on
new billet bars, although some rail
bar contracts are said to have
brought a little less than published
prices.

Chicago—Award of 7500 tons for
the west substructure of the local
filtration plant is expected shortly,
general contract having been placed
with Michael Pontarelli & Son here.
Pending tonnage continues fairly
heavy. Orders are headed by 667
tons for a Chicago subway section.

New York—Reinforcing steel buy-
ing lags, small lots predominating,

January 29, 1940

—The Market Week—

although recent purchases include
close to 2000 tons for housing proj-
ects in northern New Jersey. In-
quiry is gradually mounting, pend-
ing requirements for highways and
bridges being slightly higher. Price
shading crops out on larger trans-
actions.

Philadelphia — While reinforcing
bar awards are light, 1000 tons is
pending for the war department
building in Washington, D. C., bids
Feb. 9; 150 tons of road mesh for
several miscellaneous Pennsylvania
state projects, bids Jan. 26; and 100

tons Hoverter housing project, Har-
risburg, Pa., bids Feb. 5.

San Francisco—Awards aggregat
ed 1567 tons and brought the total
for the year so far to 6624 tons, com-
pared with 10,252 tons for the cor-
responding period in 1939.

Seattle—Several post offices and
other public buildings, up for figures
in the immediate future, involve
small tonnages of reinforcing bars.
Larger projects are in prospect but
will not call bids for 60 days or more.
Meanwhile rolling mill backlogs are
diminishing. Unstated Seattle inter

FROM ORE TO METAL

The Story of St. Joe Electro-Thermic Zinc No. 11 of a Series

CASTING ST.

JOE ZINC

At the rate of once every hour during the twenty-four hours of the day and night, the ladle
in this picture is filled with 1400 pounds of molten zinc tapped from each of the continuous
vacuum type condensers developed for the electro-thermic furnaces at Josephtown.

Each ladle represents a “lot’’, indicated by a number stamped on every slab, and for each lot

a laboratory control sample is taken and analyzed.

Josephtown produces High Grade, Intermediate, and Prime Western grades of zinc. The only
concentrates treated by the smelter come from the New York State mines of the St. Joseph
Lead Company. This means a constant quality of furnace charge, and a very uniform quality

of slab zinc.

sT.

27S3CO PARE AVEW US ¢

PLANT AND LABORATORY

JOSEPH LEAD COMPANY

REW FORE

Eldorado 5-3200

PENNSYLVANIA

COUNTY

JOSEPHTOWN, BEAVER

ests have taken 100 tons in Wash-
ington state building and paving
jobs. Business pending includes 130
tons for a quay at Puget Sound navy
yard, general contract to General
Construction Co., Seattle.

Reinforcing Steel Awards

667 tons, subway, section D-6-B, Chicago,

to Inland Steel Co., Chicago; Minder
Construction Corp., contractor.
555 tons, naval ammunition buildings,

Hawthorne, Nev., to Columbia Steel
Co., San Francisco,

154 tons, mesh, highway
4088, Flat Brook-Massachusetts

project RC
line,

—The Market Week—

Columbia county, New York, to Ameri-
can Steel & Wire Co., New York; Lane
Construction Co., Meriden, Conn., con-
tractor, $324,330.80; bids Dec. 6,
Albany; award of 140 tons reinforc-
ing bars to Truscon Steel Co., Youngs-
town, O., previously reported.

357 tons, mesh, highway project RC 4086,
Vestal-Binghamton highway, Broome
county, New York, to Bethlehem Steel
Co., Bethlehem, Pa.; Warren’ Bros.
Roads Co., Cambridge, Mass., con-

tractor, $418,587.65; bids Dec. 6, Al-
bany; award of reinforcing bars to
same fabricator previously reported.

285 tons, mesh, highway project RC 4091,
West Point Military Reservation, Corn-
wall, N. Y., to American Steel & Wire
Co., New York; Lane Construction Co.,
Meriden, Conn., general contractor,

DESIGNING AND MANUFACTURING FACILITIES

lo nedluce yore come

If your product requires deep drawn shapes
or shells you can probably save time and
money by utilizing Hackney’s unique de-
signing, engineering and manufacturing
facilities. Many manufacturers have bene-
fited by the Pressed Steel Tank Company’s
more than 35 years’ experience in the devel-
opment and production of special shapes
and containers for gases, liquids and solids.

This organization pioneered the cold
drawing of seamless containers from metal
plates. Where welding is desirable, the

Hackney method has won recognition for
its superiority. Positive control of heat-
treating, X-ray inspection of welding and
numerous other Hackney procedures per-
mit the production of better, more depend-
able products at lower cost.

Let Hackney engineers help you develop
new shapes or shells or improve on those
now being used. There is no obligation
and it may mean big savings.

Just send the details—or write for addi-
tional information.

3
PRESSED STEEL TANK COMPANY

208 S. La Salle St., Rm. 1211, CHICAGO
688 Roosevelt Building, LOS ANGELES

1387 Vanderbilt Concourse Bldg., NEW YORK
1461 S. 66th Street, MILWAUKEE

oy te eA ed

$757,050.25; bids Dec. 28, Albany;
award of 240 tons reinforcing bars, to
Truscon Steel Co., Youngstown, O.,
previously reported.

155 tons, viaduct near Los Gatos, Santa
Clara county, Calif., for state, to Gil-
more Fabricators Inc., San Francisco.

150 tons, Thomas Jefferson housing,
Paducah, Ky., to Laclede Steel Co., St.
Louis; George W. Katterjohn, con-
tractor.

140 tons, Abe Lincoln housing, Paducah,
Ky., to Laclede Steel Co., St. Louis;
McCarthy Construction Co., contrac-
tor.

128 tons, mesh, highway project RC
2579, Hoosick-North Hoosick highway,
Rensselaer county, New York, to Pitts-
burgh Steel Co., Pittsburgh; Alaimo
& Son, Pittston, Pa., contractor, $120,-
025.50; bids Dec. 6, Albany.

120 tons, procurement invitation 21441,
Minneapolis, to Truscon Steel Co.,
Youngstown, O.

112 tons, army air corps technical school
and hangar, Chanute field, Rantoul,
Ill., to Bethlehem Steel Co., Bethlehem,
Pa.

108 tons, 25 field officers and 143 com-
pany quarters, Hickam Field, T. H.,
Invitation 6812-40-46, to Bethlehem
Steel Co., San Francisco.

100 tons, paving and
Buckley, Wash., to
interests.

school,
Seattle

custodial
unstated

Reinforcing Steel Pending

7500 tons, west substructure, city filtra-
tion plant, Chicago. Michael Pontarelli
& Son, Chicago, general contractor.

1000 tons, building, war department,
Washington, bids Feb. 9; approximate-
ly 5000 tons of structural steel also
required.

600 tons, housing project, Gary, Ind.

600 tons, power house, for Dupont Co.,
Clinton, Iowa.

570 tons, 600-man barracks, invitation
6812-40-60, Hickam Field, T. H.; Robt
McKee 4700 San Fernando Road, Los
Angeles, low on general contract.

Highland avenue and Pil-
grammage avenue bridges, Los An-
geles; J. E. Haddock, Ltd., 357 North
Chester avenue, Pasadena, Calif., low
on general contract at $760,570.

400 tons, Dutch Point Colony housing,
Hartford, Conn.; bids Jan, 25.

400 tons, substructure, East river houses,
New York; bids Feb. 1.

364 tons, Thomas A. Edison bridge,
Raritan river, Sayreville-Woodbridge,
N. J., contract 6, PWA project 1331-F,
route 35, section 14, Middlesex county;
bids Feb. 9, Trenton, N. J., E. Donald
Sterner, state highway commissioner;

522 tons,

Concrete Bars Compared

Tons
Week ended Jan. 27 ........ 3,331
Week ended Jan. 20 ........ 6,036
Week ended Jan. 13 ........ 8,125
This week, 1939 ............ 23,077
Weekly average, year, 1940.. 7,410
Weekly average, 1939 ........ 9,197
Weekly average, December ... 4,600
POtal to Gate, 1050 .....2.005- 58,945
Total to date, 1940 ........... 29,641

Includes awards of 100 tons or more.

STEEL

work also takes 330,659 linear feet
reinforcement trusses.

300 tons, wind tunnels, Wright
Dayton, O.; bids Jan. 25.

300 tons, housing project, McKees Rocks,
Pa.; W. F. Trimble & Sons, low.

221 tons, railroad undercrossing, Denver
and Adams county, Colorado, for state;
general contract to A. S. Horner, 575
South Downing street, Denver.

280 tons, Lyman Terrace _ housing,
Holyoke, Mass.; bids Jan. 23.

200 tons, building, Narragansett Electric
Co., Providence, R. I.

175 tons, housing project, Toledo, O.;
J. H. Berkbile, low.

175 tons, highway project, route 29,
sections 3B, 1C and 2C (widening),
49,500 square yards, 10-inch reinforced
concrete pavement, Union county, New
Jersey; bids Feb. 9, Trenton, N. J., E.
Donald Sterner, state highway com-
missioner.

150 tons, power house,
Illinois, Urbana, Ill.
150 tons, road mesh, several miscellane-
ous state projects, Pennsylvania, bids

opened Jan. 26.

130 tons, quay- wall, Puget Sound navy
yard, Washington; General Construc-
tion Co., Seattle, general contractor.

130 tons, grade elimination, Dunkirk,
is Pe

100 tons, viaduct and footbridge, Stoning-
ton, Conn.; A. I. Savin Construction
Co., low.

100 tons, signal corps laboratory, Ft.
Monmouth, N. J.

100 tons, Hoverter housing project, Har-
risburg, Pa., bids Feb. 5.

100 tons, highway project, route 6, sec-
tions 11B and 12A, (paving), 27,500
square yards, 10-inch reinforced con-
crete pavement, Essex-Morris coun-
ties, New Jersey; bids Feb. 9, Trenton,
N. J., E. Donald Sterner, state highway
commissioner.

field,

University of

Pig Iron

Pig Iron Prices, Page 72
:

Cleveland — Sustained movement
of foundry coke indicates a steady
iron melt. Pig iron shipments are
off from the December rate but ap-
pear to be Jess active than con-
sumption, with the difference ac-
counted for by curtailment of
stocks accumulated last quarter.
Buving is slow, reflecting previous
coverage.

Chicago — Shipments have de-
clined further. A decrease of close
to 30 per cent, compared with De-
cember is indicated. Sellers attrib-
ute most of the decrease to stee!
mill requirements, which have been
lessened both because of curtailed
operations and increased percent-
age of scrap use. Stocks of iron in
consumers’ hands also contribute to
lower shipments. Buying is de-
cidedly light. Foundry operations
are fairly steady, as indicated by a
Slight increase so far this month
in by-product foundry coke _ ship-
ments compared with December.

New York — Specifications are
spotty, although there is some im-

January 29, 1940

—The Market Week—

provement in the melt and sellers
anticipate better buying in Febru-
ary. Most consumers are working
on tonnage either in stock or on
contract. Export inquiry is more
lively, although few outstanding
purchases have developed. Most
inquiry is from Scandinavia.
Philadelphia—Livelier export de-
mand is noted, particularly from
Seandinavian countries. There is
also a new inquiry from India for
special iron. Purchases, however,
are light. Meanwhile, domestic ac-

O
LOAD

too

for

improved, al-
though the bulk of current needs is
being met through old orders. Most
sellers anticipate little increase in
new buying before late February.

tivity is somewhat

Buffalo—Production is sustained
and fairly active, but possibility
of a recession is seen unless steel-
works’ requirements improve. Re-
leases from foundries are in good
volume, with leading jobbing plants
melting five days a week. Some
foundries have fairly large inven-
tories, but in the aggregate no ex-

aay eacaann e

-
r.-

ROLLER BEARINGS

There’s

no roller-bearing application in

your plant

that is too severe for the American Super Heavy Duty.

The ‘Super’

is built for strength and ruggedness, yet

it operates smoothly and flawlessly,

reducing friction to the minimum.
Let the specialized skill and ex-
perience of American Bearing en-
gineers show you how this super
bearing will save you grief and

money in your next

bearing installation.

THE AMERICAN ROLLER BEARING CO., Pittsburgh, Pa.

heavy-duty

Pacific Coast Office: 321 W. Pico St., Los Angeles, Calif.

| Behind the Scenes witk STEEL |

Dog House Comfort

@ In Cleveland last week 300
exhibitors in the Sixth Interna
tional Heating and Ventilating
exposition filled the underground
exhibition hall to capacity and
drew a restricted crowd of close

to 40,000 interested visitors, in-

cluding the old dog, who was at-

tracted mostly by the super deluxe

air-conditioned dog house on dis-
play by Bryant heater. Perhaps
some of you gentlemen have oc-
casion to use such a handy con-
traption quite frequently also.
It’s a dandy.

Sad But True

@ And in Chicago the night
spots outdid themselves to amuse
the convening National Canners.
One jernt, known locally as the
El Dumpo, burst forth in print
with this sort of thing: “Hominy
of you Canners have Bean to El
Dumpo? We know you Can
Can, but not like our Peaches
Can Can-Can! So Turnip today!
Our Currant Show may be Cor-
ney but if it doesn’t Peas you
we don’t Carrot all because we
don’t pay much Celery!” A few
weeks ago another of their
classics read: Bring Your Wife,
or a reasonable facsimile there

of!

Old One

@ As soon as he got last Mon
day’s issue, V. E. Slater of Cleve
land Crane hopped on the phone
to give us the correct answer (9
miles) to the problem of the
walled city and thereby cop the
free Yearbook. But when Tues
day’s mail brought so many more
honest efforts we just had to
break down and scatter a few
other copies around to the deserv-
ing. F. W. Seper (Colorado
Fuel & Iron) mysteriously ar
rived at an answer of 20 miles,
which must be some other city.

New One

@ H. G. Taylor, the Diamond
Chain & Mfg. flash who was
born with a mathematics book

under his arm, wants to donate
this one: A second-hand cloth-
ing merchant answering to the
name of Cohen, bought 147 gar-
ments at a bargain, including
coats at $2.45 each, pants at 98
cents, and vests at 49 cents, for
a total outlay of $147.00. Now
Cohen seldom gets gypped, so
how many of each kind of gar-
ment did he buy to get the great-
est number of complete, three
piece suits? Mr. Taylor didn’t
give us the answer so we're
counting on you.

Dis Is Data

@ Sixty per cent of the entire
manufacturing volume in_ the
United States is accounted for
by 1800 companies, according to
the department of commerce.
With about 160,000 establish-
ments all together, that means
more than half the business in
the country is done by less than
12 per cent of the total concerns.
Hey, Miss Jones, wake up and
take a survey!

Confucius Say:

@ Man who sit on tack, better
off. (The only clean one we

know ).

60,000 Nuggets

@ We didn't mention it last
week but we hope you, too, like
our new front cover masthead
design as much as we do. You
know, all joking aside, you
would really be impressed if you
could spend a few days around
here and get an idea cf the
amount of thought and work
that goes into each one of these
issues that arrives so matter-of-
factly on your desk each week.
The way you—dear reader—are
worried about and thought of is
enough to cause a tear to drap.
Your boss may turn the heat on,
your wife may put you in the
air-conditioned dog house and
your kids may devil the life out
of you, but to us, dear, dear
reader, you're king. Have a ci-

gar!

»*

SHRDLU

84

—The Market Week—

cessive accumulation of iron is

noted.
Cincinnati—-Shipments have
tapered somewhat, compensated

partly by reduction in foundry
stocks, since the melt is well sus-
tained. A seasonal shrinkage is
appearing in operations of certain
foundries, with automotive demand
for castings less active. Jobbing and
machine tool needs are steady.

St. Louis—January shipments are
expected to be 10 to 15 per cent
below December. Consumption at
jobbing foundries has declined, but
operations of steelworks, machine
shops and the farm equipment in-
dustry are well sustained. Pig iron
buying is light, with a pickup ex-
pected about the middle of Feb-
ruary.

Toronto, Ont.—-Merchant pig iron
sales show little change. Most
melters still are well stocked.
Bookings this quarter are well be-
low those of closing months of
1939. Spot sales are for lots up
to 200 tons. Prices are quoted as
at delivery date and nothing is
definite as to future quotations.

Scrap

Scrap Prices, Page 74

Pittsburgh Prices are firmer
and brokers are finding it increas-
ingly difficult to cover short or-
ders at recent levels. Mill buying
outside the district is reported at
$19 to $19.50 for No. 1 steel, al-
though in buying for local accounts
brokers have not gone much above
$18.50. The weather has been a
strengthening factor, cutting down
preparation and shipment. Resump-
tion of normal movement over the
rivers is likely to be deferred for
30 days. Foundry scrap demand is
better, with prices of cast grades
stronger.

Cleveland——Cold weather restricts
scrap preparation and _ shipment,
though some tonnage is moving on
contracts, most orders are well cov-
ered. Prices are nominally un-
changed here and in the Valley.

Chicago—Prices are substantially
unchanged, but recent signs of
strength have almost entirely van-
ished, except that there has been
insufficient trading beliw $16.50
to etablish a price range on No. 1
steel. This figure still represents
the last mill purchase and also the
price generally received by dealers.
Brokers are not anxious to do busi-
ness at this level.

Philadelphia—While the market
in general is easy, scrap in eastern
Pennsylvania presents a mixed situ-
ation, particularly in melting steel.
Recently Bethlehem Steel Co.

STEEL

bought 1500 tons of No. 1 and No.
2 steel, principally the former, at
$17 and $16, delivered, respectively
(not local scrap, it was said), while
the Reading railroad was able to
get more than $18, delivered, along
its line.

Another’ eastern Pennsylvania
mill (Coatesville) bought some
No. 1 and No. 2 steel at $17.50 and
$16.50, although total tonnage was
not large, it is understood.

Buffalo —- A steadier tone has ap-
peared, partly because the prolonged
cold has restricted supplies. Anoth-
er factor is a $1 increase in the bid
of a leading consumer who previous-
ly had been offering well below the
current range of $17 to $17.50 for
No. 1 steel. Steelworks’ stocks have
been reduced by recent active ingot
production.

Detroit—The market is marking
time, awaiting decision of mills to
buy. They, in turn, are trying to
determine whether the current
slump in steel buying will be of
long duration. At the moment, sen-
timent is pessimistic and opinion is
that steel production may be re-
duced sharply within the next
month. Prices are unchanged.

Cincinnati—Prices are unchanged,
although most items, except heavy
melting steel, are softer. Recent
railroad lists brought slightly less
than a month ago. Consumer buy-
ing is light, but shipments against
contracts are steady. Severe weath-
er has curtailed yard activity.

St. Louis — The market again is
quiet, following a recent sale of
10,000 to 12,000 tons of No. 2 steel.
Yard operations have been at a vir-
tual standstill, the result of the cold-
est weather in 15 years. Shipments
are unusually light, and with con-
sumers obliged to draw on reserves,
they will shortly be in need of more
material.

Seattle —- Uncertainty over the
trade treaty with Japan has not re-
acted as unfavorably as expected,
commercial relations § continuing.
Japan is placing orders for small
tonnages of scrap but exporters find
it difficult to obtain space, latest
freights quoted for full cargoes, free
in and out, being $11.25 while berth
lines are asking $11 to $13. No. 1 ex-
port is quoted at about $16 here.
Rolling mills are out of the market,
a small sale to a local mill being
reported at $14.

San Francisco—While scrap prices
are unchanged the tendency is to-
wards lower levels, which are ex-
pected to develop next month. Due
to scarcity of bottoms movement of
export material to Japan continues
slow. It is reported that one inter-
est is loading material now on back
orders at $21 a gross ton, f.ass.,
while current quotations hold at $17
to $18 for No. 1 heavy melting steel.

January 29, 1940

—The Market Week—

Dealer prices, delivered yard, on No.
1 heavy melting steel continue to
hold at $13.50 to $15.

Toronto, Ont.—Prices are firm,
with business somewhat listless.
Dealers state mills are taking all
steel scrap offered and there is
good movement on this account,
while foundries and other con-
sumers of iron scrap show little
interest. No scrap is coming from
rural districts, dealers depending
on local sources of supply. Yards,
however, are fairly well stocked.

Warehouse

Warehouse Prices, Page 73

Chicago—Sales continue active, a
slight increase being noted since
earlier this month. January busi-
ness will be off possibly 5 per cent
from December. Improvement is

expected about the middle of Feb-
ruary and continuing into March.
Philadelphia— Business is off sub-
stantially from December, but ware-
houses look for better demand in
February. March and April will be
the best months of the year, if the
usual trend prevails.
Buffalo—Severe weather has af-
fected business adversely, but the
Slackening is regarded as_ tempo-
rary. Prices are steady.
Cincinnati—Warehouse stocks are
heavier. Sales are in good volume
but below November or December.
Prices and extras are unchanged.
St. Louis—-The prolonged period
of severe weather has tended to
curtail sales. Some seasonal] items
are moving well, but activity in ad-
jacent oil fields has been reduced
materially.
Seattle— Volume of sales is season-
ally normal but will gain momentum

eld
a
ile : ation
j-Tenst 1 eat jinform trodes: ..q Elec
PAGE er pi-Tensi ed eas, ful "Pad elec i elding zed
de wt this } ea othe ALITY in Lay Pier ives
Tetent welder, pined VET ts oF puy ACC fn Fence; & ody Ys ines
ire Fene
strendt a ports, a trodes, PO” eadinye Cul jdles$ ec! on
without be kin@, on is hee Wire pbell Apided one oes d Tro
porosity Bi-T nsil xceptio iy Wy Ameren ht Hoists . " nnsvtv ANIA
bios“ yunning: It fits Swat - ON’ mONESSEN:
nook and |g} vertical R pivisi fal
spatter “porizonte”
well on E STE

wane

AMERICAN CHAIN & CABLE COMPANY, Inc. |

AMERICAN CHAIN DIVISION © AMERICAN CABLE DIVISION @ ANDREW C. CAMPBELL DIVISION © FORD CHAIN BLOCK DIVISION * HAZARD WIRE ROPE
DIVISION @ HIGHLAND IRON AND STEEL DIVISION @ MANLEY MANUFACTURING DIVISION © OWEN SILENT SPRING COMPANY, INC. @ PAGE STEEL AND
WIRE DIVISION @ READING-PRATT & CADY DIVISION © READING STEEL CASTING DIVISION @ WRIGHT MANUFACTURING DIVISION @!N CANADA, DOMINION
CHAIN COMPANY, LTD. © IN ENGLAND: BRITISH WIRE PRODUCTS, LTD. © THE PARSONS CHAIN COMPANY, \TD. « In Business for Your Safety

85

Greater Tonnage

Per Edge of Blade

Cy

AMERICAN
SHEAR KNIFE CO.

HOMESTEAD - PENNSYLVANIA

86

—The Market Week—

due to better weather about the mid-
dle of March. Sheets, plates and
shapes are moving reasonably well.
Prices are firm at pending levels.

Steel in Europe

Foreign Steel Prices, Page 73

London—(By Cable)—Pig iron
consumption is increasing in Great
Britain and additional basic blast
furnace capacity is being made
ready. Monthly domestic pig iron
consumption of 10,000 tons prevents
export sales. The coke and ore sit-
uation is satisfactory and Conti-
nental deliveries of semifinished steel
are improving. British commercial
steel users are experiencing diffi-
culties owing to government priority
orders. Exports of tin plate are
fair.

An advance in British iron and
steel prices is expected soon. The
advanced prices will not be of ad-
vantage to manufacturers as the ad-
ditional funds will be paid into a
general fund administered by the
ministry of supply toward meeting
extra cost of steel and iron imports
distributed by the ministry to do-
mestic users.

Belgium and Luxemburg report
exports quieter but mills booked
well ahead.

Bolts, Nuts, Rivets
Bolt, Nut, Rivet Prices, Page 71

Bolt and nut business remains
fairly active, but in some districts
the trend is downward and expect-
ed to go lower before end of the
quarter. Automotive specifications
are heavy, and requirements for
railroad car building are substan-
tial. Miscellaneous demand is slow-
er, with purchases by jobbers quiet
and construction needs off season-
ally. Prices generally are steady.

Coke Oven By-Products

Coke By-Product Prices, Page 71

New York—-While there has been
a slight decline in demand for dis-
tillates, buying and shipments of
other coke oven by-products are
maintained, with seasonal gains
noted in a few instances. Lacquer
makers still take substantial ship-
ments of distillates. Supplies and
demand are better balanced and con
sumption is absorbing current pro-
duction without accumulations of
stock. Phenol demand is steady,
with the plastic industry a leading
consumer. Naphthalene is experi-
encing a seasonal upturn, while ship-
ments and orders for sulphate of
ammonia to the fertilizer trade are
mounting. Prices are unchanged.

Iron Ore

Iron Ore Prices, Page 74

Cleveland—-Appearance of United
States Steel Corp., through its sub-
sidiary, Oliver Iron Mining Co., in
the open market as a seller of iron
ore has come as a surprise move
This development has accompanied
disclosure of sale by the Oliver
company to the Ford Motor Co. of
an estimated 120,000 tons of straight
Mesabi ore.

While the price prevailing on the
Ford contract has not been official-
ly named, it is reported a reduc-
tion of $1.25 a ton was made from
the market established earlier this
month on a number of sales to
other consumers. The market at
that time for delivery at lower lake
ports was: Mesabi, $5.10 for besse-
mer and $4.95 for nonbessemer; Old
range, $5.25 for bessemer and $5.10
for nonbessemer. The _ purported
cut of $1.25 to Ford would mean
a delivered price on Mesabi non-
bessemer ore of $3.70.

A revised figure on stocks of Lake
Superior iron ore at furnaces and
on Lake Erie docks has been issued
by Lake Superior Iron Ore associa-
tion. The new total as of Jan. 1
is given as 35,439,773 gross tons, in-
stead of 37,377,910 tons, noted in the
original report. This compares with
40,732,096 tons a month ago and 34,-
578,849 tons a year ago.

New York—A substantial tonnage
of chrome ore, lump, minimum 48
per cent, for metallurgical use, has
recently been sold at slightly in ex-
cess of $28 per gross ton, c.i.f. sea-
board. This points to greater
strength in the market than re-
cently indicated.

Equipment

Seattle—Heavy automotive, mine
dredging and electrical equipment
are in best demand. Several Alaska
mining interests have placed con-
tracts for dredging machinery with
West Coast plants or are planning
such equipment. Purchasing agent
Alaska Railroad, Seattle, will open
bids Jan. 31 for 10 tons track spikes,
wire, gates, valves, mild steel and
other items. Spokane received fig-
ures Jan. 25 for compressor, electric
welder, storage tank and other ma-
terials. Tacoma has called tenders
Feb. 9 for cone valves and Contrac-
tors Equipment Co. is low to Bonne-
ville authority fer a crawler power
shovel.

Ferroalloys
Ferroalloy Prices, Page 72
New York—While chrome alloys
are moving more slowly than last

STEEL

—The Market Week—

month, due to anticipatory buying
prior to the price advances Jan. 1,
there has been a good movement
in alloys generally so far this
month. Ferromanganese shipments
may exceed those in December, as
consumers are working off sub-
stantial stocks acquired in the sec-
ond quarter before the $20 price
advance which took place Oct. 1.
Since that time, ferromanganese
sellers generally have held prices
unchanged at $100, duty paid, east-
ern seaboard. Domestic spiegel-
eisen also had been steady at $32,
Palmerton, Pa., for 19 to 21 per
cent material, and $39.50 for 26
to 28 per cent material.

Nonferrous Metals

New York-—-Weakness in metal
prices, coupled with reticence on
the part of consumers to make for-
ward commitments, continued last
week. The move in copper culmi-
nated on Friday with the posting
by American Smelting & Refining
Co. of a 11.62%-cent price for elec-
trolytic. Zine prices also declined
while tin weakened early in the
week before recovering part of the
losses toward the close.

Copper—All leading producers
lowered electrolytic prices to 12.00c,
Connecticut, on Monday and main-

Nonferrous
-———— Copper
Electro, Lake, Straits Tin
del. del. Casting, New York
Jan. Conn. Midwest refinery Spot Futures
20 12.25 12.50 12.00 46.00 44.62!
22 12.00 12.00 11.62% 45.25 44.00
23 12.00 12.00 11.62% 45.25 44.12%
24 12.00 12.00 11.62% 45.25 45.25
25 12.00 12.00 11.62% 45.50 44.75
26 11.62% 12.00 11.62% 45.50 45.12%
*Nominal.

MILL PRODUCTS

F.o.b. mill base, cents per lb., except as

specified. Copper brass products based
on 12.00c Conn. copper

Sheets
Yellow brass (high) ree
Comper BOt TONG oc sees 00 OBZ
ECOG. CUC IO JOUDETS 22k ce sos 8.75
BAO. SO WN WORE 6 kb See ale ws 6 24 2 kOe
Tubes
Panett VOUOW WIRGE sc caps ces eee ee’ 21.40
PICORCEE CODGEE 656 Gik d vein aes ee is 21.12
Rods
Miah yellow Dace . .. 6. .s cies es AST
Cer, Ot TOMOE co aise ewes ces 17.12
Anodes
ASOT, AUTAUIMIIOG nS ee cee 17.87
Wire
SeLOW Drage (CHIR) owe... .18.90

OLD METALS
Nom. Dealers’ Buying Prices

No. 1 Composition Red Brass
New York : .7.25-7.50

Cleveland ..... . Easy ? é : ; .7.75-8.00
NN fa sarat Sago Sod oovi nt ey wo ee tok aa 7.75-8.00
ee, MRI Sig ars Xe eg a tn hire aed ie 8.00-8.25

Heavy Copper and Wire

DOW TORR ING: FD occ. cc evs ss) GOODS
CeVirees PWOe 2 in 5 eee ewes 9.00-9.25

January 29, 1940

tained that level until Friday when
one custom smelter lowered prices
*s-cent to 11.62%c. All allied prod-
uct prices, including rolled and
drawn products, brass and bronze
ingots, and scrap, declined to the
12-cent basis. Statistics were re-
leased showing a drop of 157,058
tons in domestic refined stocks dur-
ing the final five months of the
year to a total of only 159,485 tons.
Monthly average shipments during
the period jumped to 91,463 tons.

Lead—On three of the five full
market days several producers bal-
anced or exceeded their daily ore in-
takes. The market was not affected
outwardly by the easier tendency in
copper and zinc. Prices held at 5.35c,
East St. Louis.

Zinc—Following a prolonged pe-
riod during which only light sales
were reported, producers lowered
prices %4-cent on Monday to the ba-
sis of 5.50c, East St. Louis. Although
fresh demand was dull, shipments
continued fairly heavy.

Tin—Straits spot prices fluctuated
between 45.25¢c and 45.50c in a quiet
market.

Antimony—Only routine business
was booked at unchanged prices on
the basis of 14.00c, New York, for
American spot in cases and nominal-
ly 16.50c, duty paid New York, for
Chinese spot.

Metal Prices

Anti-
Lead Alumi- mony Nickel
Lead East Zinc num Amer. Cath-

N.Y. St.L. St. L. 99% Spot, N.Y. odes

5.50 5.25 5.75 20.00 14.00 35.00
9.50 5.30 5.50 20.00 14.00 35.00
9.50 5.35 5.50 20.00 14.00 35.00
9.50 5.35 5.50 20.00 14.00 35.00
3.50 5.35 5.50 20.00 14.00 35.00
9.50 5.35 5.50 20.00 14.00 35.00
Cnieneo, No. 2 68s: . .9.00-9.25
St. Louis p admsiata: Feces .9.00-9.50
Composition Brass Turnings
New York ...... Sele st a: .7.00-7.25
Light Copper
a ae | 2 ; 7.00-7.25
RICVEIONG «5.6.0 s0a ss . : ; «4.00+7.25
ae i nee aera os Fe
St. Louis ealis ee etne es aie sais 7.00-7.25
Light Brass
Cleveland es niche eats oi4 ....3.75-4.00
CIACARO™ 2 66a Edigials. x09 oe «eae
St. Lowils. ... ees 4.75-5.00
Lead
De aE als & ow civ hee sew : . 4.85
VOREOME! fcc ck tae ses .4.37 % -4.50
ECU) ps 5 ost ear as p00 so 0s ee
St. Louis he 4.00-4.25
Zine
Mot a Ls i a re .3.00-3.25
Cb, 3.00-3.25
ee ERE eee So, wn neice .3.25-3.50
Aluminum
Mixed, cast, Cleveland a+ a0 - =o
Borings, Cleveland Wop’ awhph qiayelge se
Clips, soft, Cleveland 15.75-16.00
Misc. cast, St. Louis ...........8.75-9.00

SECONDARY METALS
Brass ingot, 85-5-5-5, less carloads. .12.50
Standard No, 12 aluminum.. .14.50-15.00

Past the experimental stage for over
a year, the successful welding of tool
steel is an accomplished fact today
with Eureka tool steel electrodes.

If you are not already familiar with
the successful, money saving, time and
trouble saving application of Eureka
alloy electrodes let us hear from you
today.

Eureka For All Tool Steels

Welding and reconditioning dies for
blanking. embossing, coining, cold forg-
ing, cold trim, and thread rolling is reg-
ular practice with Eureka rods. The
cutting edge on flame hardening die
steels can be welded, annealed, ma-
chined and flame hardened without
quenching to approximately 600 brin-
nell. Shear blades and the atomic
welding of forming dies is simple with
Eureka alloy rods. And, you can sur-
face carbon steel tools such as cable
bits, track tools, stone shaping tools,
moulds for plastics with these special
Eureka rods. !

Start
Saving Now!

Start saving at
once by using
Eureka rods.
We'll go over
submitted prob-
lems carefully.

EUREKA
Welding Wire

for every
purpose

WELDING

EQUIPMENT & SUPPLY CO.

2720 East Grand Blvd.
OR On |

DETROET,

87

Construction -=: Enterprise

Ohio

CHAUNCEY, O.—Village, N. D. Hines,
mayor, contemplates’ sanitary sewer,
sewerage treatment plant and water-
works; cost $170,000; J. J. Morgan, 255
East Broad street, Columbus, engineer;
will also soon file WPA application.

CHILLICOTHE, O.—City, H. H. Brown,
mayor, W. W. Layman, chairman, utili-
ties commission of city council, plans
purchase of plant from Chillicothe Wate!
Co. for $700,000 and install softening
apparatus at cost $125,000; plans fo!
latter probably will be completed before
purchase of plant.

CLEVELAND—City, deliver and install
at Lake road generating station, 12 steel
tanks; vertical condensate surge, 28,500-
gallon 16 x 18-feet; vertical service
water, 16,000-gallon 17 x 10%-foot; ver-
tical city water, 15,000-gallon about 4
x 18-foot; vertical distilled water, 27,000-
gallon about 14 x 25-foot; horizontal I D
fan bearing water, 900-gallon 5 x 5 x 5-
foot, horizontal boiler blow-down, 400
pounds per square inch, 3400-gallon 6 x
14-feet by 6 inches; 3 horizontal flash
tanks, 400 pounds per square inch; 300-
gallon 3 x 5 feet; horizontal fuel oil,
5000-gallon 6% x 19% feet; George C.
Oxer, commissioner, division of light and
power, city hall; L. A. Quayle, utilities
engineer, Auditorium building; Peter F.
Loftus, 632 Oliver building, Pittsburgh,
consulting engineer.

MT. GILEAD, O.—Village, James P.
Bennett, mayor, H. C. Hair, clerk, M. G.
MecDill, sanitary engineer, plans repairs
and additions to plant including Lewis
chemical treatment plant to cost about
$7000; special election Feb. 20 to raise
funds

OBERLIN, O.—City, H. V. Zahm, cit)
manager, contemplates enlarging present
light plant due to increase in kilowatt
usage caused by erection of new college
building; estimated cost $65,000; en-
gineer not yet selected.

REPUBLIC, O.—Village, C. FE. Womer,
mayor, George Paden, clerk, con-
templates distribution system and ele-
vated tank; estimated cost $78,000; to
sell $17,000 bonds; Champe, Finkbeine!
& Associates, Nicholas building, Toledo,
consulting engineers.

WALBRIDGE, O.—Village, Edward
Cavanaugh, clerk, completing plans for
sewage plant and pumping station; ma-
terials will be purchased jointly by WPA
n Columbus and village; cost $96,000.

WEST FARMINGTON, O.— Village,
Cc. C. Creaser, mayor, plans waterworks
system; WPA grant of $32,700 approved;
C. J. Simon & Associates, Van Wert, con-
sulting engineer; proiect includes ele-
vated tank; cost $61,000

Pennsylvania

NEW KENSINGTON, PA.—Plans being
prepared for an addition to warehouse;
owner Aluminum Co. of America; J. W.
Schrieber, Gulf building, Pittsburgh, en-
gzinee!

TITUSVILLE, Pa.—Bids are being re-
ceived for addition to inspection and
shipping building on East Spring street;
owner Cyclops division, Universal Cy-
clops Steel Corp.; no date set for closing
bids: Rogers Structural Steel Co., Corry,
Pa,, and L, O. Bouquin Co., 13 West
First street, Oil City, Pa., are bidding;
plans private.

Michigan

DETROIT—Smith, Hinchman & Grylls,
architects, are preparing plans for a
factory building in Portland, Mich., for
Portland Mfg. Co.

DETROIT—Fullerton Construction Co.

SS

has contract for erection of a $11,000
addition to the plant of Detroit Har-
vester Co.

JACKSON, MICH.—Construction of a
new strip mill costing $40,000 is an-
nounced by George M. Carter, president,
Sheet Aluminum Corp.; plant to be com-
pleted in March.

MUSKEGON, MICH.—Michigan Asso-
ciated Telephone Co. is preparing to
spend $110,000 on plant improvements in
1940; H. R. Christianson, general mana-
ger.

Alabama
SELMA, ALA.—City, Lucien Burns,
mayor, plans construction of storm

sewers and extension of water mains.

Maryland

HAGERSTOWN, MD.—City, Richard H.
Sweeney, mayor, considering installation
of new boilers at municipal light plant;
estimated cost $260,000.

District of Columbia

WASHINGTON — Potomac Electric
Power Co., Tenth and East streets N. W.,
has construction budget of $7,230,944 for
1940, excluding the 1939 commitments
of approximately $5,500,000, major part
of which is to complete installation of
the 50,000 kilowatt unit at Buzzard
Point plant; approximately 50 per cent
of the new budget is for routine exten-
sion of lines and improved distribution
facilities to serve new customers, re-
mainder for adding special transmission
and distribution facilities.

WASHINGTON—Navy department, bu-
reau of supplies and accounts, will re-
ceive sealed bids until 10 a.m. Jan. 30,
schedule 496, portable air compressor,
delivery Key West, Fla., schedule 473, lo-
comotive, 500-horsepower, weight 80
tons, diesel-electric operated, complete
with spare parts, delivery Indian Head,
Md.; Feb. 2, schedule 495, tractors, gaso-
line, delivery Quantico, Va., and San
Diego, Calif., schedule, 509 welding set,
electric, gasoline engine driven, portable,
truck mounted, complete with meters
and accessories, delivery Key West, Fla.,
schedule 510, grinder, valve seat, heavy
duty, motor driven, complete with motor,
vacuum cleaning equipment and _ spare
parts, delivery Pensacola, Fla., schedule
480, 2 lathes, precision, screw cutting,
independent power feed and lead, bench
type, motor driven, delivery Alameda,
Calif., schedule 482, lathe, precision,
bench type, hand feed motor driven,
delivery Alameda Calif., schedule 483
Grinder universal, motor driven, delivery
Alameda, Calif., schedule 489, truck,
motor, new, latest model, delivery
Seattle, schedule 493, press, drill, mul-
tiple spindle, motor driven, delivery San
Diego, Calif., Feb. 6, schedule 484,
molder, electric, 4 x 6 inches, motor
driven, delivery Puget Sound, Wash.

Florida

LIVE OAK, FLA.—REA allotted $21,-
000 to Suwannee electric co-operative
association; will be used to finance com-
pletion of first section of rural line as
originally designed, and to build 14 miles
in Suwannee county.

MIAMI, FLA.—City voted to purchase
water distribution system from Florida
Power & Light Co.; cost $5,250,000.

North Carolina

WEST JEFFERSON, N. C.-—-REA ap-
proved an application of newly organized
Blue Ridge cold storage co-operative to
finance building of combination freezer
locker and cold storage plant in Ashe

county; G. F. Messick, superintendent,
Caldwell Mutual, interested.

South Carolina

BAMBERG, S. C.—Edisto electric co-
operative has REA allotment of $22,000
for enlargement of rural electrification
system in four counties and Bamberg,
Allendale, Orangeburg and Dorchester.

WINNSBORO, S. C.—Fairfield co-op-
erative rural electrification association
to construct 34 miles in Fairfield county;
allotment of $24,000 approved.

Tennessee

KNOXVILLE, TENN.—Southern Bell
Telephone & Telegraph Co., Hurt build-
ing, Atlanta, Ga., will expend $766,396
in Knoxville area for expansion and
improvements in 1940; approximately
$500,000 will be for additions and new
installations, remainder for repair and
construction; work contemplated at
Knoxville includes estimates of $210,000
for central office installations and $228,-
796 for outside plant expansion.

Louisiana

NEW ORLEANS, LA.—Department of
public finances receives bid in city office
of purchasing agent, Jan. 23 for fur-
nishing fabricated steel columns and
girts for incinerator, East Furnace street;
all steel; shop coat rust-resisting alu-
minum before delivery.

West Virginia

Lynchburg, W. VA.—Craddock-Terry
Shoe Corp. will erect 2-story building
26 x 160 feet adjoining present ware-
house, Ninth street; provide an addi-
tional 12,000 square feet of office space

Virginia

CHILHOWIE, VA.—Vanee Co. is seek-
ing cement cylinder manufacturing ma-
chines.

RICHLANDS, VA.—Appalachian Powe!
Co., Roanoke, Va., plans erection of
transformer station on recently acquired
site in Hankins Bottoms; will carry a
load of 30,000 volts.

Oklahoma

WETUMKA, OKLA. Midwestern En-
pineering & Construction Co., Tulsa, has
contract for engineering work on _ pro-
posed 150-mile rural line; O. Jameson,
chairman of board of directors.

Minnesota

KETTLE RIVER, MINN. Carlton
county power co-operative, Tom Ross,
secretary, is drawing plans and will be
ready for bids about Feb. 15 on con-
struction of a brick powerhouse and
400-kilovolt plant; United Engineering
Service, 1406 Lake street W., Minneapo-
lis, consulting engineer.

Texas

DALLAS, TEX.—Dallas Power & Light
Co. plans $11,300 improvements to down
town underground system.

Kansas

NORTONVILLE, KANS.—City, C. A
Leighton, mayor, is taking bids to Feb.
8, 3 p.m. on construction of wells, 50,000-
gallon tank and tower and distribution
system; estimated cost $36,000; E. T.
Archer & Co., 609 New England build-
ing, Kansas City, Mo., consulting en-
gineers.

STERLING, KANS.—City, Robert F.
Peart, manager, will hold election Feb
6, on $198,000 bond issue to finance new
power plant building, diesel generating
sets, switchboard and new feeder lines;
Burns & McDonnell Engineering Co., 107

STEEL

Furnished by Macwhyte
Without Obligation

Sling users who have looked at ad-
vance copies of this handbook tell
us it is the best thing they have
seen in years.

Practical Content. Every pagein
this New Handbook contains use-
ful information. Our engineers
have worked long and hard to

ae make this a handbook of real prac-
OTECT your product tical value, containing the latest
and reduce costs — at every point where designs and improvements in slings.
fastening devices are required by using ,,How,te Get Economical Mate-

rials Handling. This too, is shown A Few of Many Features of
in the handbook which naturally | .
screws and headed parts by PROGRESSIVE. in the handbook which naturally | New Sling Handbook

Let PROGRESSIVE items, produced efficiently well-known Macwhyte Braided | Capacity and weight compari-
(Patented) Wire Rope Slings, used Brien Brahe ae

and accurately by the cold upset process, by leading manufacturers all over susstewsicr a ope, cnam, 6

sh ¢ * the country to handle pipes, boil- wire rope sling.

ow you the way to substantial Savings ers, bars, shapes, castings, engines, Safe working loads for Atlas,

both in original costs and in assembly opera- =!comotives, in fact almost every | Monarch, and Drew Slings

type and kind of shapes and ma-

tions. In addition to standard machine screws terials . . . these unusually flexible Typical Assemblies.
° e and strong slings do the job, safely, € Si Is.
and nuts, PROGRESSIVE is equipped to meet swiftly, and at low cost. It will pay ee

you to investigate them. Breaking Strength and Weight

demands for made-to-order parts in any metal. “ Oh A Comparisons.
° ° ° t t . . “as :
We invite you to submit your problems to = Simply send us your name and | Slings Fittings (hooks, thimbles,

Katie PROGRESSIVE specialists for intelli- title on company letterhead; a | shackles, links).

copy will be mailed to you at once.

AD 4
eM MACWHYTE bees
>
ry is WIRE ROPE SLINGS
— ry
ae) QQ in a

Write: Macwhyte Compcny, 2912 14th Avenue, Kenosha, Wisc

Serving American Industry LOC OMO TIVE CRANES
Since 1884 — Overhead CRAWLER CRANES
Electric Cranes and Hoists “S$HOVELS
Crawler Cranes @ Electric
Motors @ Arc Welders @
Welding Electrodes.

Harnischfeger Corporation ‘THe OHIO LOCOMOTLV? CRANE CO-:
Aone maine tet seiatan nn RUC YAS OO

The PROGRESSIVE MFG. CO.

TORRINGTON: +> CO eee toric us

SPRING COTTERS pr

SPECIALIZING IN lon - RIVETED KEYS

at atio! ji SCREW EYES, HOOKS
OPEN HEARTH FURNACES ; mf ound WIRESHAPES

HINDLEY MFG. CO.

Vallev Falls. R. I.

LOFTUS / ENGINEERING

otjoration

ROLL PASS DESIGN Born volumes are thoroughly revised, en-

By W. Trink larged and rewritten to include the latest de-
YW. £Tinks velopments and investigations involved in roll
pass design.

New Second Editions e
Professor Trinks. the leading authority on the

VOLUMES I and II theory of roll design in the United States gives

the rolling mill industry a complete treatise on
fact and theory underlying all roll pass design
including applications of rolling principles rather
than a compilation of passes.

201 Pages—7 Tables—
Volume I 139 Drawings— $4.50 Post paid

? 246 Pages—21 Tables—7 Charts— THE PENTON PUBLISIIING CO.
\ olume 11} ,7¢ Illustrations—¢6 (0 Postpaid Book Department
1213 W. 3rd St. Cleveland, O

January 29, 1940

West Linwood boulevard, Kansas City,

Mo., consulting engineers.

South Dakota

FLANDREAU, S. DAK.—Sioux valley
empire electric association, L. W. Elifson,
president, has awarded contract subject
to REA approval to Megarry Bros., St.
Cloud, Minn., at $234,568 for rural trans-
mission lines in Brookins, north half of
Moody and Lake counties and sub-sta-
tion at Lone Tree; also contract to
Humphrey & Thompson, Omaha, Nebr.,
at $249,260 for lines in south half of
Lake and Moody counties and _ portion
of Minnehaha county; Buell & Winter,
508 Insurance Exchange building, Sioux
City, Iowa, consulting engineers.

Nebraska

COLUMBUS, NEBR.
Thompson Co., Omaha,
bid of $84,629 for 17% miles of 69,000-
volt transmission lines between Belden
and Winside, for the Loup river public
power district; also included is construc-
tion of a sub-station at Belden,

FREMONT, NEBR.—City, L. T. Water-
man, mayor, has selected Black &
Veatch, 4706 Broadway, Kansas City,
Mo., for addition of a 3500-kilowatt gen-
erator to its present power plant; esti-
mated cost $280,000.

LINCOLN, NEBR.—REA has allotted
$30,000 to Lancaster county rural public
Brink, superintendent,
construction

Humphreys &
submitted low

power district; G.
to finance miscellaneous
and operation.

Iowa

ATLANTIC, LOWA—City, Fred Herb-
ert, clerk, plans construction of a sew-
age disposal plant under WPA project
to cost about $120,000,

BEDFORD, IOWA—City, J. S. Nevius,
mayor, is taking bids to Feb. 13, 10 a.m.
on extension and improvement of water-
works plant to cost an estimated $36,-
755; Stanley Engineering Co., Muscatine,
consulting engineer.

DENNISON, IOWA—WPA has_ap-
proved project for extension of water-
works system to cost $20,000; work to
start soon

GLIDDEN, IOWA—REA has allotted
$20,000 to Glidden rural electric co-
operative, Thomas Connor, superintend-
finance building of connecting

about 100 consumers in Car-
counties; Stanley
consulting

ent, to
lines for
roll, Green and Sac
Engineering Co., Muscatine,
engineers

JAMAICA, TOWA—City has started
work with WPA aid on extension of its
water system and erection of a pump
house and tank; cost $24,115; Ralph
Gearhart, Cedar Rapids, consulting en-
gzineer.,

POSTVILLE, IOWA
ton electric co-operative,
James, superintendent, is making sur-
vey for 150 additional miles of rural
transmission lines in Allamakee, Clay-
ton and Fayette counties; A. W. Grubb,
Vinton, consulting engineer.

SIDNEY, ITOWA—City, Vernon
son, mayor, will hold hearing Feb,
7:30 p.m. on a resolution for construc-
tion of sewers and a sewage disposal
plant including an Imhoff tank, trick-
ling filters, sludge bed and piping at
a total cost of $75,000; Buell & Winter,
508 Insurance Exchange building, Sioux

Allamakee-Clay-
Kermit M.

John-

9

City, Iowa, consulting engineers.
Colorado

FORT COLLINS, COLO.—Poudre val-
ley rural electric association, L. S. Gal-
lie, superintendent, is preparing plans

and will soon take bids on 219 miles
of rural transmission lines; cost $230,000.

90

—Construction and Enterprise—

PUEBLO, COLO.—Southern Colorado
Power Co., W. N. Clark, president, plans
addition to its generating plant and im-
provements during 1940 to double gen-
erating capacity; estimated cost $1,-
000,000.

WRAY, COLO. City council has
passed ordinance authorizing $50,000 in
bonds to finance improvement of muni-
cipal light plant.

Montana

MISSOULA, MONT.—Homer Johnson,
Portland, Oreg., low bidder at $94,250
for construction of 117 miles of rural
transmission lines in Missoula, Granit
and Powell counties for Missoula elec-
tric co-operative, 402 Woody street; J. M.
Garrison, state water conservation board,
Helena, consulting engineer.

Idaho

MOSCOW, IDAHO—H. D. Powell, is
low at $84,000 to board of regents, Uni-
versity of Idaho, for major expansions of
heating plant.

Pacific Coast

LOS ANGELES—American Manganese
Steel Co. is erecting a steel frame ma-
chine shop at 5805 Downey road; cost
$7300.

LOS ANGELES—General Steel Co. of
America has incorporated to conduct
business at 8328 Fountain avenue; cer-
tificate issued to D. Edelman.

LOS ANGELES—American Steel &
Wire Co. of New Jersey has been re-
corded in Los Angeles county, with a
capital stock of $100,000,000; California
agent, Joseph C. Cannon, 308 North
Sycamore avenue.

LOS ANGELES—United States Metal
Corp., 16 Fremont street, Las Vegas,
Nev., has incorporated with 2000 shares
no par value capital stock; California
agent, Roy S. Gangestead, Associated
Realty building, Sixth street.

DAYTON, WASH.—City has started
suit to acquire property needed for pro-
posed storage reservoir; project also in-
cludes purchase of unstated tonnage of
cast iron pipe.

KELSO, WASH.—Cowlitz county pub-
lic utilities district has petitioned REA
for $70,000 for construction of proposed

45-mile power line extension in this
county.
NAPAVINE, WASH.—Ben W. Criem,

chief construction staff Bonneville au-
thority, announces plans are in prepara-
tion and bids will be called soon for

proposed $250,000 power sub-station
here.
SEATTLE—Parks Canning Co., 468

Colman building; incorporated at $50,000;
James W. Parks and associates to proc-
ess agricultural and sea products.

TACOMA, WASH.—City officials are
negotiating with Dr. Paul J. Raver, ad-
ministrator of Bonneville power project,
with reference to a proposed 10-year
contract for interchange of power.

VANCOUVER, WASH.— Deeds have
been filed transferring 215 acres on the
Columbia river near here from. the
Spokane, Portland & Seattle railway to
Aluminum Co. of America on which the
latter proposes to erect its plant.

WATERVILLE, WASH.—Douglas coun-
ty rural electric association expects early
allocation of federal funds for erection
of proposed 76-mile power line in Doug-
las county.

YAKIMA, WASH.—Formation of a lo-
cal improvement district for expansion
of domestic water system has. been
completed in anticipation of proposed
expenditure of $37,687 for water mains
and installation.

Canada

KAMLOOPS, B. C.—City council plans
installation of filtration plant to cost
$87,000 and additions to present water-
works pumping equipment. J. F. Mac-
Laren, Gore & Storrie, Toronto, consult-
ing engineer.

PENTINGTON, B. C.—Dominion gov-
ernments, Ottawa, plans to spend $70,000
on completion of airport here.

FORT GARRY, MAN.—Manitoba Sugar
Co. Ltd., Winnipeg, has awarded general
contract to Carter-Halls-Aldinger Co.
Ltd., Royal bank building, for construc-
tion of $1,500,000 factory.

GEORGETOWN, ONT.—Smith & Stone
Electrical Mfg. Co. Ltd., College View,
will build factory addition to cover 2500
square feet on each of two floors. Bids
being received by Kaplan & Sprachman,
architects, 305 Dundas street W., Toronto.

HAMILTON, ONT.—R. L. Gibson, gen-
eral manager, Cub Aircraft of Canada
Ltd., announced construction to. start
immediately on new aircraft factory and
storage hangar at Hamilton airport;
plans approved by department of trans-
port, Ottawa; plant to be used for con-
struction and assembly of Harlow air-
craft.

HESPELER, ONT.—City voted con-
struction of sewage system and installa-
tion of equipment to cost $105,000;
James, Proctor & Redfern Ltd., 36
Toronto street, Toronto, engineers.

KINGSTON, ONT.—Miscellaneous iron
contracts have been awarded to Robert
Mitchell Co. Ltd., 750 Belair avenue,
Montreal, in connection with plant under
construction for Aluminum Co. of
Canada Ltd., 1010 St. Catharine street
W., Montreal; cost $4,500,000; number
of sub-contracts have also been placed;
Anglin-Norcross Ltd., Montreal, has gen-
eral contract.

NEW TORONTO, ONT.—Northern Pig-
ment Co. Ltd., Twenty-second street, has
acquired 2'-acre site adjoining its plant

here and will erect addition in the
spring.
PETERBORO, ONT.—Canadian Gen-

eral Electric Co. Ltd., will build addition
to plant here; 1-story, 110 x 150 feet;
James M. Lyle, architect, 230 Bloor
street W., Toronto.

ST. CATHARINES,
Industries Ltd., Ontario. street, has
awarded general contract for $15,000
plant addition to Newman Bros., 127 St.
Paul street.

TORONTO, ONT.—Canadian Breweries
Ltd., 296 Victoria street, has awarded
structural steel contract to John T. Hep-
burn Ltd., 18 Van Horne street, for plant
addition; cost $100,000.

TORONTO, ONT.—Morgan Paper Co.
Ltd., 925 Dufferin street, will build plant
addition at Van Horne street and Glad-
stone avenue, l1-story, 45 x 150 feet;
general contract awarded R. Downey, 89
Gledhill avenue, East York, Ont.

YORK TOWNSHIP, ONT. — Ontario
Hydro Electric System, University ave-
nue, Toronto, has purchased large tract
on Roselawn avenue and Castlefrank
road, and will erect large power station;
cost $800,000; to include later six sub-
stations.

MONTREAL, QUE.—Alexander Murray
& Co. Ltd., 4035 Richelieu street, has
awarded general contract to Cook &
Leitch, 1440 St. Catharine street W., for
factory addition to cost $20,000; T.
Pingle & Son Ltd., 485 McGill street, en-
gineer.

STE. THERESE, QUE.—Andreef & Co.,
606 Cathcart street, Montreal, will build
factory for manufacture of sporting
goods; cost $20,000.

ONT.—McKinnon

STEEL

Inside the

What oils are best?
There’s no quick -and-easy

answer to this one, but care-
ful research is producing
sound data which cut costs

OU have probably noticed that to-

day’s trend in engines is towards
higher steam temperatures and higher
steam pressures. All of which may be
to your advantage—if you have kept
vourself adjusted to the rapidly chang-
ing requirements in lubrication.

The owner of a steam engine can
never let “out of sight” mean “out of
mind.” Because the moving parts he
has to lubricate are always out of sight.

That is one of the two basic reasons
why steam-cylinder lubrication is extra
difficult. The other, of course, is that
the oils are exposed to the action of
steam .. . often very wet or highly
superheated.

The lubrication industry has consid-
ered both these conditions in deter-
mining what oils best meet your needs.
Today’s knowledge has contributed
certain lubricants that work effectively
within the cylinder. Tomorrow? The
study is still going ahead.

SAVING OIL, SPENDING STEAM?

Getting the most from your steam-cylin-
der lubrication means more than just
keeping cylinder walls free from scoring.
More than just insuring that valves don’t
chatter.

These signs, it’s true, should indicate
that vou have no positive lubrication
failures. But, of course, it’s still possible
that vou’re using more oil than you need
for the same results. Furthermore, it’s
not unheard of to save oil at the expense
of steam—and fuel costs money, too!

Any successful approach to selecting
the right lubricant for each job involves
considering many different phases. To
list just a few:

Is your engine the uniflow type or
counterflow ?

Has it Corliss, piston or poppet valves?

Is your steam wet, dry or superheated?
If it’s wet, you can’t afford to use a
be sure it’s com-

straight mineral oil;

ADVERTISING PAGES REMOVED

Steam Cylinder...

THE POPPET-VALVE ENGINE

the older types.
Whether

requiring lubrication.

is designed to overcome the

high friction that high-pressure superheated steam induces in valves of

Aside from the piston and gears, the long piston rod is the only part
lubricated by
annular grooves in the rod itself, the rod should be lubricated sparingly
to avoid carbonizing and valve sticking.

warping and

packing glands or by

pounded with the correct amount of
fatty oils.

Is your operation condensing or non-
conde ‘nsing? This has an important bear-
ing upon vour selection of a compounded
oil.

WE OFTEN OVERSIMPLIFY

At first glance, it seems simple enough to
classify the steam your engine uses as wet,
dry or superheated, then apply widely
known principles, something like these:

I. For wet steam with relatively low
pressures and temperatures—use a
medium-bodied oil to secure prop-
er atomization.

2. Superheated steam demands the
use of a heavier bodied oil that will
withstand the attendant high tem-
peratures and pressures.

But in the dark interior of that black box,
conditions are often less clear-cut. Super-
heated steam, you say? You mean it’s
superheated steam at the throttle. But in
many engines this steam has become wet
by the time it reaches the exhaust. In
such engines our lubrication men have
often restored economy of lubrication by

using an oil of medium viscosity, moder-
ately compounded (8% to 5%). It’s ae-
tual conditions that vour lubricants have
to meet, not just theories from a textbook.

MORE PURPOSES THAN ONE

In developing and recommending an oil
for any steam cylinder, lubrication men
are always mindful that it must do two
jobs. It’s not enough that oil form a lubri-
cating film between two metallic surfaces.
Many installations require an oil properly
compounded so that oil separation is ob-
tainable to prevent contamination of feed
water with consequent boiler failures.
The oil must perform these two vital
functions often in the presence of extreme
heat, without “distilling down” into car-
bonaceous deposits . . . and often in the
presence of extreme wet-steam conditions.
Shell has kept up with theselvital needs
under changing conditions. We can al-
most always improve your steam-cylinder
lubrication, provided you give our lubri-
cation man exact data on your engines,
together with your particular operating
Qur aim is not attained until
we find the oil best suited to your needs

conditions.

. and this is usually the oil that does

the best job with the lowest consumption.

February 5, 1940

SHELL »

ial
( str

Indus

LUBRICANTS

Reader COMMENTS

War May Bring Foreign Buying

To the Editor:

We cannot say that the European
conflict has, up to the present, af-
fected our business to any extent.
We are, however, receiving many
inquiries from foreign agents who
formerly handled belligerent na-
tions’ products and if the war con-
tinues we anticipate some export
business from these sources.

E. L. NEISWANDER
Buckeye Machine Co.,
Lima, O.

Supervisor as an Asset

To the Editor:

A supervisor can be a very good,
stable asset if given the opportunity
to function without being under
wraps.

Industry can add considerable po-
tential supervisory asset value by
getting a larger return on the pro-
ductivity of equipment and quality
of product, through efforts of the
supervisor.

How can this be done? The super-
visor should be taken into the man-
agement’s confidence. What does
this mean? Management should
give the supervisor all information
it has relative to costs, labor rela-
tions and profit and loss.

A supervisor should never be
given a budget built up by imprac-
tical theorists. Every effort should
be made to have an experienced
cost accountant set up the budget.
The budget should be in shooting
range, when considering the equip-
ment and facilities to shoot with.
Pressure should never be put on a
supervisor to meet budgets when
the management, itself, knows that
they can never be met when con-
sidering the equipment and facilities

February 5, 1940,
under act of March 3,

Vol,
office,

106, No. 6,
Cleveland, O.,

issue of STEEL,
1879.

given the supervisor for production
purposes.

A supervisor should never be given
a cost budget, unless built up from
an anticipated sales value and mak-
ing a deduction for profit. After the
budget has been set, and it is found
that the budget cannot be met with
the present equipment, then man-
agement should bring about changes
in equipment or adjust the budget
to compensate for any deficiencies in
productive equipment.

A supervisor is never to be clerk,
his supervisory activities should not
be interfered with by asking the
supervisor to perform clerical duties
or spend any time on small details
than can be handled by a clerk.

The supervisor should never be
discouraged in formulating his own
plans for supervisory activities to be
submitted to management. A super-
visor should never be hindered in
his specific supervisory activities.

ECONOMIST
Cleveland

Has Real Labor Harmony

To the Editor:

Our concern is not very large, em-
ploying about 50 hands and we have
a little different set-up than most
of the larger concerns.

We have absolutely no trouble
with our employes. Most of them
live close to the plant and have been
connected with us for a great many
years. Many of our men are over 50
years old and are perfectly satisfied
and contented with their jobs.

We feel that our relationship is
mutually satisfactory.

A. R. STIELER
President,
Metal Products Corp.,
West Haven, Conn.

EDITORIAL CONTENTS, PAGE 17
published every Monday at Cleveland,

U. S. and Canada: 1

oO.

year, $4; 2 years, $6; foreign countries,

Readers are invited to comment upon articles, editorials.
reports, prices or other editorial material appearing in
STEEL. The editors cannot publish unsigned communi-
cations, but at their discretion may permit a writer to use
a pseudonym when a bona fide reason exists for with-
holding his identity. Letters should be brief —preferably
not exceeding 250 words.

Workers Are Civic-Minded

To the Editor:

During the past year our employe
relationships have concerned us
more than usual. That is, we have
done more lately in fostering good
relationships than we have ever
done before. Specifically this has
been done by the creation of a social
club sponsored and financed by the
employes. Group life insurance and
accident insurance have been in
stalled with substantial financial
contributions by the management.
An employe newspaper has beer
started. For the past three years we
have paid bonuses on the basis of
our earnings. These bonuses have
been fairly generous.

Our relationship with the public
must be placed against a small
town background. Our corporation
employs about 200 workers and we
are situated in a community of 18,-
000. We do no local advertising tu
speak of, so little good will can be
gained there. We have encouraged,
successfully, participation of our
men in civic projects. These proj-
ects range from church activities to
Salvation Army work, Red Cross,
Senior and Junior Chamber of Com-
merce, service clubs, Y. M. C. A.,
ete. Nearly all civic organizations
in the city find representatives in
our company.

We are unable to tell how effec-
tive our policies have been. So far
as we know our public relationships
are good. Our employe relationships
have not been marred in a number
of years by a disturbance.

Epwarp T. McNALLY
Treasurer,
McNally-Pittsburg Mfg. Corp.,
Pittsburg, Kans.

as second-class matter at the post-
1 year, $10; Current issues, 25c.

Entered